[LaGrange College Undergraduate] Bulletin, LaGrange, Georgia, Catalogue Issue 2002-2003

LaGrange College

Undergraduate Bulletin

2002-2003

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2013

http://archive.org/details/lagrangecollegeu2002lagr

VOLUME CLXI SEPTEMBER 2002 NUMBER 1

BULLETIN

LAGRANGE, GEORGU

CATALOGUE ISSUE 2002-2003

Communications Directory

LaGrange CoUege

601 Broad Street

LaGrange, Georgia 30240-2999

(706) 880-8000 Fax: (706) 880-8358 www.lgc.edu

For prompt attention, please address inquiries as indicated below.
Prefix is 706.

LaGrange College {general information) 880-8000

Office of the President 880-8230

Director of Admission 880-8253

Controller 880-8232

Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean 880-8235

Vice President & Dean for Student Life and Retention 880-8004

Director of Information Systems 880-8050

Director of Student Financial Planning 880-8229

Registrar 880-8237

Director of Career Planning and Placement 880-8286

Executive Vice President for Administration 880-8267

Vice President for Advancement 880-8257

Executive Director of Instructional & Information Tech 880-8304

Director of Alumni Activities 880-8245

Director of Communications and Marketing 880-8246

Visitors are welcome at LaGrange College throughout the year. The administra-
tive offices in the Quillian Building are open Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m.
to 5:00 p.m. Saturday visits may be arranged by appointment. Visitors desiring inter-
views with members of the staff are urged to make appointments in advance.

LaGrange College admits qualified students of any race, color, national and ethnic
origin to all rights, privileges, programs and activities generally accorded or made
available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race,
color, national or ethnic origin in administration of its educational policies, admis-
sions poHcies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-
administered programs

LaGrange College Bulletin, Volume CLXI, Number 1

President: Dr. F. Stuart Gulley Editor: Dr. Jay Simmons

LaGrange College Bulletin, the official publication of LaGrange College for current and future

students, is published monthly except February, August and November. Correspondence should

be directed to the Office of Academic Dean, LaGrange College, 601 Broad Street, LaGrange, GA

30240-2999. E-mail correspondence tojsimmons@lgc.edu or fax to (706) 880-8358.

Challenging the mind.

Inspiring the soul.

CONTENTS

Communications Directory 2

Calendar 5

About LaGrange College, Purpose and History 9

LaGrange College at Albany 12

The LaGrange College Campus 13

Admission 18

Financial Information 23

Financial Aid 28

Student Life 43

Information Technology and Academic Support Services 55

Academic Programs and Degree Requirements 63

Core Program in the Liberal Arts 67

Academic Regulations and Procedures 71

Pre-professional and Co-operative Programs 86

Departments and Courses 90

Faculty, Trustees and Administration 226

Index 242

CHANGE OF REGULATIONS

The College reserves the right to make modifications in the degree requirements, courses,
schedules, calendar, regulations, fees and other changes deemed necessary or conducive to the
efficient operation of the College. Such changes become effective as announced by the proper
college authorities.

Note: For information, regulations and procedures for graduate study, please see the Graduate
Bulletin. For information, regulations and procedures for evening courses, please see the Evening
College Bulletin, For information, regulations and procedures of the Albany campus, please see the
Albany Bulletin.

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2002-2003

Day Program

Fall Semester

August 20
August 21
August 27-30
September 2
September 3

September

4

September

10

September

24

October

1

October

2-4

October

7,8

October

10,11

October

18

October

18-20

October 28-Nov 1

November 9
November 15
November 26
November 27-29

December 2

2002

New faculty assemble

Opening Session

New student orientation

Labor Day-College Closed

Registration for new and returning Day students not
prepaid. Advisors for freshman, transfer and readmitted
students are available. Late registration fee after this date.

Fair on the Square, LaFayette Square 5:00 p.m.

All Classes Begin

Opening Convocation. 7:00 p.m., First United Methodist
Church

End drop/add period and late registration. No refunds for
individual courses dropped after 5:00 p.m. "I" grades
must be changed to permanent grades.

Named Scholarship Luncheon

Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W"

Pre-registration for Interim Travel Courses

Interim Term Pre-registration

Fall Break ^No Classes

Midterm; Board of Trustees Meeting

Homecoming

Advising period and pre-registration for Day program
students. Students completing degree requirements by
end of fall term should file petitions for graduation.
Students may declare majors. Advisors available.

Fall Visitation Day

Last day to drop a class

Last Day of Classes before Thanksgiving Break

Thanksgiving hoUdays. Administrative offices open
November 25-27.

Classes resume after Thanksgiving Break
5

December 3-8
December 6
December 9-13
December 13
December 20

December 24
December 27

Celebrate the Servant Week

Last Day of FaU Semester Classes for Day CoUege

Exams

Begin term break, 5:00 p.m.

Grades due.

Last day to pre-pay or confirm pre-registration for Interim
and Spring Terms 2003; otherwise, pre-registered
students must go through registration, January 2, 2003.

Holidays for administration and staff begin

Administrative Offices open

Interim Term 2003

January 1 Administrative offices closed

January 2 Residence halls open

Registration for new and returning Day students not
prepaid - Registrar's Office, Smith Hall. Advisors for
freshman, transfer and readmitted students are available.
Evening College, joint enroUment and graduate
registration. Night and graduate advisors are available.
Late registration fee after this date. Graduation petitions
for May graduates due in Dean's Office.

Mandatory First Meeting for all Interim Classes 2:00 p.m.

January 3 End Drop/ Add. No refund for individual classes dropped

after this date. Last day for late registration.

Last day to drop a class with an automatic * W

Last day to drop a class

Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - College closed. No Classes.

Last day of class

Interim Term Grades due

Semester 2003

Day program registration for new and returning students
not prepaid. Advisors for freshman, transfer and
readmitted students are available.

Classes begin

End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual
classes dropped after this date. "I" grades must be
changed to permanent grades. Last day for late
registration.

January

10

January

17

January

20

January

30

February

7

Spring i

5en

January

31

February

3

February

6

March

3

March

8

March

19

March

24-

February 14-15 Scholars' Weekend

March 1 Make-up for snow, if necessary, for Day and Evening

classes.

Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W"

Spring Visitation Day

Midterm

24-28 Advising period and pre-registration for upper class Day

program students. Students completing degree requirements
in summer or fall should file petitions for graduation.
Students may declare majors. Advisors available.

Mar. 31 -April 4 Spring break; Administrative offices open.

Last day to drop a class

Board of Trustees Meeting

Good Friday - College closes at noon; abbreviated class
schedule

Honors Day/Parents Day; abbreviated class schedule

May Day

Last day of class for Day Program

Reading Day

9-14 Exams

Grades due for graduates by 12:00 noon

Graduation rehearsal, faculty marshals and student marshals
attend- 9:30 a.m. Senior brunch - faculty invited.

Baccalaureate at First United Methodist Church. All
faculty should plan to attend. 5:00 p.m.

May 17 Graduation on Quadrangle-8:30 a.m.

May 26 Memorial Day - College closed

Summer I Term 2003

June 1 Residence halls open

June 2 Registration, Registrar's Office, Smith Hall

June 3 All classes meet

June 6 End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual classes

dropped after this date.

June 13 Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W"

April

10

April

11

April

18

May

2

May

3

May

7

May

8

May

9-1

May

15

May

16

June

27

June

30

July

2

July

4

July

7

July

8

July

9

Summer n

July

6

July

8

July

9

July

14

July

21

August

1

August

8

August

11

August

12

August

13

Last day to drop a course

Departmental Annual Reports due in Dean's Office

Last day of class

Holiday-no classes

12:00 and 2:00 classes have exams during class times

7:30 and 9:30 classes have exams during class times

Grade reports due at noon.

Term 2003

Residence halls open

Registration, Registrar's Office, Smith Hall

All classes meet

End drop/add, 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual classes
dropped after this date. Syllabi and office hours due in
Dean's office

Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W"

Last day to drop a class

Last day of class

12:00 and 2:00 classes have exams during class times

7:30 and 9:30 classes have exams during class times

Grade reports due by noon

ABOUT LAGRANGE COLLEGE

LaGrange College is called through the United Methodist Church to
challenge the minds and inspire the souls of students by improving
their creative, critical and communicative abilities in a caring and
ethical community.

Mission

LaGrange College, established in 1831, is owned by the North Georgia
Conference of the United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is proud of this
relationship and beheves that its mission is an extension of the work of The
United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is committed to the free,
uninhibited pursuit of truth. Academic freedom and free expression of faculty
and smdents are integral to the LaGrange College ethos. LaGrange College is
committed to challenging the minds and inspiring the souls of students by
improving their creative, critical and communicative abiUties. Faculty
recognize the part they play in a student's development by serving as mentors
and role models. The total LaGrange College program curricular and co-
curricular ^is designed to challenge and support students as they deal with
fundamental issues of self, world, and God.

The principal curricular methods by which the College assists students in the
improving of their creative, critical, and communicative abilities is an
interdisciphnary, technologically sophisticated Uberal arts program (A.A.,
B.A., B.S., B.M.), professional programs in business (M.B.A.) nursing
(B.S.N.) and education (B.A., M.Ed., M.A.T.) The principal co-curricular
means is through a comprehensive program of student life and athletics.

LaGrange College strives to be a caring and ethical community. The hallmark
of the LaGrange College community is the quest for civility, diversity, service,
and excellence.

Adopted by Faculty, Administration, and Board of Trustees, 1997; reaffirmed by
Board of Trustees on October 20, 2000.

History and Description

The history of LaGrange College is closely associated with the history of the
City of LaGrange and Troup County. When the vast tract of land lying between
the Flint and Chattahoochee Rivers was secured by the Indian Springs Treaty
of 1825 and was opened for settlement in 1827, one of the five counties formed
on the western border of the state was named Troup in honor of Governor
George Michael Troup.

An act was passed by the Georgia Legislature on December 24, 1827,
providing for the selection of a county seat. It was named LaGrange after the
country estate of the Marquis de Lafayette, American Revolutionary War
hero who had visited the region in 1825 as the gues? <)f Governor Troup. The
site for the town of LaGrange was purchased in 1828 and the town was
incorporated on December 18, 1828. On December 26, 1831, the charter for
the LaGrange Female Academy was granted at the state capitol, then in
Milledgeville.

In 1831 Andrew Jackson was president of the United States. Abraham
Lincoln was 22 years old. The Creek Indians had been moved out of this
area of the state only six years earUer. The only other coUege in the state was
Frankhn College, now The University of Georgia.

In 1847 the charter for the school was amended and the school became the
LaGrange Female Institute with power to confer degrees. The name was
changed to LaGrange Female College in 1851 and in 1934 it was changed to
LaGrange College. The College became officially coeducational in 1953.

The first location of the school was in a large white building at what is now
406 Broad Street. The school moved to its present location "On the Hill," the
highest geographical point in LaGrange, after the construction of the building
now known as Smith Hall in 1842.

The College was sold to the Georgia Conference of the Methodist Episcopal
Church South in 1856. Today it is an institution of the North Georgia
Conference of the United Methodist Church.

Strong in the Hberal arts, LaGrange CoUege has an outstanding reputation in
pre-professional programs, including pre-medical and allied fields, pre-law,
pre-theology, and pre-engineering.

LaGrange College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree with sixteen majors, the
Bachelor of Science degree in five areas, the Bachelor of Music and the
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. The Master of Business
Administration degree, the Master of Arts in Teaching, and the Master of
Education degree in Early Curriculum and Instruction are offered. The
Associate of Arts degree is offered in one area.

LaGrange College operates on the modified (4-1-4) semester system for day
classes. In addition there is an evening session during the regular year and in
the sunomer. During the regular school year, the night classes follow a
modified quarter system. The summer is divided into two sessions of day
classes and one seven-week session in the evening. For all day classes,
credits earned are semester hour credits.

The College draws more than half of its student body from Georgia.
However, students from at least one-third of the other states in the U.S. and
from abroad nourish a rich cosmopoUtan and international community which
includes various rehgious and ethnic backgrounds.

10

Georgia's leader in granting academic credit through the CoUege Level
Examination Program, the College also offers travel seminars, field study
programs and internships. Students in the college's nursing division receive
supervised learning experiences in many area medical facihties. Campus art
exhibitions, lectures, concerts, and varsity and intramural sports add to the
cultural enrichment and recreational opportunities offered by the College. The
College has a service learning program urdike any in the state.

The College is located in the town of LaGrange, Georgia, which has a
population of 26,000. Nearby are Callaway Gardens, the Warm Springs
Foundation and Frankhn D. Roosevelt's Little White House. The West Point
Dam on the Chattahoochee River provides one of the largest lakes in the
region, with waterfronts and a marina within the city hmits of LaGrange.

Accreditation

LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur,
Georgia 30033-4097: Telephone number 404-679-4501) to award the degrees
of Associate of Arts, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of
Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Science in
Nursing, Master of Education, Master of Arts in Teaching, and Master of
Business Administration.

LaGrange College is also approved by the United Methodist University
Senate. It has membership in the National Association of Independent
Colleges and Universities and the Georgia Foundation for Independent
Colleges.

The Georgia Professional Standards Commission, which confers professional
certificates upon college graduates meeting requirements in early childhood,
middle grades, or secondary education, has awarded highest approval to
LaGrange College's program of teacher education.

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing program is accredited by the National
League for Nursing.

The undergraduate and graduate programs in business administration are
accredited by the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs.

Other Sessions

The Evening College Program at LaGrange College provides the opportunity
for adult learners to earn an undergraduate degree without sacrificing their
professional and personal responsibiUties. Students may enroll in full-time or
part-time programs leading to a B.A. in Business Administration or an A. A. in
Liberal Studies. Designed to be accessible for the working adult, the degree

11

programs may be completed through attendance at night courses scheduled in
three 9-week terms offered each year.

Additional information is contained in the Evening College Bulletin, or by
calUng (706) 880-8298.

LaGrange College at Albany

The academic program at LaGrange College at Albany has been created in
direct response to community and area needs. An extensive needs assessment
in southwest Georgia was initiated prior to the planning and development of
the program for LaGrange College at Albany. The research results stressed the
need for a program for non-traditional students that would enable them to
complete a baccalaureate degree. The program offers a modular course
schedule with a predictable structure of course offerings, costs, and outcomes.
The program emphasizes leadership knowledge and skills in the workplace and
in the community.

Additional information is contained in the Albany Bulletin or by calling
229-420-8000.

IM^'

I^^"t

12

THE LAGRANGE COLLEGE CAMPUS

William and Evelyn Banks Library

The librarians and staff take great pride in the high level of service that is
offered at the Banks Library. All incoming students receive hbrary instruction
and orientation. The hbrarians frequently collaborate with the teaching faculty
for course-specific library instruction. They often serve as mentors in a
partnering relationship that includes the teaching faculty, librarians, and
students. Both individual and group instruction is offered through the highly
quaUfied staff.

The Banks Library provides up-to-date resources that support the curriculum
and general information needs of students and faculty. Those resources
include over 135,000 cataloged volumes, 121,000 microfilm units, over 70
GALILEO databases and indexes, over 100 scholarly journals in electronic
format through JSTOR, subscriptions to 500 journal titles, and a video and CD
collection. Many hbrary resources can be accessed through the campus-wide
fiber optics network and through the Internet.

Open seven days per week for a total of 81 hours per week, four professional
Hbrarians, three paraprofessionals, and student assistants staff the hbrary. The
hbrary is named in memory of a former chairman of the LaGrange College
Board of Trustees and his wife.

Separate Education and Music and Art areas provide easy access to hbrary
materials for those disciphnes in a comfortable environment. A Multi-Media
Center provides students access to the Internet, word processing, presentation
software, E-MAIL, and the hbrary 's Onhne Catalog and databases. The Multi-
Media Center offers students and faculty use of a scanner, a computer projector,
a digital camera, and computer workstations in a classroom setting.

Group study rooms, study carrels, video viewing-rooms, and a large conference
room are aU available for use by LaGrange College students and faculty.

Compact, movable shelving has reclaimed space for comfortable seating and
smdy. The cherry wood end panels and comfortable seating help create an
inviting atmosphere for study and research.

The Banks Library seeks to fulfill the mission of the college through the
provision of information and information services supporting the curriculum
and research needs of students and faculty.

Cason J. Callaway Science Building

Built in 1972, this three-story brick building with latest equipment for instruction
in general science, biology, chemistry, math, and physics. The building is named
in memory of a former member of the College's Board of Trustees.

13

Fuller E. Callaway Academic Building

Completed in 1981 and renovated in 2000, the Fuller E. Callaway Academic
Building houses the Departments of Nursing, Psychology, History, PoHtical
Science, and Human Services.

Warren A. Candler Cottage

Completed in 1929 as a home for the college president. The Candler Cottage
now houses the Development, Communications and Marketing and
Advancement offices.

Lamar Dodd Art Center

Completed in 1982, this building provides a physical environment and the
equipment needed for art instruction as well as gallery space for the College's
outstanding art collection. The building is named in honor of the late Lamar
Dodd, a Georgia artist who was reared in LaGrange and whose paintings won
international recognition.

Louise Anderson Manget Building

Built in 1959 and renovated in 2001, the Louise Anderson Manget Building
houses the Division of Humanities, including the Departments of EngUsh,
Latin American Studies and Modem Languages, and ReUgion and Philosophy.

Pitts HaU

Completed in 1941, this two-story brick women's dormitory was renovated in
1990. Pitts Hall was rededicated in memory of Mr. and Mrs. W. I. H. Pitts and
in honor of their daughter, the late Miss Margaret Adger Pitts, a former college
trustee. The Pitts were long-time supporters of the College.

Price Theatre

Completed in 1975, this dramatic arts building seats 280 and houses classrooms
for the Department of Theatre Arts, faculty offices, scenery workshop, dressing
rooms, costume room, actors' lounge, and a black box theatre.

Quillian Building

Built in 1949 and named in memory of a former president, Hubert T. Quillian,
who served from 1938-1948, this building provides offices for the President,
the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, the Executive Vice
President for Administration, the Business Office, and Institutional Research
and Planning.

Smith Hall

The oldest building on the campus, the main portion of the building was
constructed in 1842 of handmade brick formed from native clay. An addition
was built in 1887 and a major renovation was completed in 1989 at a cost of
over $2.5 miUion. Ready for the 21^^ century, the building now houses offices,
classrooms and seminar rooms. Smith Hall was named in memory of
Mrs.Oreon Smith, wife of a former president of the College, Rufus W. Smith,

14

who served from 1885 until his death in 1915. The building is on the
National Register of Historic Places.

Sunny Gables Alumni House

Built by Mary and Juha Nix in 1924, Sunny Gables Alumni House is an
outstanding example of early twentieth century Tudor Revival architecture
designed by P. Thornton Marye and is now part of the National Register of
Historic Places' Vernon Road Historic District. The Suimy Gables Alumni
House seeks to provide a real and symbohc home for LaGrange College
alumni for generations to come, capturing a part of LaGrange College's
historic past and stretching forward into the College's future. This multipurpose
facility serves as the permanent home for alumni, as well as the Office of Alumni
and Parent Relations and Campus Events Coordinator. The facility extends
entertainment space to the College's constituents for College programming
purposes consistent with Gateway to Excellence, our strategic plan.

The Chapel

Built in 1965, the materials used in the construction of the Chapel Unk it with
Christian worship in LaGrange and other parts of the world. Included in the
structure are two stained glass windows made in Belgium more than 100
years ago; a stone from the temple of Apollo at Corinth, Greece; a stone from
the Benedictine Monastery, Zona, Scotland; and a stone from St. George's
Chapel, Windsor, England. Regular worship services are held when the
College is in session.

J. K. Boatwright Hall

Completed in 1962, this three-story brick building serves as a men's
dormitory. J. K. Boatwright Hall is named in memory of a long-time
member of the College's Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's
executive conmiittee from 1956-1962.

Hawkes Hall

Completed in 1911, this four-story brick building is named in memory of
Mrs. Harriet Hawkes, mother of College benefactor, the late A.K. Hawkes.
After a major renovation costing $1.4 miUion, the building houses women
students on second, third, and fourth floors. Faculty offices and classrooms
for the Education Department occupy the ground floor. Also on the second
floor is the Nixon Parlor, named in honor of long-time supporter of the
College, Winifred Adams Nixon '33.

Waights G. Henry, Jr. Residence Hall

Completed in 1970, this five-story brick building provides student housing.
The building is named in honor of the late Dr. Waights G. Henry, Jr., who
served as president of the College from 1948-1978, and as chancellor from
1978 until his death in 1989. This building also houses a 24-hour computer
lab and tutoring center open to all students.

15

William H. Turner, Jr. Hall

Built in 1958, this three-story brick building provides women's housing. The
building is named in memory of William H. Turner, Jr., a textile executive of
LaGrange who was a benefactor of the College, a long-time member of the
College's Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's executive committee
from 1929-1950.

Alfred Mariotti Gymnasium

Built in 1959, the Mariotti Gym houses physical education classrooms and
facihties for indoor athletics. The faciUty is named in memory of Coach
Alfred Mariotti, the College's basketball coach from 1962-1974 and member of
the faculty until his retirement in 1979.

Margaret Adger Pitts Dining Hall

Completed in 1962 and renovated in 1998, this two-story brick building houses
the dining area, kitchen, and students' common space. The building is
dedicated in honor of the late Margaret Adger Pitts, a former College trustee.

Callaway Campus

Acquired by the College in 1992 as a gift from Callaway Foundation, Inc., the
campus includes three buildings of brick and concrete construction. Callaway
Foundation, Inc. donated funds to build a state-of-the-art Hghted soccer field in
1995. The Callaway Campus also includes Softball fields.

Callaway Auditorium

Built in 1941, this building provides space for approximately 1,400 spectators.
It contains a 30 by 46-foot center elevated stage, concession area with full
kitchen, and meeting rooms.

Charles D. Hudson Natatorium

The swimming pool was constructed in 1947 as an oversized pool with
dimensions of 80 by 150 feet. The cabana and bathhouse were built in 1956.
The oversized pool has been divided into an outdoor pool and a natatorium. The
complex is now equipped for a year-round aquatics program. The Natatorium is
named in honor of Dr. Charles D. Hudson, long-time chair of the Board of
Trustees and recentiy retired chair of the Board's Executive Committee.

Callaway Educational Building

Built in 1965 and renovated in 1994, the building houses the Music
Department, Offices of Intercollegiate and Intramural Athletics, and Offices of
the Department of Health and Physical Education. The facihty includes state-
of-the-art electronic music equipment, a recording studio, a fitness center, a
gymnasium, and faculty offices.

16

Cleaveland Field

Cleaveland Field opened in 2000 as LaGrange College's new $2.21 million
baseball facility. Callaway Foundation, Inc. gave a challenge grant as well as the
land to honor Phihp Cleaveland, who served the College as a trustee for 19 years.

Other Resources

Information Systems

In 1991, LaGrange College became committed to creating a fiber-optic
network of mini -computers that would allow students and faculty to access the
network anywhere on campus, including residence hall rooms. Since 1994, the
number of computer laboratories has grown from seven to twelve. Students
can access World Wide Web from virtually any site on campus to find
information ranging from stock prices to Russian recipes. Specific details
regarding the technological environment at LaGrange College can be found in
the Information Systems section of this Bulletin. Future technological
direction on campus includes the addition of more interactive multimedia
learning environments.

Coleman Health Center

The location for Smdent Health Services provides a day clinic for the LaGrange
College Community. For details smdents should consult the smdent handbook.

17

ADMISSION

LaGrange College seeks to admit students who demonstrate the ability to bene-
fit from a quahty hberal arts education. In the selection of students, careful
attention is given to the academic ability of each candidate.

Procedure for Applying for Admission

Students wishing to attend LaGrange College must submit an application for
admission. This appUcation and supporting documents should be submitted at
least one month prior to the beginning of the semester in which entrance is
desired. AppUcants may enroll any semester though the majority of students
begin study during the fall term.

Required Admission Documents

Freshman

Transfers

1. LaGrange College appUcation

1 . LaGrange College appUcation

2. AppUcation fee

2. AppUcation fee

3. Official high school transcripts

3. Official transcripts of all previous
college work (transfers with fewer
than 27 semester or 40 quarter hours
earned must also submit high school
transcripts and SAT or ACT scores.)

4. Official SAT or ACT scores

4. AppUcation essay

5. AppUcation essay

To be considered an official document, transcripts should be submitted directly
to LaGrange College in a sealed envelope from the student's host institution.
Institutional records personally deUvered to LaGrange CoUege by a student
must also be in a sealed envelope to be considered official. . Photocopies,
faxed, or transcripts in unsealed envelopes are not considered official.

After the submission of all required documents, a minimum of two to three
weeks is required to complete the appUcation process. The Office of Admis-
sion notifies appUcants of their appUcation status shortly after review by the
Admission Conmiittee. Admission to the College is tentative, pending satis-
factory completion of academic work in progress.

After an offer of admission is extended, candidates wishing to accept the offer
of admission are asked to submit an admission deposit. The admission deposit
serves to reserve space for the student in the incoming class. The amount of

18

the admission deposit is $100 for commuting students and $200 for boarding
students. The $100 deposit will be placed on the student's account for the first
semester. The additional $100 for residential students serves as a room
reservation deposit and will reserve a space in the residence halls for the
student. The admission deposit is fuUy refundable provided the student
submits a written request to the Office of Admission by the following dates:
May 1 for Fall Semester, December 1 for the Interim (January) Term, and
Spring Semester. The room reservation deposit is refunded to students upon
graduation or withdrawal from LaGrange College, as long as there are no
outstanding monetary charges against the student's account.

LaGrange College invites interested students to visit the campus. Individual
admission appointments may be scheduled by contacting the Office of
Admission at 1-800-593-2885 or by e-mail at lgcadmis@lgc.edu. Please contact
the Office of Admission at least one week prior to the date you want to visit.

Academic Admission Requirements

Freshmen Admission: Prior to enrollment, an applicant is expected to
complete graduation requirements from an approved high school. Students
graduating from Georgia high schools are normally expected to complete the
requirements for the College Preparatory Curriculum (CPC) diploma.

LaGrange College students come from a variety of pubUc and private
secondary school backgrounds. Preference is given to applicants who have
strong academic preparation in high school. To quahfy for regular admission
to the college, a matriculant should complete at least the following number of
units, comparable to the Georgia College Preparatory Curriculum:

English 4

Social Studies 3

(including American and world studies)

College Preparatory Mathematics 4

(Algebra I, Algebra II, Geometry, etc.

Science 3

(including lab courses for Ufe and physical sciences)

Foreign Language 2

(two units of the same language)

Desirable electives include additional academic courses in languages,
mathematics, and the sciences. A basic understanding of computer science is
also encouraged.

Scores from either the SAT (administered by the College Entrance
Examination Board) or ACT (administered by the American College Testing
Program) are required of all traditional-aged freshman applicants. Students

19

who graduated from high school prior to 1998 may exempt this requirement.
Test results should be sent directly to LaGrange College, preferably by January
of the student's senior year of high school.

LaGrange College welcomes home-educated students to apply for admission.
In addition to the items requested for freshman admission, home schooled
students are asked to provide a bibUography of all high school Uterature
including instructional texts and two letters of recommendation. At least one
of the letters must be from outside the home.

Students holding a General Education Development (GED), High School Level
may be considered for admission, although they will generally not be accepted
to the college prior to the year in which their class would have normally been
ehgible for admission to the college. Unless meeting the special provision for
adults students mentioned above, students possessing a GED must submit
either SAT or ACT scores as a part of the appUcation process.

A number of factors are considered in making an admission decision, including
a student's grade point average, difficulty of course work, standardized test
scores, extracurricular and co-curricular activities, and admission essay.
Students may be accepted to LaGrange College in one of several categories.

Regular Admission: Most students offered admission to LaGrange College
are accepted with no stipulations, other than successful completion of their
current academic course work and proof of high school graduation.

Conditional Admission: This program is designed for apphcants who are
unable to meet the standard admission criteria but who appear to have the
potential to succeed at LaGrange College. Students in this program must earn a
grade point average of 1.65 during the first semester of college work. All
courses are taken for full credit. Further information on this program is
available from the Director of Admission.

Early Admission: Early admission is possible for academically talented
students who have completed their junior year of high school. To quahfy for
early admission, a student must meet specific academic criteria including a B+
or better high school average in a college preparatory program and completion
of 15 of the 16 prescribed units, with a minimum total of 16 units. Students
seeking early admission must also earn a minimum composite score of 1 100 on
the SAT or 25 on the ACT. A minimum of 550 on the verbal portion of the
SAT or a minimum of 24 on the Enghsh subject area of the ACT is highly
desirable. An interview is required for all early admission candidates.

Joint Enrollment: LaGrange College encourages quaUfied eleventh and
twelfth grade students to consider simultaneous enrollment in LaGrange
College and their high school. Georgia high school seniors may wish to
consider participating in the Georgia Post-Secondary Options Program.
Students wishing to apply for the joint enrollment program or Georgia Post-
Secondary Options Program must submit the following materials: an
appUcation for admission, appUcation fee, recommendation letter from the

20

student's principal or headmaster, SAT or ACT scores, and a high school
average that indicates that the student has the academic abiUty to be successful
in the program.

Students applying for the Georgia Post-Secondary Options Program must also
submit an official recommendation from the high school counsehng office.

Transfer Admission: Students attending another institution may apply for
transfer to LaGrange College provided they are ehgible to return to their
current institution at the time of entry to LaGrange College. A student may be
accepted on probation under the standard probation regulations. Prior to
admission to LaGrange College, the Office of Admission must receive all
necessary documents, including official transcripts of all college course work.
Applicants may enroll at the beginning of any semester.

LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur,
Georgia 30033-4097: Telephone number 404-679-4501) to award degrees of
Associate of Arts, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science,
Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Science in Nursing, Master
of Education, Master of Arts in Teaching, and Master of Business
Administration. Accordingly, the college accepts course work from similarly
regionally accredited colleges and universities. Academic credit is normally
given to students for grades of "C" or above. Acceptable credit fi*om a junior
college is hmited to 54 semester hours. Students enrolling from other senior
colleges may be able to receive additional semester credit but LaGrange
College residency requirements, the core curriculum, and appropriate major
course work must be satisfied. Transfer students who have attempted any
developmental-level course work must provide evidence that they have
completed all requirements and successfully exited the program prior to
evaluation by the admission committee. Members of Phi Theta Kappa may
qualify for academic scholarships reserved for members of this society.

Transient Admission: Students currently enrolled in good standing at another
college may enroll at LaGrange College as transient students. Approval of
course work must be authorized by the primary institution on the Transient
AppUcation for Admission, which is available in the Admission Office. A
permission letter from the student's home institution certifying status and
granting permission for specific transient course work may also be sent.

Non-degree Undergraduate Admission: Students not working toward a
degree may register as non-degree undergraduate students in any course for
which they have the necessary prerequisites. An apphcation for non-degree
undergraduate student stams may be obtained through the Admission Office.
Students classified as non-degree undergraduate students may become regular,
degree-seeking students by meeting requirements for regular admission. No
more that 6 credit hours earned under this classification may be appUed toward
a degree.

21

Readmission to LaGrange College: Following an absence from LaGrange
College of 3 or more semesters, or any time a student was not in good standing
during the last term of attendance at LaGrange College, any student deciding to
return to attempt additional course work must submit an Application for
Readmission. This form is available in the Office of Admission. Students
absent from LaGrange College for 2 semesters or less, and who were in good
academic standing when he/she last attended LaGrange College may re-
activate his/her file in the Registrar's Office. These students do not need to
apply for readmission.

In the event that a student seeking readmission has attended another institution
as a transfer student (not transient) since he/she left LaGrange College, then
the student, if readmitted, is treated as a new transfer student. Students fitting
this description are subject to the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer back
to LaGrange College. Students who have not attended another institution are
generally governed by the catalog in force at the time of their initial admission.
However, students who have been out of school for four calendar years or
more re-enter LaGrange College under the Bulletin in force at the time of
readmission and resumption of study.

International Student Admission: Admission to LaGrange College requires
submission of the international student appUcation, appUcation fee, and
translated and certified documents attesting to the student's academic
performance in secondary and/or university studies. Students seeking
admission may submit one of the following to prove Enghsh proficiency:

Minimum TOEFL score of 500 (173 computer-based);

Certificate of completion of level 109 from the ELS Centers, Inc.

Grades of "C" or better on G.C.E., G.S.C.E, or C.X.C. English
examinations or equivalent tests;

Minimum SAT verbal score of 450;

Minimum ACT Enghsh section score of 21

If the prospective student is in the United States, an interview at the college is
desirable and may sometimes be substituted for a TOEFL score. The Director
of Admission should be contacted for an appointment as well as for the current
interpretation of regulations with regard to obtaining an F-1 student visa.

22

Payment of Charges

All charges for the semester are due and payable at registration, and each
student is expected to make satisfactory arrangements at that time.

Students who pre-register and pay in advance of the deadline each semester are
not required to attend final registration.

ReaUzing that some famiUes prefer to pay charges on a monthly basis, the
College has made arrangements with Academic Management Services to offer
interested parties this type of service. The plan is an agreement between the
parent and the company; there is no involvement by LaGrange College in the
agreement. For additional information, contact the Business Office. LaGrange
College also offers a deferred payment option that allows the student to make
monthly payments to cover the costs of his/her education. A service charge
will be assessed students who choose the Deferred-Payment Plan.

Expenses

1 . Admission

Application for admission (non-refundable) $20.00

2. Tuition

A. Undergraduate

(1) Part-time per semester hour (1-1 1 or greater than 15) 545.00

2) Full-time (12-15 semester hours) 6,613.00

(3) Nursing (NSG) courses - per semester hour 545.00

B. Summer Term

Summer Term charges are listed in the Summer Brochure. Students
may write for information regarding offerings and charges.

C. Audit (per semester hour) 545.00

3. Room and Board (per semester) - Henry, Pitts, and Hawkes 2,747.00

Room and Board (per semester) - Candler and Vernon Rd 2,797.00

(Note: All students living in dormitories are required to pay room and board.)

4. Private rooms are available at an additional charge (per semester) 563.00

After the beginning of the semester any student occupying a double room alone
will be charged the private rate. If a student occupying a double room alone
does not wish to pay the private room rate, it is that student's responsibility to
find a suitable roommate. Willingness to accept a roommate does not constitute
grounds for waiving the single room charge.

23

5. Fees Miscellaneous

Late registration 20.00

Personal checks/credit cards failing to clear 15.00

Student Identification Card Replacement Fee 5.00

Document Fee (International Students) 175.00

Parking Permit 15.00

Testing Fee (All New Students) 60.00

Room deposit (Refundable) 1 00.00

Admission Deposit (New Students) 100.00

Summary of Standard Charges

Per Semester Per Year

Non-Dormitory Students:

Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours) $6,613.00 $13,226.00

Dormitory Students:

Henry, Pitts and Hawkes residents

Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours) $6,613.00 $13,226.00

Room and Board 2,747.00 5,494.00

9,360.00 18,720.00

Dormitory Students:

Candler and Vernon Road Apartment residents

Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours) $6,613.00 $13,226.00
Room and Board 2J97.00 5,594.00

9,410.00 18,820.00

All LaGrange College undergraduate degree-seeking students taking twelve or
more hours who have been residents of the state of Georgia for twelve
consecutive months are eUgible to receive a Tuition Equalization Grant regardless
of need. The amount of this grant for 2001-2002 is expected to be $1,046.

In addition, those Georgia students who are entering freshmen as Hope
Scholars (B or better high school grade point average) will receive a $3,000 per
year academic scholarship from the Georgia Hope Scholarship program as long
as they maintain a "B or better" average.

Fees relating to the LaGrange College's Evening and Graduate Programs are
included in a separate bulletin pertaining to those programs. You may contact
the College to receive a copy of those pubHcations.

Federal Tax Credits

The Tax Reform Act of 1997 provided two tax credits for higher education.
The "Hope Credit" provides a $1,500 tax credit for the first two years of
postsecondary education in a program that leads to a degree, certificate, or
other recognized educational credential. The student must be enrolled at least
halftime. Quahfied expenses are for tuition and fees and do not include room,
board, books, insurance, and other similar expenses.

24

The second tax credit is the "Lifetime Learning Credit" which provides a
$1,000 per year tax credit (per family). For additional information about
these two credits, please consult the Business Office or your tax preparer.

These tax credits are phased out as your modified adjusted gross income exceeds
certain limits. Please check with your tax advisor regarding these limits.

Depending upon individual requirements, a student may expect to spend
$750 to $1,000 per year on books and personal expenses.

The above charges are applicable to an academic year of two semesters duration.
Summer Term costs and curriculum are available in a separate bulletin.

Nursing students should consult with the Nursing Division concerning
required nursing suppUes and their projected costs.

All students must present proof of health insurance at the time of registration
and complete a waiver form including provider name and poUcy number. If
the student has no insurance, the College will make a charge for hmited
coverage group sickness and accident insurance coverage.

Official transcripts and diplomas are withheld for any student who has a
financial obUgation to LaGrange College.

Credit Balances

Students who have a credit balance on their student accounts receivable may
obtain a credit balance refund within fourteen (14) calendar days whichever
is the latest of:

the date the balance occurs,

the first day of classes of a payment period or enrollment period,
as applicable, or

the date the student rescinds authorization given the school to
hold the funds.

Refund and Repayment Policies

Refund Policies

No refund of any nature will be made to any student who is suspended or
dismissed for disciphnary reasons.

No refund will be made for individual courses dropped after dates established
by the school calendar.

Refunds will be processed within thirty (30) days of notification of an
"official withdrawal." An official withdrawal date is defined by:

the earher of date student began school's withdrawal process or
date student otherwise provided "official" notice; or

25

if student did not notify school, the midpoint in the term; or the
date of student's last attendance at documented academically-
related activity, or

if student did not notify due to circumstances beyond student's
control, date related to that circumstance.

Refund Policies - Tuition and Fees

A student who plans to withdraw from the College must make an official
notification of his/her plan. At LaGrange College, the Registrar's Office has
been identified as the official office of notification. The student should also
consult the Financial Aid Office and the Business Office to determine the
financial consequences of a complete withdrawal.

The Department of Education requires all unearned Title IV aid to be returned
to the program from which such aid was awarded. The College will apply a
credit to the smdent's account for all unearned "institutional charges." The
Department of Education defines "institutional charges" as all charges for
tuition, fees, and room and board, and expenses for required course materials,
if the student does not have a "real and reasonable opportunity" to purchase the
required course materials ft-om any place but the school.

In the event of a complete withdrawal from college after registration, refunds
of "institutional charges" will be made in the following manner. The College
is required to calculate the amount of Title FV aid the student has earned during
the term. This is accompHshed by dividing the number of days a student
completes in a credit-hour term by the total number of days within the term
(excluding breaks). If the resulting percentage is less than 60 percent, only that
portion of the aid is the student ehgible to receive with the residual being
returned to the Title IV program. Once the student has completed 60 percent
of the term, the student will have earned 100% of the Title IV aid.. Tuition
credits will be apphed to the student's account in the same manner as the return
of Title IV funds. After the student has completed 60 percent of the term, there
will be no refund of tuition charges made by the College.

In certain cases, these refund requirements may leave an indebtedness on the
student' s account. This may also require the student to reimburse the
Department of Education for some or all of the appUcable Federal PeU and
SEOG funds. It is therefore imperative that the students fuUy discuss the
ramifications of withdrawing with the Financial Aid Office prior to making a
final decision.

A student will not receive a refund until all financial aid programs have been
reimbursed. Refunds will be returned in the order indicated below:

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program
Federal Perkins Loan Program
Federal PLUS Program

26

Federal Pell Grant Program

Federal SEOG Program

Other Title IV Programs

Other state, private, or institutional assistance programs

To the student

Refund Policies - Room and Board

There is no refund of the room deposit if the student does not enroll. No refund
of room or board will be made if a student withdraws from the dormitory after
registration. In the event of complete withdrawal from College, there is no
refund of room charges. The board rate will be rebated at the rate of $15 per day
from the date of final registration.

Student Repayment Policy

Students who receive cash disbursements after registration for that enrollment
period will be assessed habihty for repayment of the appropriate percentage of
the refund due the Title IV programs upon withdrawal, expulsion, or suspension.

Students who receive cash disbursements that are attributable to Federal Pell or
SEOG programs may owe a repayment of these funds to LaGrange College to
prevent an overpayment. A student who owes a repayment will be deemed
inehgible for any financial assistance from any source until the student has
resolved the overpayment. Repayments will be allocated to the student aid
programs in the following order: Pell Grant, SEOG, other Title IV programs, and
then to the institution.

Students have 45 days from the date of their notification to make arrangements
for repayment of the aid received. If they fail to make satisfactory arrangements
within the 45-day time period, the account wiU be submitted to the Department of
Education and the student could lose future eUgibility for financial aid programs.

27

FINANCIAL AID

Philosophy

LaGrange College believes that the student and parents should contribute to the
educational expenses of attending a college or university to the extent of their
abihty. The Financial Aid Office is available to assist famihes in meeting the
difference between the cost of education at LaGrange College and what the
family can contribute. The Financial Aid Office at LaGrange College attempts
to defray the cost of education from all available Federal, State, and Institutional
sources. The student should be prepared to assume a measure of responsibihty
in meeting educational expenses through self-help financial aid sources such as
student loans and work programs.

General Information

Students in need of financial assistance must complete a federal need analysis
form, the Free AppUcation for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The FAFSA
collects parental and student income and asset information needed to determine
eUgibility for financial aid. This information is used in a federal need analysis
calculation to determine the Expected Family Contribution (EFC).

The Financial Aid Office estabhshes a Cost of Attendance Budget that discloses
the annual costs for a student to attend LaGrange College. The Cost of
Attendance includes tuition, fees, room, board, books and supphes, and Uving
expenses. Other components of the Cost of Attendance, which is appUed on an
individual basis, are childcare expenses, study abroad, and the purchase of a
computer. These items may require documentation from the student. Below is
the Cost of Attendance Budgets for the 2002-2003 academic year.

Dependent Undergraduate Day Program $21 ,695

Independent Undergraduate Day Program $23,625

Dependent Undergraduate Nursing Program $24,450

Independent Undergraduate Nursing Program $26,380

The Expected Family Contribution (EFC) is deducted from the Cost of
Attendance at LaGrange College to determine whether a need for financial
assistance exists. If the family's EFC is less than the Cost of Attendance, a
financial need is estabUshed. The Financial Aid Office attempts to meet the
financial need of apphcants with federal, state, and institutional grants and
scholarships, work programs, and student loans.

28

Financial Aid Application Procedures

Applicants for financial aid must:

Apply and be accepted as a degree-seeking student in an eligible program
at LaGrange College.

Complete and submit a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)
or a Renewal FAFSA annually.

Complete a Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant Application, if applicable.

Submit all required documents for verification if selected.

Verification

Verification is the process of evaluating the accuracy of financial information
provided on the Free Apphcation for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The U.S.
Department of Education randomly selects approximately 30% of all financial
aid apphcations for verification. The Financial Aid Office may select
additional apphcations for verification if conflicting or incomplete information
exists. A financial aid award cannot be provided until the verification process
is completed.

Students selected for verification will be asked to verify, at a minimum, the
following: adjusted gross income, federal income tax paid, earned income
credit, family size, number of family members in college, and untaxed income.
Most students will be asked to complete a verification worksheet and provide
copies of apphcable federal tax returns. If discrepancies are found during
verification, the Financial Aid Office will transmit the corrected information to the
Central Processor. The results are usually received within seven days. Once the
corrected financial aid information is received and provided all other ehgibihty
requirements are met, an official financial aid award letter will be mailed.

Financial Aid Eligibility Requirements

In general, to be eligible for financial assistance,
the applicant must:

Be an U.S. Citizen or permanent resident alien of the United States.

Be accepted for admission or currently enrolled in an approved
degree-seeking or teacher certification program.

Have a high school diploma or a General Education Development
(GED) Certification, or pass an approved Abihty-to-Benefit test.

Be making Satisfactory Academic Progress towards the completion of
your degree program.

Not be in default on any federal educational loan or have made
satisfactory arrangements to repay the loan.

29

Not owe a refund on a federal or state grant.

Not have borrowed in excess of federal loan limits.

Be registered with Selective Service, if required.

Student Financial Aid Rights and Responsibilities

Students have the right to know:

The procedures for applying for financial assistance and eligibility
requirements

Financial aid resources available and eUgibihty requirements

Refunds and Repayment PoUcy in the event of complete withdrawal
from school.

Cost of Attendance at LaGrange College

Deadhnes for applying for financial aid

When and how financial aid award will be disbursed

Loan indebtedness and estimated monthly payments

Academic Programs available at LaGrange College

Name of associations and agencies accrediting the institution and its
programs

Campus Security Statistics

Athletic Program Participation Rates and Financial Support Data
Completion and Graduation Rates

Students have the responsibility to:

Submit complete and accurate financial aid appUcations.

Observe all deadhnes for submission of financial aid documents.

Maintain regular class attendance in all courses for which financial
assistance was awarded.

Maintain satisfactory academic progress towards the completion of
their chosen degree or certification.

Notify the Financial Aid Office and lenders of any change in
address or name.

Complete required Entrance and Exit Interviews for Federal
Stafford and Federal Perkins Loan.

Respond to all communications regarding student loans and
financial aid awards.

Comply with all ehgibiUty requirements for financial aid award
funds.

Be conscientious in attendance and quaUty of work when
participating in a work-study job.

Repay student loan received for education pursuits regardless of
whether he/she graduates.

30

Satisfactory Academic Progress

The United States Department of Education requires institutions of higher
education to estabUsh a satisfactory academic progress policy to be applied to
all recipients of federal financial aid. Satisfactory academic progress means
that the student is progressing in a manner consistent with fulfiUing their
degree or certification requirements. Satisfactory academic progress is
evaluated throughout the course of the degree program. A Satisfactory
Academic Progress poUcy must include two components: quaUtative and
quantitative. Qualitative measures cumulative grade point average.
Quantitative measures the number or percentage of courses completed. The
quantitative component also estabUshes the maximum time frame for
completing a degree program. Financial aid recipients must meet both of these
standards to receive financial aid.

The standards estabUshed in the Satisfactory Academic Progress poUcy appUes
to the following financial aid programs: Federal Pell Grant, Federal
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG), Federal Perkins Loan,
Federal Stafford Loan (subsidized and unsubsidized). Federal Parent Loan for
Undergraduate Students (PLUS), Federal Work Study, HOPE Scholarship,
Georgia Tuition EquaUzation Grant (GTEG), Georgia LEAP, State Service
Cancelable Loans, LaGrange College Grant, Lettie Pate Whitehead Grant,
Clark and Ruby Baker Grant, all LaGrange College Academic and Merit
scholarships, and LaGrange College Work Aid.

Note: HOPE scholarship guidelmes require a cumulative grade point
average of 3.0 to maintain eligibility.

Qualitative Standard

Undergraduates

Federal regulations require a student to have a grade point average that is
consistent with the institution's pohcy governing academic progress.
LaGrange College has set the following minimum grade point average
requirements. The Registrar and Academic Dean monitor this component of
the policy each term.

Classification

Minimum Cumulative Grade Point
Average

Freshman

1.65

Sophomore

1-75 m

Junior

1.85

Senior

2.0

31

Quantitative Standard

Undergraduate Students

Students receiving funds from any of the financial programs covered under this
pohcy must demonstrate measurable progress toward the completion of their
degree program. LaGrange College requires students to successfully
complete 67% of the credit hours for which the student enrolls each academic
term. The credit hours considered under this policy will be those for which the
student is registered at the conclusion of late registration. Grades of A, B, C,
or D are considered as successful completion of a course. Grades of F, W,
WF, NR, or I are considered faiUng and do not count as successfully completed
courses. Audited courses are not considered in either the quantitative or
quahtative standards.

Maximum Time Frame

Federal regulations allow a student to receive financial assistance for no more
than 150% of the credit hours required to complete the degree program.
Therefore, students pursuing a bachelor's degree must complete their program
within 162 attempted semester credit hours. Most students will complete the
program within the time frame. However, frequent withdrawals from courses or
school, change of major, failed courses, repeated courses, or courses taken that
are not related to your degree program could jeopardize financial aid ehgibihty.
All attempted hours are considered when reviewing maximum time frame.

Transfer students must complete their program within a maximum of 162
attempted semester credit hours. Hours transferred to and accepted by
LaGrange College from other institutions are considered in the maximum time
frame. For example, if a student has 75 credit hours acceptable towards their
degree program, the student may receive financial assistance for 87 additional
credit hours.

Students pursuing an additional bachelor's degree are allowed an additional 60
semester hours to complete the degree.

Evaluation

The cumulative academic history of all financial aid recipients is reviewed
each term to determine if the student is meeting the quantitative, quahtative
and time frame standards. This includes all courses attempted regardless of
whether financial aid was received or not. Transfer grade point averages are
not considered in either of these standards. However, accepted transfer credit
hours will be considered in the maximum time frame for completing a degree
program. Students who fail to meet both of these standards will be placed on
financial aid probation. Smdents placed on financial aid probation are eUgible
for financial aid during the probationary term. If the student does not meet the
satisfactory academic progress standards at the end of the probationary term,
future financial aid will be terminated effective with the next term of
enrollment. Students whose financial aid is terminated may appeal to the

32

Financial Aid Appeals Committee for re-instatement of financial aid. The
chart below indicates the minimum credits a student must earn to meet the
quantitative standard.

Total Attempted Hours

Minimum Earned Hours

30

20

60

40

90

60

120

80

150

100

180

120

Appeal Process

Student financial aid recipients who lose their eUgibility for financial aid may
appeal in writing to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee except for loss of
eligibility due to timeframe. Appeals must be submitted in writing to the
Director of Financial Aid outUning any mitigating circumstance(s) that
influenced the student's academic performance, documentation of
circumstance(s), if appUcable, and the manner by which the deficiency will be
resolved. The Director will convene the Financial Aid Appeals Conmiittee to
evaluate the request for reinstatement of financial aid eligibility. The Director
of Financial Aid will notify the student in writing of the decision of the
Committee and any conditions associated with reinstatement. Students whose
appeals are approved will receive financial aid on probationary status for the
next term of enrollment and will have their academic performance reviewed at
the end of that term for continued ehgibihty.

Student Financial Aid Policy

Each year the Financial Aid Office receives more appUcations for financial
assistance than funds are available. Funding for Federal Pell Grant and Federal
Stafford Loans are available throughout the academic year. However, grant
assistance is awarded on a first-come, first-served basis. In awarding, first
priority is given to students pursuing their first undergraduate degree.
Transient, non-degree seeking and unclassified students are not eUgible for
financial assistance.

All institutional and state grant programs (LaGrange College Grant, Lettie Pate
Whitehead, Clark and Ruby Baker Grant, Academic and Merit Scholarships,
HOPE Scholarship, Governor's Honor and Georgia Tuition EquaUzation
Grant) require full-time enrollment. Students enrolhng less than full-time in a
degree-seeking or teacher certification program are eligible for a Federal

33

Stafford or Federal Perkins loan and Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant. Pell eligible students may receive a prorated amount of
their Pell award based on their enrollment status.

Students interested in only Georgia Tuition EquaHzation Grant, or academic,
merit, and HOPE scholarships are not required to complete a Free AppUcation
for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). However, HOPE Scholars are required to
complete a Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant AppUcation to confirm residency.

Students completing a Free Application for Federal Student Aid and receiving
financial aid assistance must report any scholarships, grants, or loans received
from outside sources. This includes employer reimbursement or educational
benefits. Veteran Administration Educational Benefits (for veterans and/or
their dependents or spouse). Veteran or Vocational RehabiUtation Educational
Assistance. These resources must be considered in awarding federal, state, and
institutional financial aid programs. LaGrange College reserves the right to
cancel or reduce financial aid awards in the event that these resources result in
financial aid in excess of financial need.

A student's enrollment status will be based on the credit hours for which the
student is registered and attending at the conclusion of late registration. All
financial aid awards will be calculated using final registration information.
The chart below indicates the enrollment status for financial aid programs.

Enrollment Status Undergraduate

Full-time 12or more credit hours
Three-Quarter Time 9-1 1 credit hours J

Half-time 6-8 credit hours

Sources of Financial Aid

LaGrange College in an effort to recognize and reward academic excellence
provides academic scholarships to eligible freshmen and transfer students. All
students accepted for admission are considered for academic scholarships. The
most prestigious are competitive and are awarded during the Scholar Weekend
Competition held in February.

Competitive Scholarships

Charles H. Candler, Jr. Presidential Scholarship is a four-year, renewable
academic scholarship awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic
achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores, and interviews with the
Scholarship Selection Committee. Recipients of this prestigious award receive
full tuition, mandatory fees, and room and board.

34

The Thompson Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship
awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic achievement in high
school, SAT or ACT test scores, and interviews with Scholarship Selection
Committee. Five scholarships are awarded annually in the amount of $8,000.

The Cunningham- Traylor Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic
scholarship awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic
achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores, and interviews with the
Scholarship Selection Committee. Ten scholarships are awarded annually in
the amount of $5,500.

The LaFayette Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship
awarded at the Scholar Weekend Competition to incoming freshmen on the
basis of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores, and
interviews with the Scholarship Selection Committee. The annual scholarship
amount is $5,500.

LaGrange College Fine Arts Scholarships are scholarships awarded to
students who excel in the areas of Art and Design, Music, and Theatre Arts.
Scholarships are awarded based on academic promise, audition and portfoUo.
The departments' Scholarship Committee determines scholarship recipients.

Sandra Kratina Nursing Scholarship is a renewable academic scholarship
awarded to students pursuing careers in Nursing. Scholarships are awarded
based on academic excellence, promise, character and interview. Annual
scholarship awards range from $3,000 to $5,000. The Division of Nursing
determines scholarship recipients.

Academic Achievement Scholarships

LaGrange College Academic Achievement Scholarship is a four-year,
renewable academic scholarship awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of
academic record, ACT or SAT test scores, extracurricular activities, and
admission essays. The scholarship levels are: Quadrangle Scholarship, which
range from $3,000 - $4,500 per year; The Hilltop Scholarship, which range
from $2,000 - $2,999 per year; The Gateway Scholarship, which range from
$1,000 - $1,999. These scholarships are funded by the General Endowed
Scholarship fund. The Office of Admission determines the recipients of these
scholarships.

LaGrange College Methodist Scholarships are available to active members
of the United Methodist Church. These scholarships are non-need based and
are awarded based on academic excellence, church activities, essay and
recommendation from minister. The Office of Admission determines the
recipients of this scholarship.

35

Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship is a two-year, renewable academic scholarship
awarded to quahfied transfer students who are U.S. citizens or a permanent
resident ahens fully inducted into Phi Theta Kappa Honor Society. Recipients
must hold Associates of Arts or Associate of Science degree from an accredited
two-year college and have earned a minimum grade point average of 3.5. This
scholarship is $6,000 annually.

Transfer Scholarships are awarded to students transferring to LaGrange College
from a college or university with a minimum of 30 semester hours and a
minimum grade point average of 3.0 or higher. The number of scholarships varies
with awards ranging from $2,000 - $3,000 per year.

Troup County Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship
awarded to incoming freshmen who reside in Troup County and have a 3.0 or
better high school grade point average, a SAT score of 1000 or ACT score of 22
or better. The Office of Admission determines the recipients of this scholarship.

Federal Financial Aid Programs

Federal Pell Grant is awarded to undergraduate students pursuing a first
bachelor's degree. The student's Expected Family Contribution, Cost of
Attendance, and enrollment status determines the Pell award. Students enrolling
less than full-time quaUfy for a prorated amount of Pell Grant based on their
enrollment status.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant is awarded to
undergraduate students with exceptional financial need. Priority is given to
students eUgible for Federal Pell Grant.

Federal Work-Study provides employment opportunities for undergraduate and
graduate students with financial need to defray educational expenses. Jobs are
available on campus and off-campus in community service activities. Student
wages are at least the federal minimum wages and are paid monthly.

Federal Perkins Loan is a low interest, repayable loan awarded to undergraduate
and graduate students with exceptional financial need. The interest rate is 5%
and no interest accrues on the loan while the borrower is enrolled half-time and
during the grace period. Repayment begins nine months after graduating or
withdrawal from school. This loan program has cancellation provisions for
critical fields of study. Contact the Financial Aid Office for more information.

Federal Stafford Loan is a low interest, repayable loan available to
undergraduate and graduate students regardless of income. The interest rate is
variable on Stafford loan but will not exceed 8.25%. The interest rate is adjusted
each July 1 . Federal Stafford Loans allow for a six (6) month grace period before
the borrower begins repayment. Borrowers have a maximum of ten (10) years to
repay their student loan. Loans are available through banks, credit unions, and
other lending institutions. The only qualification for receiving a Federal Stafford
Loan is to meet the eUgibihty requirements for financial assistance. The student is

36

not subject to credit approval for this loan. All eligible financial aid participants
may borrow from the Federal Stafford Loan program.

The Stafford Loan Program is composed of two loan types, subsidized and
unsubsidized. A subsidized loan is awarded on the basis of financial need.
Subsidized loan borrowers will not pay interest on the loan while enrolled in
school, during the grace period or during authorized periods of deferment. The
federal government pays the interest. An unsubsidized loan is not awarded on the
basis of financial need. Any student regardless of income may participate in this
loan program. However, interest does accrue while the student is enrolled in
school, during the grace period, and during periods of deferment. The borrower
has the options of paying the accrued interest or having the interest capitaUzed.
Capitalization adds the interest to the principal amount of your loan. This option
will increase your loan indebtedness.

The annual maximum awards from the Federal Stafford Loan Program are
based on the borrower's classification and dependency status as indicated in the
chart below.

Annual Loan Limits

Classification

Dependent

Independent

Freshmen

$2,625.00

$ 6,625.00*

Sophomores

$3,500.00

$ 7,500.00*

Juniors and Seniors

$5,500.00

$10,500.00*

' *Only the dependent student amounts may be subsidized. The additional $4,000
for freshmen and sophomores and the additional $5,000 for juniors and seniors are
unsubsidized funds.

The Federal Stafford Loan Program has a maximum aggregate (hfetime) limit
on the amount of funds a student may borrow. The aggregate loan limit for
undergraduate dependent students is $23,000. An undergraduate independent
student may borrow a maximum of $46,000 ($23,000 subsidized and $23,000
unsubsidized.)

Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) is available to the
parents of a dependent student to defray remaining educational expenses after all
other financial aid resources are exhausted. Ehgible appHcants may borrower up
to the cost of attendance less other financial aid. The interest rate will not exceed
9%. UnUke the Federal Stafford Loan program, PLUS borrowers must be credit
worthy to quaUfy for this loan and repayment begins within 60 days of the loan
disbursement. If the parent borrower is denied a PLUS, the borrower may appeal
to the lender if an extenuating circumstance exist.

37

Amount
Borrowed

Number

of
Payments

18

36

48

5%
Payment

$58

5%

Total

Interest

8.25%
Payment

8.25%

Total

Interest

9%
Payment

9%

Total

Interest

$1,000

$40

$59

$67

$60

$73

2,000

60
60

158

63

265

64

290

2,625

277

64

466

65

511

3,000
3,500

60
72

57
56

397

558

61
62
63
61

671
949
1279

62
63
64

737
1042

4,000

84
120
120

57
53
58
64
74

749
1364
1500

1406

5,000

2359

70

2861

5,500

67

2595

70

2861

$,000

r,ooo

120
120

1637
1910

74
86

2831
3303

76
89

101

3121
3641

8,000

120
120

85
90

2182
2319

98
104

3775

4161

8,500

4011
4246
4718
5190

108
114
127
139

4421

9,000

10,000

11,000

120
120
120

95
106
117

2455
2728
3001

110
123
135
147
159

4681
5201
5721

12,000
13,000

120
120

127
138

3273
3546

5662
6134

152
165

6241
6765

14,000

120

148

3819

172

6606

177

/281

15,000

120
120
120

159
170
180

4092
4365
4637

184
196
208

7077

190

/802

16,000

7549
8021

203

8322

17,000

215

8842

18,000

120

191

4910

221

8493

228

9362

19,000

120

202

5183

233

8965

241

9882

20,000

120

212

5456
5729

245

9437

253

10402

21,000

120

223

257
270
282

9908
10380
10852

266
279

10922

22,000

120
120
120

233
244
255

6001
6274

11442

23,000

291

11962

24,000

6547

294

11324

304

12482

25,000
26,(M)0

120
120

265
276

6820
7092

307
319

11796
12268

317
329
342

13003
13523

27,000

120

286

7365

331

12739

14043

28,000
29,000

120
120

297
308

7638
7911
8184

343
356

13211
13683

354
367

14563
15083

368

14155

380

30,000

120

318

15603

32,000

120
120

339
361

8729

392

15099

405

16643

34,000

9275
9820
10366

417
441

16042
16986

430
456

17683

36,000

120
120

382
403

18724

38,000

466

17930

481

19764

40,000
42,000
44,000

120
120
120
120

424
445
467

10911
11457
12003

490
515
539

18873
19817
20761

506
532
557

20804
21844
22884

46,000

488

12548

564

21704

582

23925

Loan Repayment

Student loans are excellent sources of financial assistance in deft-aying education
costs. However, borrowers should always remember that they are obhgated to
repay these loans. LaGrange College encourages students to borrow responsibly.
The chart on the previous page provides typical repayment information of student
loans and assumes that Unsubsidized Stafford Loan borrowers paying accrued
interest while enrolled and during their grace period.

Georgia Student Assistance Programs

The State of Georgia provides several financial aid programs to assist residents of
Georgia. Recipients of these programs must meet financial aid eUgibiUty and
Georgia residency requirements. For most state grants, a Georgia resident is one
who has physically hved in the state for a minimum of 12 consecutive months for
some purpose other than to attend school and intends to remam in the state
indefinitely. An appHcant for financial aid will be considered a resident of
Georgia if he/she can demonstrate that he or she has physically resided in the state
for twelve consecutive months prior to the first date of enrollment and can provide
documentation of intent to remain indefinitely. Acceptable documentation of
intent to remain indefinitely includes but is not limited to a Georgia driver's
Ucense, voter registration card, automobile registration or other definitive
evidence. Residency is estabUshed twelve months fi-om the date the
documentation was issued. The residency of the supporting parent drives the
residency of a dependent student. The Director of Financial Aid makes final
determination of residency.

Georgia LEAP Grant is a State of Georgia need-based grant awarded to Georgia
residents who qualify for Federal Pell Grant and have substantial financial need.
The annual amount is contingent upon funding by the Georgia Legislature and the
Federal government

G^rgia Tuition Equalization Grant is a non-need-based grant awarded to
Georgia residents attending a private college or university as a full-time student.
The annual amount is contingent upon funding by the Georgia Legislature. The
amount of the grant beginning Fall 2001 is $1,100.

The HOPE Scholarship Program has provided scholarship assistance for
Georgia residents since 1993 as a result of the Georgia Lottery and the efforts of
former Governor Zell Miller. Georgia residents who graduated fi-om high school
on or after June 1996 with a 'B' average are ehgible for $3,000 per year
scholarship to attend a Georgia private college or university. HOPE Scholars
attending a private college or university must be full-time to quahfy. HOPE
scholars must maintain a 3.0 grade point average for continued eligibiUty. HOPE
Scholars will be evaluated at increments of 30, 60, and 90 semester hours.

Students who did not graduate from high school as a HOPE Scholar may become
ehgible for the HOPE Scholarship after completing 30, 60, or 90 semester hours.
This is provided the student's cumulative grade point average is a 3.0 or better; the

39

student was a Georgia resident at the time of enrollment at a Georgia college or
university and at the time the student becomes eligible for the HOPE Scholarship.
The calculation of grade point averages for HOPE purposes must include all
courses attempted since graduating from high school.

HOPE Promise Scholarship provides forgivable loans to undergraduate students
who plan to teach in Georgia upon completing their education degree. Applicants
must be of junior standing with a 3.0 or better grade point average. Georgia
residency or full-time attendance is not a requirement.

Law Enforcement Personnel Dependents Grants provides non-repayable
grants of up to $2,000 per year to ehgible Georgia residents who are dependent
children of Georgia law enforcement officers, prison guards, or firemen who
were permanently disabled or killed in the Hne of duty.

Service Cancelable Stafford Loans provide forgivable Stafford loans to
Georgia residents who are pursuing degrees in areas where there is a critical
shortage of quahfied professionals. The terms and conditions of a service
cancelable loan are the same as for a Federal Stafford loan except the student
may cancel the loan in full by working one year at an approved Georgia
location for each academic year funding was received. The cancellation
benefit will be principal and accrued interest. The only approved critical field
at LaGrange College is nursing. Funding in this program is limited. Awards
are made on a first-come, first-served basis.

LaGrange College Financial Assistance Programs

LaGrange College assists students in defraying the cost of attending our
institution by offering institutional grants, scholarships and student
employment to eUgible students.

LaGrange College Grant is available to undergraduate degree seeking
students enrolled full-time. Ehgibihty is based on financial need and academic
promise. Recipients of this grant must maintain at a minimum cumulative
grade point average of 2.0 or better.

LaGrange College HOPEMatch is awarded to enrolhng freshmen, beginning
with Fall 2002, who graduate from high school as a HOPE Scholar or from an
out of state high school with a 3.0 or better grade point average. The award is a
maximum of $3,000 per year. Students awarded academic scholarships will
receive the greater of the HOPEMatch or the academic award.

Lettie Pate Whitehead Grant is available to female students enrolled full-
time with financial need. Eligible recipients must reside in Georgia, Alabama,
South CaroUna, Tennessee, Florida, Mississippi, or Louisiana. The funds are
made possible by an annual gift from the Lettie Pate Whitehead Foundation.

LaGrange College Methodist Scholarships are available to active members
of the United Methodist Church. These scholarships are non-need based and
are awarded based on academic excellence, church activities, essay, and
recommendation from minister.

40

LaGrange College Work Aid Program provides students, regardless of
financial need, with opportunities to earn additional money for school through
employment in campus departments and community service activities.

Disbursement of Financial Aid

All financial aid funds are credited directly to the student's account. The funds
are appUed towards current tuition, fees, room, board, and other charges as
authorized by the student. Financial aid funds are for educational expenses and
those students who fail to enroll or attend classes are not eligible for their
financial aid award. Disbursements will only be made to students who have
submitted all required documents for disbursement, are registered and have
begun attendance in all classes, are meeting Satisfactory Academic Progress
standards, and are enrolled for the appropriate number of credits hours to
estabUsh ehgibihty for individual financial aid programs. Financial aid
disbursements are based on the recipient's enrollment status at the conclusion
of late registration. Below are individual enrollment and ehgibihty
requirements for disbursement of financial aid programs.

Federal Pell Grant and Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant

These programs do not require full-time enrollment. However, awards are
prorated based on the recipient's enrollment status.

HOPE Scholarship and Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant

Recipients of these grants must maintain full-time enrollment and regular class
attendance for 14 days beyond the conclusion of late registration to estabUsh
ehgibihty for these grants. Students who withdraw or are administratively
withdrawn ft-om a course resulting in an enrollment status of less than full-time
before the end of the ehgibihty period will forfeit funds for that semester.

LaGrange College Grant, Academic, and Merit Scholarships

LaGrange College Grant and Lettie Pate Whitehead Grant recipients must
enroll full-time to receive these funds and maintain a 2.0 or better grade point
average to quahfy for these funds. Academic and Merit Scholarship recipients
should refer to their scholarship letter regarding renewal criteria.

Student Loans

Recipients of Federal Perkins and Federal Stafford must be enrolled at least
half-time on the day of disbursement to quahfy for their loan proceeds.
Borrowers who fail to register half-time or drop below half-time will have their
loan funds returned to the lender and future disbursements cancelled. New
borrowers and transfer students are required to complete Federal Stafford and/
or Federal Perkins Loan entrance counsehng before loan proceeds will be
disbursed. Federal Stafford loans are disbursed electronically and credited to the

41

student's account. Perkins borrowers must sign their promissory note for each
disbursement of their loan.

Other Grants and Loans

Scholarships, grants, and loans from external sources will be disbursed as
specified by the donor.

Work Programs

Participants in Federal Work-Study and LaGrange College Work Aid programs
are paid monthly. Payroll checks are available on the 10*^ day of each month
in the Business Office. Signed timesheets are due in the Financial Aid Office
on the last working day of the month.

Disbursement of Excess Financial Aid

Students with residual financial aid funds after tuition, fees, room, board, and
other authorized charges are paid will receive a refund of the remaining credit
balance within 14 days of the first day of classes or 14 days fi-om the date the
credit occurs (if after final registration). All refunds must be retrieved from the
Business Office and requires a picture ED before disbursement. If the student
wishes to leave the credit balance on their account for subsequent terms, he/she
must sign an authorization form with the Business Office.

If there are residual financial aid funds as a result of a PLUS loan, the refund will
be issued only to the parent borrower unless otherwise specified.

Student Financial Aid and Federal Tax Implications

Students receiving scholarships and grants that exceed their tuition, fees, books
and suppUes should be aware that these funds are taxable under federal and state
tax law. It is important that students maintain records of their grants and
scholarships and documentation of educational expenses for reporting purposes.

Federal tax law allows for only quahfied scholarships and grants to be excluded
from income. Quahfied scholarships are any amount of grant and scholarship
received that is used for tuition, fees, books, supphes and equipment required for
course instruction. Scholarships and grants that are specifically designated for
educational expenses other that those described under quahfied scholarships
(room, board, transportation, or hving expenses) are taxable.

For information, please read IRS Pubhcation 520, "Scholarships and
Fellowships," for more details on reporting requirements or consult a tax
professional.

Suspected Fraud

Institutions are required to report cases of suspected fi*aud to the Office of the
Inspector General of the Department of Education, or, if more appropriate, to the
state or local law enforcement agency having jurisdiction to investigate these
allegations. Fraud may exist if the institution beheves the apphcant misreported
or altered information in order to increase their financial aid eUgibihty or
fraudulently obtained federal funds.

42

STUDENT LIFE

The Student Life staff is concerned with providing those services which assist
individuals in their personal growth. Their purpose is to provide assistance
which facihtates the development of the total person. At LaGrange College, the
emphasis is upon the intellectual, social, physical and spiritual development of
each student.

Student Life involves a wide variety of programs and activities. The broad range
of available services is an outgrowth of complex student needs: orientation,
activities, student government, organizations, health services, wellness programs,
parking, food service, discipUne, leadership development, personal counseUng,
career development and placement, fraternities and sororities, and all residence
programming. The Student Life staff is conmiitted to creating a positive cUmate
within which personal growth and development occur.

Aims of Student Development Services

To faciUtate the transition from high school to college.

To develop and sustain through student-involvement activities,
organizations and services a campus life encouraging the cultural,
intellectual, social, physical and reUgious development of all students.

To assist students in discovering hfe goals and exploring career
opportunities.

To create an environment which stimulates quaUties of self-discipUne
and personal responsibiUty.

To provide a suitable context whereby the student can explore new
ideas, skills and life styles, thus gaining the insight and experience
necessary to make intelhgent choices.

To provide opportunity for the student to develop the understanding
and skills required for responsible participation in a democratic
community through involvement in self-government.

To serve a supervisory role in campus disciphnary concerns; to
develop, with campus community involvement, and to distribute the
necessary rules and regulations for a harmonious and productive
college community.

To mediate, where necessary, conflicts between individuals and
campus community standards.

To provide a comfortable, clean, safe enviroimient that enhances the
personal growth as well as the academic pursuits of resident students.

To collect retention data and to suggest/plan programs and strategies
to increase retention based on data collected.

43

Residence Programs
Resident Classification

Freshmen, sophomores and juniors taking twelve or more hours are required to
live in college housing, so long as appropriate campus housing is available.
The Office of Student Development may exempt a student for one of the
following reasons:

1. The student is 21 years of age or over at the time of registration;

2. The student is married and hving with spouse within a radius of fifty
miles;

3. The student is residing exclusively with parents or legal guardian within
the radius of fifty miles; or

4. The student is a veteran with at least two years of active mihtary service.

Effective with the freshman class entering in the Fall of 2002, all full-time,
undergraduate, unmarried students enrolled in the Day Program will be
required to hve on campus. A student may be exempt if he/she resides with
parents or legal guardian within a 30 mile radius.

A senior is defined as a student who has successfully completed at least 81
semester hours of academic work and who has completed the general
requirements. The Student Development Office will have the final decision on
all requests for exemption.

Students are assigned rooms of their choice in so far as facilities permit.
(Roommates are assigned by mutual preference whenever possible.) The
college reserves the right of approval of all room and residence hall
assignments. Also, the college reserves the right to move a student from one
room or residence hall to another room or residence hall during the year.
Resident students are required to subscribe to the board plan. (See student
handbook, page 43.)

Room Deposit

A room and tuition deposit of $200 is required of all resident students. The
room deposit ($100) is not a prepayment to be apphed to residence hall charges
but will remain on deposit with the College to be refunded, provided the
student's account with the College is cleared, upon one of the following: (1)
change of status from resident student to commuter student, (2) formal
withdrawal, or (3) graduation. The room reservation/damage deposit serves as
a room reservation while the student is not occupying college housing and is
refundable if a student cancels his/her reservation by the following dates: July
15 for fall semester, December 15 for spring semester. It serves as a damage
deposit while the student is occupying college housing and is refundable when
the student leaves the college housing minus any unpaid assessments and/or
any debt owed to the College. Complete residence information and regulations
can be found in the student handbook.

44

Residence Hall Activities

Each housing unit has a hall council which functions as a governing body and also
a coordinating committee to plan activities within the residence halls such open
houses, movie nights, decorating contests and other special events. The Hall
council representatives are elected by their respective residence hall floors.

Student Government and Other Organizations

The Student Government Association exists to serve as a medium for student
expressions, to coordinate campus activities, to promote good citizenship and to
govern within the parameters granted by the President of the College. The SGA is
an important part of student life. Upon acceptance into the CoUege, a student
automatically becomes a member of the association. All students are encouraged
to become active members, so that the association is a truly representative body of
student thought and opinion, voicing the needs and concerns of the student body.

The SGA is charged with responsibility of planning and presenting smdents
programs. They sponsor concerts, dances, movies, and many other special events.

Student publications are supported by the LaGrange College; these include the
newspaper, yearbook, and a magazine.

All clubs and organizations are sanctioned by LaGrange College. These include:

Social Sororities Alpha Omicron Pi

Kappa Delta
PhiMu

Social Fraternities Delta Tau Delta

Kappa Sigma
Pi Kappa Phi

Alpha Phi Omega

Hilltoppers

The Environmental Club

Habitat for Humanity

Baptist Student Union
Interfaith Council
Wesley Fellowship
Fellowship for Christian Athletes

Honorary Organizations Alpha Psi Omega (drama)

Service Clubs

Religious Organizations

Delta Mu Delta (business administration)
Delta Omicron, Gamma Phi Chapter

(music honor students)
MBA Association

Lambda Alpha Epsilon (social work)
Phi Alpha Theta (history)

45

Honorary Organizations (cont.)

Omicron Delta Kappa (leadership)

Omicron Delta Epsilon (economics)

Psi Chi (psychology)

Sigma Tau Delta (English)

Phi Eta Omega (pre-health professions)

Kappa Delta Pi (Education Honor Society)

Departmental/Special CRIS- Campus Recreation Interest Groups

and Intramural Sports
Student Nurses Association
Art Student League
Business and Economics Society
Student Education Association
Association of Computer Machinery

Student Publications The Quadrangle (yearbook)
The Hilltop News (paper)
The Scroll (magazine)

The student handbook is pubhshed by the Student Development Office and
contains guidelines and regulations for successful campus life,.

Athletic Program

LaGrange College is a member of the NAIA and is a probationary member of
the NCAA Division IE. College colors are red and black. Intercollegiate teams
compete in women's soccer, basketball, cross country, volleyball, softball,
swimming and tennis and men's baseball, basketball, cross country, golf,
soccer, swimming and tennis. It is the philosophy of LaGrange College that the
team participants are attending college primarily for a quality education, and
no athletic scholarships are offered. The coaching staff is a group of highly
quaUfied teachers who stress the educational aims of the College.

LaGrange College is committed to a full program of non-scholarship athletics
that encourages the student-athlete to reap the benefits of educationally sound
activity that encourages and promotes a strong academic regime. Students are
given the opportunity to participate fully in their given sport and to compete
with other teams locally, statewide, and regionally.

Philosophy Statement for Intercollegiate Athletics

Intercollegiate athletics at LaGrange College provide students with an integral
complement to their total educational experience. Recognizing the importance
of athletics to the individual student while seeking to strike an appropriate
balance between the hfe of the mind and participation in co- curricular
offerings, the college is conmiitted to providing a program of intercollegiate
athletics that is student-centered for both participants and spectators. The
college beUeves that the primary function of intercollegiate athletics at a small,

46

church-related, liberal arts college is one of a high quaUty co-curricular
complement to its overall mission. As such, academics have priority over
athletic or other co-curricular pursuits.

LaGrange College seeks to recruit and retain student athletes who understand
the balance of priorities between academics and co-curricular programs,
whether the latter are athletics, the performing arts, or other student activities.
The college employs coaches who understand that balance of priorities, and its
coaches seek to recruit students who will be successful student-athletes.
Because the college awards no financial aid based upon athletic abihty, the aim
of student-athlete recruitment by coaches is not solely for athletic success but
rather for student contribution to the college's enrollment goals, although by no
means do those have to be mutually exclusive.

The college embraces a commitment to instill and develop the values of
superlative ethical conduct and fair play among its athletes, coaches,
spectators, and other constituents. Further, LaGrange College recognizes that
student-athletes are role models to their peers as well as representatives of the
college, and the college actively encourages student-athletes to conduct
themselves in a maimer which befits those roles.

LaGrange College is committed to gender equity and values cultural diversity.
The College will invest sufficient resources to ensure that medical and athletic
training services are available to all athletes at appropriate times. It shall strive
to ensure that all individuals an all teams are treated with the same level of
fairness, resources, and respect so that all athletes are afforded and an equal
opportunity to develop their potential as a student-athlete.

Campus Recreation and Intramural Sports (CRIS)

The Campus Recreation and Intramural Sports program provides opportunities
for wholesome recreation and competition among members of the campus
community. Teams representing campus organizations and independents
compete in organized tournaments and events throughout the year. Competitive
events include flag football, volleyball, basketball (regulation, 3 on 3,
H*0*R*S*E), domino's dash, softball, badminton, tennis, water volleyball and
pickle ball. Winners of the campus tournaments in some of these events are
eUgible to represent LaGrange College in state or regional tournaments.
Special awards are presented to the men's and women's groups with the highest
participation rates and best record for the entire year. In addition, male and
female " Athletes of the Year" are selected.

Many opportunities are available for recreational use of the facilities in the
LaGrange College Aquatics Complex: recreational swimming and lap
swimming all year round in the indoor pool; the aquarius water work-out
stations, water aerobics or aqua exercise or aqua exercise class (non-credit);
diving on the one-meter and three-meter diving boards.

The facihties and equipment of the Physical Education Department also are

47

available for student recreational use when these are not scheduled for
instructional, athletic, or intramural sports use. The use of outdoor equipment
(canoes, sailboats, backpacks, tents, stoves, lanterns) requires the payment of a
small deposit which is refunded upon the safe return of the equipment. The
fitness center, gymnasium, and pools are available for student/faculty/staff use
during posted hours. A vahd LaGrange College ID is necessary for admittance
to all facilities.

Religious Life

College is a point of transition. Regardless of the student's age or reason for
being on campus, college is a turning point. It is a time of exciting intellectual
and social growth. During their collegiate experiences, students will wrestle
with new ideas, discover new interests, and explore issues of intimacy and
identity. In contrast, the struggle to define identity and personal values is an
opportunity for spiritual growth and faith development. Therefore, ReUgious
Life programs at LaGrange College offer students a chance to examine their
faith, to assess what is important, and to forge a system of values that will
sustain them through their adult years.

Growing out of its history of service and its affihation with The United
Methodist Church, LaGrange College is committed to creating a caring and
ethical community that challenges student's minds and inspires their souls. As
a result, the CoUege offers a number of opportunities for students, faculty and
staff members to celebrate life and explore God's intention for human hving.
Included in these opportunities are occasions for worship, fellowship, and
service. Chapel services are scheduled every Sunday at 10:00 p.m., and there
are special worship services throughout the year. Book discussion groups and
student forums are scheduled throughout the year. The Alternative Spring
Break Initiative during the College's Spring Break allows interested students,
faculty and staff members to experience life and service in another culture.

Office of the Chaplain

The College employs a full-time chaplain who is available for counseUng and
informal conversation. The Chaplain engages with many different people
throughout the campus community. In all the Chaplain does, the goal is to
enable a clearer understanding of what one believes, of how one relates to
one's own faith and to those of other faiths. As such, much of the Chaplain's
work is done in conversation with individuals and small groups for questions
on matters of faith on campus; offering Uturgical/sacramental services;
assisting students with vocation discernment, and addressing pressing moral,
ethical and theological questions.

Mission of the Chaplain's Office

The mission of the Office of the Chaplain is to lead the members of the college
community in fostering a sustaining vision for a caring and ethical community

48

through faith development, worship, and vocational discernment. This vision
is manifested by:

Efforts within college community to discern the ways in which one is
called to respond to his/her individual dreams from God.

Efforts that help students grow as a "sign and instrument" of the Peaceable
Realm for common good.

Efforts to enrich humanity and the world through the articulation of ethical
and rehgious values and their impUcations.

Programs, Exhibitions and Forum Lectures

A balanced and comprehensive program of lectures, music performances,
dramatic presentations, workshops and other activities contribute to student
enrichment. Tuesdays and Thursdays from 1 1:00 a.m. until 12:20 p.m. are
reserved for programs, exhibitions, and forum lectures.

Traditional Activities

Homecoming and Parents Day Fall weekend featuring concert,

parade and culminating with
crowning of Queen.

May Day Step sing and concert

Greek Week Week of activities centering

around campus Greek life

Quadrangle Dance Spring Formal scheduled around

Valentine's Day

There are a number of activities planned by the SGA in both terms. Please
consult the Student Handbook for specific dates.

Student Conduct

LaGrange College, as a church-related college, is conmiitted to an honorable
and seemly standard of conduct. As an educational institution the college is
concerned not only with the formal in-class education of its students, but also
with their welfare and their growth into mature men and women who conduct
themselves responsibly as citizens.

Regulations of the college are formulated to meet changing student needs
within the framework of college policy. These regulations become effective
when the student enrolls. Some regulations may not be agreeable to everyone
because they have been formulated to meet the needs of the entire group. This
however, does not lessen the individual's obHgation to uphold them.
Regulations do not have as their primary purpose the punishment of the

49

individual. The regulations are formulated to insure the right of all community
members to have the best possible Uving and learning conditions.

The College reserves the right to dismiss at any time a student who, in its
judgment, is undesirable and whose continuation in the school is detrimental to
himself or his fellow student.

Furthermore, students are subject to federal, state and local laws as well as
college niles and regulations.

A student is not entitled to greater immunities before the law than those
enjoyed by other citizens generally. Students are subject to such discipUnary
action as the administration of the college may consider appropriate, including
possible suspension and expulsion for breach of federal, state or local laws, or
college regulations. This principle extends to conduct off campus which is
hkely to have adverse effect on the college or on the educational process or
which stamps the offender as an unfit associate for the other students. A
complete description of student conduct poUcies, rules and regulations can be
found in the student handbook.

Sexual Harassment Policy

All members of the College community have the right to be free from sex
discrimination in the form of sexual harassment. Sexual harassment may take
two forms: (1) creating a hostile environment, and (2) "quid pro quo".

A hostile, demeaning, or intimidating enviroimient created by sexual
harassment interferes with an individual's full and free participation in the life
of the College.

Sexual harassment "quid pro quo" occurs when a position of authority is used
to threaten to impose a penalty or withhold a benefit in return for sexual favors,
whether or not the attempt is successful. Sexual harassment may involve
behavior by a person of either gender against a person of the same or opposite
gender. It should be noted that the potential of sexual harassment exists in any
of the following relationships: student/student, faculty/student, student/faculty,
and faculty/faculty. Here and subsequently "faculty" refers to faculty, staff, and
administration. Because of the inherent differential in power between faculty
and students, sexual relationships between faculty and students are prohibited.

Sexual harassment may result from many kinds of behavior. These behaviors
may range from the most egregious forms, such as sexual assault, to more
subtle forms. Explicit behaviors include, but are not hmited to, requests for
sexual favors, physical assaults of a sexual nature, sexually offensive remarks,
and rubbing, touching or brushing against another's body. More subtle
behaviors may be experienced as intimidating or offensive, particularly when
they recur or one person has authority over another. Such behaviors may
include, but are not hmited to unwelcome hugs or touching, inappropriate
staring, veiled suggestions of sexual activity, requests for meetings in non-
academic settings, and risque jokes, stories, or images.

50

Accusations of sexual harassment which are made without good cause shall not
be condoned. Such accusations are indeed grievous and can have damaging
and far reaching effects upon the careers and hves of individuals.

Any member of the College community having a complaint of sexual
harassment may raise the matter informally and/or file a formal complaint. The
informal process is an attempt to mediate between the parties in order to effect
a mutually agreeable solution without entering into the formal hearing process.

Informal Procedures

The following informal procedures may be followed:

Clearly say "no" to the person whose behavior is unwelcome.

Communicate either orally or in writing with the person whose
behavior is unwelcome.

The most effective communication will have three elements:

(1) A factual description of the incident(s) including the
time, place, date and specific behavior.

(2) A description of the complainant's feeUngs, including
consequences of the incidents.

(3) A request that the conduct cease.

Speak with a department chair, dean, director, counselor, or chaplain
who may speak to the person whose behavior is unwelcome. The
name of the complainant need not be disclosed. The purpose of such
conversation is the cessation of the unwelcome behavior.

In the case of harassment of a student, it may be appropriate first to
seek advice of his or her advisor.

Formal Procedures

To initiate a formal grievance procedure the complainant shall submit a written
statement to the chair of the Review Subcommittee of the Academic Standards
Committee who shall report the complaint to the President of the College. The
President, after such consultant as is deemed appropriate, will request the
names of several persons from each party to the dispute, and the President shall
choose one person's name from each list to be added to the three-person
Review Committee. Member of the Committee will meet to discuss the
complaint. Unless the Committee concludes that the complaint is without
merit, the parties to the dispute will be invited to appear before the Committee
and to confront any adverse witoesses. The Committee may conduct its own
inquiry, call witnesses, and gather whatever information it deems necessary to
assist in reaching a determination as to the merits of the accusation. Once a
determination has been reached, the Committee shall report its finding to the
President of the College.

51

Possible outcomes of the investigation are (1) that the allegation is not
warranted and cannot be substantiated, (2) a negotiated settlement of the
compUant, or (3) that the allegation is substantiated requiring a
recommendation to the President that disciplinary action be taken.

Student Health Services

All students must have proof of medical insurance. For those not having
coverage through individual or group plans, LaGrange College makes
available accident and sickness coverage through a private carrier at
reasonable rates. Application forms are available at registration or through
the Business Office.

For a description of health services available to LaGrange College students,
refer to the student handbook.

Career Planning and Placement Center

The LaGrange College Career center provides services to students, alumni and
staff. The counselor assists students with the total career development process.

From their first year at LaGrange College, students are encouraged to use
Center's resources to identify and prioritize their values, interests, and skills
and to recognize the impact they have on career decisions.

The Career Center provides resources to support students in locating part-
time employment, internships, fellowships and graduate assistantships,
summer jobs, and full-time, career employment. Additional resources and
training provide students with job search skills (resume preparation,
interview skills, etc.) as well as graduate school apphcation skills (e.g., test
preparation, online resources).

LaGrange College is a member of the Georgia Consortium of College which
each year provides a Career Fair in Atlanta that enables our seniors and
recent graduates to meet with employers from over one hundred industries
and agencies.

Personal and Academic Counseling

An important part of the philosophy of LaGrange College is that each student
should have advice and counseling throughout his/her academic career. The
counseling office, located at the end of Smith Hall directly behind the patio, offers a
variety of counseling services to assist students in reaching their academic and
personal goals. The counseling office does this by providing short-term personal
counseling in the following areas: resolving conflicts, adjustment to college life
away from home, relationships with friends and family members, reducing stress,
feelings of depression, eating disorders, and alcohol or substance abuse. The
counseling office also provides smdy skills workshops, maintains the campus-
tutoring center, and offers one on one academic coaching. In addition, the
counseling office works with students who have documentation of a learning
disability to ensure that the students receive the accommodations they need to help

52

reach their academic goals. The counseling office also strives to help students make
the most of themselves as developing persons, to be more effective in their
relationships with others, to understand feelings and behavior, and to enhance
positive traits. Discussions are confidential in keeping with professional standards.

Vehicle Registration

To insure efficient control of traffic and parking on campus and the safety of
all persons and vehicles, every vehicle must be registered and must have an
affixed current decal. These decals are issued to students, along with a copy of
existing parking regulations. There is a fee. Failure to adhere to pubUshed
pohcies may result in vehicles being towed.

Student Appeal of Decisions

Recognizing that decisions must be made and that some students may feel
aggrieved by some decisions, LaGrange College provides the following
procedures:

A student must first attempt to resolve an issue with the college staff member
first rendering a decision. If this does not resolve the issue, a decision rendered
by a college staff member may be appealed by a student as follows:

I.. Student Life:

(a) A disciplinary decision rendered either by a duly constituted
student judicial board or to the Dean of Students. DiscipUnary
decisions rendered originally by the Dean of Students may be
appealed in writing to the Vice President and Dean for Student Life
and Retention who shall seek, in an informal conference, to settle the
grievance to the satisfaction of the two parties involved. If no
resolution can be found, the Vice President will dehver the appeal to
the Student Affairs Committee of the faculty for its determination.

(b) Other grievances in the area of student Ufe may be appealed to the
Dean of Students. If the grievance involves an original decision
rendered by the Dean of Students, the decision may be appealed as
above.

II. Financial Aid. See the Financial Aid Section.

in. Academic Matters. See the Academic Regulations and Procedures Section.

53

54

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

AND ACADEMIC SUPPORT

SERVICES

In order to promote and support the administrative, academic and research
interests and responsibiUties of students, facuhy and staff, substantial
information technology is provided at LaGrange College. This technology
consists of a networked system of workstations and services designed to
encourage and improve the computer hteracy of the user enviroimient.
Contributing to the personal and professional growth of all members of the
College community, this technology is accessed in all areas of the LaGrange
College campus.

William and Evelyn Banks Library

WilUam and Banks Library supplies its patrons with information access on the
main floor, through nine Pentium III computers on the Pubhc Access Desk.
Patrons can access the Onhne Catalog system, the GALILEO project. World
Wide Web searching, and the CD-ROM network. The hbrary catalog can also
be accessed through four workstations on other floors. The hbrary has a
Multimedia Lab that serves as a bibhographic instruction classroom that is
open to faculty and students for multimedia and word processing purposes
when not used for instruction. This lab has sixteen multimedia Pentium
machines, a scanner, an LED projector for instruction, a laser printer and a
color Inkjet printer. This lab will be expanded as need and funding permit.

Henry Tutoring Center

The Tutoring Center is located on the fifth floor of Henry residential hall. The
hours of operation are Monday through Thursday and Sunday evenings from 6
p.m. until 9 p.m. starting the second week of the semester. The tutors are
selected by faculty recommendation according to expertise in the subject area.
Although the Math Lab and a Satelhte Writing Center provide the center's
foundation, the tutoring center also employs tutors for chemistry, biology,
anatomy, history, and Hterature. If a student is having a problem with a subject
that is not offered at the tutoring center, the student can come to the counseUng
office and every effort will be made to offer assistance in that area.

The Writing Center

Located on the ground floor of Banks Library, the Writing Center offers a
congenial place for writers of aU levels and abihties to talk with other writers
about their work in any academic discipUne. Open weekday mornings,
afternoons, and evenings, the Center welcomes anyone who wishes to engage
in constructive talk about any aspect of the composition process. Because the
Center operates on the dual assumption that all of us are learners as weU as

55

teachers and that learning is, to some extent, a social process, conversation and
collaboration (always within the purview of the Honor Code) constitute the
basis for all of the Center's efforts.

The Writing Center exists to serve students who would like individuaUzed help
with their writing. Dr. Laine Scott, a faculty member from the Department of
English, supervises a staff of undergraduates who have proven to be especially
proficient in their writing skills. Students may either drop in or schedule
appointments for individual writing conferences to discuss topic generation
and development, brainstorm with another writer, or pohsh a final draft.
During those hours when no staff is available, students may take advantage of
the Center's additional resources: handouts offering solutions to specific
writing problems, reference books for grammar and documentation, and six
computer terminals with Internet connections, hnked to the printer in the
Multi-Media Lab next door.

To stress the importance of Writing Across the Curriculum (WAC), the
Writing Center has also developed satelhte writing programs for professors
teaching courses in economics, psychology, biology, and history. Students in
these classes are encouraged to work with Writing Center mtors on their course
writing and research projects. The overriding philosophy of the Writing Center
is to make the writing process, in all its various facets, a rewarding experience
for writers at every level of proficiency.

In addition to these campus-wide facihties, many departments and divisions
maintain technology resources to support their mission.

Henry Hall houses a new computer lab equipped with 20 Pentium n PC's, two
laser printers, a flat bed scanner and a copier. This lab is open 24 hours a day.

The Education multimedia technology labs have been specifically designed
for the education major. These labs support instruction and hands-on use of
technology in order to enable the pre-service teacher to integrate the use of
multimedia equipment into a classroom teaching situation. The Multimedia
Production Lab is equipped with Power Macintosh and PC computers, a color
scanner, a video camera, a digital camera, monitorsA'^CR's, an LCD panel,
printers and more. Laminating, binding and poster- making equipment is also
available for use in this lab. CompUmenting the multimedia lab is the software
evaluation lab. This lab provides an environment equipped with both IBM-
compatible Pentiums and Macintosh Power PC's where the most current
commercial educational software can be evaluated. Software can also be viewed
in videodisc and CDI formats. Teachers from surrounding county school systems
often seek the resources available in this lab for software evaluations.

Nursing education and practice are as driven by technology as are other
aspects of Ufe and work today. With computer-based interactive and tutorial
programs, students learn independently, at their own pace, and can vicariously
"practice" their profession. In addition, the Division of Nursing resources
permit learning and use of computer skiUs which support other skills and

56

knowledge outside of (but needed for) nursing. These skills include writing,
reading, and the seeking of knowledge from the vast array of possibilities
found on the Internet. Technological resources found in the Nursing Computer
Lab include Pentium III PC's, a flat bed scanner, a laptop PC equipped with an
LCD panel, a color inkjet printer, and a laser printer. Eight separate nursing
educational software packages can also be utilized in the lab.

Computer Science, located in Smith Hall, utiUzes two separate computer labs.
One lab is made up of 18 Pentium III PC's loaded with compilers, integrated
development systems, Web development software, as well as basic word
processing, spreadsheet, database, and presentation software. The other lab
consists of workstations that provide access to Oracle, as well as Linux,
Windows NT and Novell Netware network operating systems. These labs
provide computer science majors access to instruction and use of the technology
necessary to succeed in their chosen field in today's technological world.

Psychology students have access to a computer lab in the Callaway Academic
Building, consisting of Macintosh computers. In addition, several computers
are available in the Psychology Laboratory for use in laboratory and tutorial
assignments in connection with psychology courses.

In an effort to meet the ever-changing technological needs of a Uberal arts
education, the Department of Mathematics maintains a multi-media equipped
lecture room. The Jolly Lecture Room located in the Science building houses
an LCD projector, and VCR. Student desks are wired to the campus network
and can accommodate up to 72 concurrent connections.

The research faciUties of the Department of History and Political Science

programs are excellent. The computer laboratory is a facility funded in part by
a National Science Foundation grant. Comprised of Macintosh computers, the
user enjoys full Internet and World Wide Web access. The laboratory has
available a variety of appUcations for various educational, research, and
writing tasks and an archive of information on many topics, especially in
pohtical science.

Technology resources are integral to the graphic design concentration in Art
and Design at LaGrange CoUege. AU graphic design students are taught
fundamental computer techniques, page layout and illustration programs, basic
system information and the ethics regarding the use of digital information.
Advanced students learn digital imaging and system information output
options and other advanced techniques. All students are encouraged to develop
a personal creative approach to using the computer as well as to using
thoughtful, intelUgent design. Through encouragement to be not only technical
but also creative, students accomplish the College's missions "to discover and
value that which is excellent in life" and "to accept responsibiUty in
contemporary society."

The Chemistry and Physics programs share a resource room which houses
CAl/CAD (computer assisted instruction/computer assisted drill) workstations
that are connected to the campus network; a multi-media workstation,

57

connected to the Internet; and an additional workstation, connected to the
Internet. Ail classrooms and the physics laboratory have network/Internet
access. The Chemistry Instrumentation Center includes computers that control
most available instruments. This center also contains a molecular modeUng
workstation made available by a grant from the Georgia Pacific Corporation.
The Physics Laboratory includes computerized lab stations, which include
sensors for measurement of various physical phenomena. Each of the physics
computers is connected to the Internet, and is provided with a full complement
of software for general- purpose use outside of the physics laboratory hours.
Use of computers is integral to significant portions of the chemistry and
physics curricula. Information about chemistry and physics courses may be
found on the departmental website at http://www.chem.lgc.edu.

In the Business Division, technology is used to enhance learning and teach
tomorrow's managers how to derive the maximum benefit from information
technology. Students majoring in Business Management and Accountancy at
LaGrange College have ready access to a computer lab and computer stations
in Smith Hall. These resources are used extensively across the business
curriculum for instructional purposes, assignments, and research projects.

Policy for the Responsible Use of Information
Technology

The purpose of this policy is to ensure a computing environment that wiU support
the academic, research, and service mission of LaGrange College. Simply stated,
continued and efficient accessibihty of campus computing and network faciUties
depends on the responsible behavior of the entire user community. The College
seeks to provide students, faculty, and staff with the

greatest possible access to campus computing resources within the Umits of
institutional priorities and financial capabilities and consistent with generally
accepted principles of ethics that govern the College community. To that end,
this policy addresses the many issues involved in responsible use of the
College's information technology, including systems, software, and data. Each
authorized user of information technology assumes responsibility for his or her
own behavior while utilizing these resources. Users of information technology at
LaGrange CoUege accept that the same moral and ethical behavior which guides
our non-computing environments also guides our computing and networking
environment. Any infraction of this poUcy may result minimally in loss of
computer and network access privileges, or may result in criminal prosecution.

Use

All users of the College information technology resources agree to abide by the
terms of this policy. Information technology resources include, but are not
limited to. College owned computers and information technology hardware,
the College campus network, information sources accessible through the
campus network, and Internet access. When accessing any remote resources

58

utilizing LaGrange College information technology, users are required to
comply with both the poUcies set forth in this document and all apphcable
policies governing the use and access of the remote resource. The College,
through a review and amendment process directed by the Instructional and
Information Round Table (IITR), reserves the right to amend this poUcy. As
far as possible, changes will be made only after consulting with the user
conMnunity. LaGrange College computing resources and associated user
accounts are to be used only for the College activities for which they are
assigned or intended. The computing systems are not to be used for any non-
coUege related conamercial purpose, pubhc or private, either for profit or
non-profit. Unless placed in pubUc domain by its owners, software programs
are protected by Section 1 1 7 of the 1976 Copyright Act. It is illegal to
dupHcate, copy, or distribute software or its documentation without the
permission of the copyright owner. Copyright protection of text, images,
video and audio must also be respected in all uses of College technology
resources. The LaGrange College Campus Network must not be used to
serve information outside of LaGrange College without written permission
approved by the IITR.

User Accounts

Many technology resources at LaGrange College are accessed through user
accounts. No user accounts should be used to execute computer software or
programs or attempt to gain access to resources other than software,
programs or resources specifically granted and offered for use by LaGrange
College. All users are responsible for both the protection of their account
passwords and the data stored in their user accounts. Sharing a password is
prohibited. Users should change their password periodically to help prevent
unauthorized access of their user account. Any suspected unauthorized access
of a user account should be reported immediately to the Executive Director
of Instructional & Information Technology or another College authority.
User accounts will be deactivated when the user's affiliation with the College
is terminated and all files and other data will be removed from those accounts.

The College provides email accounts for students, faculty and staff. All
course information and other official College communication will only be
sent to campus email addresses. Email must not be used for purposes
inconsistent with the mission of the College. Users may not conceal, mask or
misrepresent their identity when sending email or other electronic messages.
Transmission of abusive, harassing or libelous electronic messages is
forbidden. DeUberate transmission or propagation of malicious programs
such as viruses, worms, Trojan Horses or participation in denial of service
attacks are subject to disciplinary and possible criminal action. Users must
make appropriate use of the subject line in postings to all college related mail
groups (aUases).

59

Campus Computing Facilities

Microcomputer labs on the LaGrange College campus are available for
general use by students, faculty and staff except during the periods when the
rooms have been reserved for teaching purposes. It is the responsibiUty of
every user to use these facilities in a responsible manner. Accidental damage
or damage caused by other parties should be reported as soon as possible so
that corrective action can be taken.

Personal Web Pages

Any authorized user or group at the College may have a personal home page
on a LaGrange College World Wide Web server, provided that the graphical
images, multimedia information, text, or the intent of the home page do not
refute the mission of LaGrange College. Users must sign a Registered
Information Provider Agreement before web pages are placed on the server.
Groups must designate an individual as their Registered Information Provider,
who is responsible for the content of their web pages. Registered Information
Provider Agreements must be renewed annually. Failure to renew will result
in removal of content from the web server. No individual user is authorized
to create and serve a website on the World Wide Web utilizing College
computer resources. Apphcations for personal web pages should be made to
the Director of Information Systems.

Student Computer Configurations

Access to the Internet is available in dormitory rooms for students who bring
to campus, personal computers meeting the minimum specifications defined
by Information Systems. These specifications are revised annually and will be
made available to all new students. After the student pays a one-time hook-up
fee. Information Systems personnel will configure the student's PC with the
proper software to access the Internet. By accessing the College Network,
students agree to abide by this usage poUcy. Information Systems will only
support software installed by Information Systems personnel. Students must
not change network configurations.

Students are responsible for all network traffic originating from their network
access. Students should employ appropriate and up-to-date anti-virus software.

LaGrange College Campus Network

The College provides network access in classrooms, laboratories, the Ubrary,
offices and student dormitory rooms. While the College is conamitted to free
speech and open access to information and communication, these must be
tempered by the need to respect others' rights to speech, access and
conmiunication. Each user is expected to balance their needs with the needs
and expectations of the College community as a whole. The College reserves

60

the rights to limit bandwidth to users and access to non-academic, resource
intensive appUcations if they threaten to interfere with academic uses of the
campus network.

Users on the network must not attempt to conceal, mask or misrepresent their
identity or the identity of computers when using the network. Users shall not
employ software or hardware that interferes with the operation or security of
the network. Users shall not interfere with the administration of the campus
network nor shall they attempt to breach any network or resource security
system. In administering the network, network activities of users may be
monitored as to type and quantity.

Users are responsible for all network activities originating from resources
provided them by the College.

Data Security

Within institutional priorities and financial capabiUties, LaGrange College
provides reasonable security against unauthorized intrusion and damage to
data, files and messages stored on its computer systems. The College
maintains facilities for archiving and retrieving data stored in user accounts.
If a user needs to recover data after an accidental loss, Information Systems
staff should be contacted and every reasonable attempt will be made to
recover the lost or corrupted data. Neither the College nor any Information
Systems staff can be held accountable for unauthorized access by other users,
nor can they guarantee data protection in the event of media failure, fire,
criminal acts or natural disaster.

Information Resource Use by Guests and Alunmi

Use of physical facihties for information technology by guests (individuals
not currently enrolled as students or currently employed as faculty or staff
members of LaGrange College) and alunmi is allowed only within William
and Eveljoi Banks Library and under the supervision of Ubrary staff.
Additionally, such access is allowed only when existing resources are not
being fully utilized by LaGrange College students, faculty, or staff. The use
of technological resources may be extended to alumni and friends of
LaGrange College without the imposition of a "user fee." A "per printed
page" user fee established by Banks Library will be assessed for use of
College printing resources.

User Awareness:

Because Information technologies change at so rapid a rate, updates to the
Responsible Use Policy may be made between printings of College
pubUcations. It is the responsibiUty of the user to keep informed of the
guidehnes in this pohcy, which will be available on the LaGrange College
Website (www.lgc.edu).

61

-f--TC.#^

wsmfmmmMmmmm:m:mmmm..

..^m

62

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS AND
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Introduction

Faculty members and the staff of LaGrange College implement academic
and non-academic programs toward the fulfillment of the mission of the
College. Undergirding all of the academic programs at LaGrange is the
fundamental commitment to the liberal arts. Therefore, LaGrange College
is first and foremost a hberal arts college. The underlying philosophy of
Uberal learning is found in all parts of the curriculum of the College but is
most obvious in the structure of the Liberal Studies Core Curriculum, that
part of the curriculum that serves as foundation and complement to the
major. All baccalaureate majors share the same Liberal Studies Core
Curriculum, which represents just under fifty percent of a student's formal
study at the College.

The curriculum is designed to provide the components of a Uberal arts
education that historically have proved to be of lasting value. Those
components include skills such as strategies for college success, writing,
computation, speaking, problem solving, computer utilization, and
analytical thinking. Additionally, there are knowledge components
including history, social studies, science, Uterature, religious heritage,
modem foreign languages, and health.

These skills and knowledge areas, while being taught and learned in specific
courses, are integrated into the total college experience, and the desired result
is that students will be better able to function within social institutions, to use
science and technology, and to use and understand the role of the arts in
culture. They, hkewise, will be better able to communicate, to solve
problems, and to analyze and clarify their own value system.

The Majors

A major is defined as a primary program of study in which the student
completes a designated number and sequence of courses within a specific
discipUne, department or subject area. A major may or may not offer
concentrations for focused course work within the major.

A student may choose to pursue one of four baccalaureate degrees: the
bachelor of arts, the bachelor of science, the bachelor of music, or the
bachelor of science in nursing. Most students pursue one of these
baccalaureate degrees.

63

Students enrolled in the Evening College may pursue the bachelor of
business administration or an associate of arts in Liberal Studies. Please
refer to the Evening College Bulletin for more details about this program.

LaGrange College also offers graduate programs. In these programs,
students may complete the Master of Arts in Teaching, the Master of
Education in Curriculum and Instruction, or the Master of Business
Administration. Please refer to the Graduate Bulletin for more
information about these programs.

Bachelor of Arts

Art and Design

Biochemistry

Biology

Chemistry

Computer Science

Education

Early Childhood

Middle Grades
Enghsh
History

Human Services
Mathematics
PoUtical Science
Psychology
Religion
Spanish
Theatre Arts

Bachelor of Science

Accountancy
Business Management
Chemistry
Computer Science
Mathematics

Bachelor of Science in Nursing

Nursing

Bachelor of Music

Creative Music Technologies

Performance (voice, piano, organ, guitar, percussion)

Church Music

Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction (See Graduate
Bulletin)

Master of Arts in Teaching (See Graduate Bulletin)

64

Master of Business Administration (See Graduate Bulletin)

General Business with emphasis on the management function

Associate of Arts (See Evening College Bulletin)
Liberal Studies

Major Requirements, Time Restrictions

Course work requirements in major programs necessarily change in
response to evolving curriculum concerns and changing student needs.
Students' major requirements are governed by the Bulletin in force at the
time of the declaration of the major. The declaration of major is initiated in
the Registrar's office.

At the discretion of the department chair, students may be required to
demonstrate proficiency and/or currency in the subject matter if the major
course work is older than five (5) academic years. Normally credit hours
earned in the major may not be appUed to the completion of the major, if the
hours earned are older than eight years, dated from the student's initial
matriculation.

Students who have been out of school longer than two years must again
declare their majors.

Independent Study in the Major

In certain majors, independent study courses are offered. These courses are
limited to upper-class major and minor students who have completed at
least two-thirds of their particular major or minor program, and who wish to
pursue a special problem or course of reading beyond that taken up in any
formal course and lying within the capabilities of the library and
laboratories. In order to be ehgible for independent study, the student must
have at least a 3.0 average in major courses. Total credit which can be
earned through independent study normally will not be more than six
semester hours. Written permission to enroll in such a course must be
obtained from the instructor, the chair of the department concerned, and the
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. A descriptive syllabus
including the method of evaluation must be submitted with the petition.

Assessment in the Major

The faculty members who are responsible for instruction in the major
programs have identified specific objectives for a major in that disciphne.
There is an assessment, devised by the faculty in the discipline, that
determines the extent to which the objectives have been met by the student.
That assessment is a requirement for students who graduated in June 1990,
or who will graduate thereafter. The assessment styles are varied. Students
should carefully explore with their adviser in their intended major the nature
of the assessment. A satisfactory assessment in the major is a requirement

65

for the degree. The chair of the department offering the major must certify
satisfactory completion of the assessment component.

Students who fail to complete satisfactorily the assessment in the major and
exhaust reassessment opportunities at the departmental level may appeal the
decision of the department as described in the Academic Procedures and
Regulations section.

Advice and Counseling in the Major

All students are assigned an academic adviser. Prior to the declaration of a
major a student is advised by his or her Freshman Cornerstone instructor.
Subsequent to declaring a major, the student and the department chair work
together in planning a program. The ultimate responsibUity for selecting the
proper courses in order to complete the desired degree is the responsibility
of the student.

66

CORE PROGRAM
IN THE LIBERAL ARTS

As a Methodist related institution, LaGrange College offers an educational
experience which emphasizes the inter-relatedness of knowledge and the
importance of understanding and evaluating human experience. The Core
Program in the Liberal Arts (also known as the Common Core Program) uses
an interdiscipUnary approach to develop the students' creative, critical and
communicative abiUties. The specific objectives of the Core Program include
fostering the development of a sense of responsibihty for hving with integrity;
instilhng a sense of wonder as well as developing skills to critically analyze
current knowledge and to seek new understandings of God and the universe;
developing the abihties to communicate effectively using written, oral,
creative, and technological means; understanding and accepting one's
responsibiUties as a member of a democratic society; becoming aware of and
responding to the needs of others through involvement in service to society;
fostering an understanding of and appreciation for the diversity of culture and
people; acquiring an awareness of the power of creative expression through
literature, drama, art, movement, and music; gaining an appreciation and
knowledge of the complexity and interdependence of the world as community.

The Core Program is designed to be integrated with other courses during the
first three years of the student's experience at LaGrange College. The forty-
eight semester hours included in the Core Program are arranged in three
divisions: foundation studies, integrative studies, and exploratory studies.
The twelve hours of integrative studies, which bring an interdisciplinary focus
to the humanities, the social sciences, and quantitative reasoning, are central
to the entire Core Program. Other interdisciplinary courses required in the
Core Program are Freshman Cornerstone I and Dimensions of Well Being.

Foundation Studies 30 hours

Course Taken Min. Credit Year

Freshman Cornerstone (CORE 1101) 3 Freshman

Freshman Cornerstone Laboratory (CORE 1 102) 1 Freshman

Rhetoric and Composition (ENGL 1 101, 1 102) 6 Freshman

Mathematics (MATH 1 101, 2105, 2221, or 2222) 3 Freshman

(Entry level by placement)

World Languages and Culture 6 as best

(2 sequential courses in languages: FREN, GERM, SPAN) schedule

67

Foundation Studies (continued)

Laboratory Science I and 11

(BIOL 1101-1102, 1148-1149; CHEM 1101-1102

PHYS 1101-1102; PHYS 1121-1122)

Dimensions of Well Being (CORE 2000)

30 hours
Integrative Studies

Quantitative Reasoning (CORE 1110) 3

(either MATH 1114 or a second MATH course

of those listed above may be substituted for some majors)

Humanities I and Humanities H

(CORE 2001, 2002) 6

The American Experience (CORE 3001) 3

8

as best

9

scheduled

3

as best

scheduled

12 hours

Exploratory Studies

Fine Arts 3

(any beginning level class in the Fine Arts Division.
Courses that satisfy this requirement are marked
with an asterisk f *) in the Art, Music, and Theatre
Sections of the Bulletin)

Rehgion(RLGN 1101, 1102, 1103, 1104, or 1105) 3

as best
scheduled

Sophomore
Junior

as best
scheduled

as best
scheduled

6 hours

TOTAL CORE PROGRAM

48 hours**

"^"^ Although not considered a part of the Core Program, each student is
required to pass 3 interim term courses (one three semester hour course
per term) as part of the graduation requirements. Students may elect to
complete 4 interim terms, and are encouraged to do so. Most interim term
courses offer a Pass/No Credit grade option. The total hours needed for
graduation is 108 semester hours.

Please read carefully the next section titled Placement

68

Placement

Appropriate placement in certain courses is essential.

During the first few days on campus all students will participate in
placement evaluation inventories. These inventories are necessary for (1)
planning for majors and careers, (2) providing the comparison levels for
subsequent assessment of the Core Program curriculum, and (3)
determining current skill levels for placement purposes. Placement in
mathematics and English is based on skills assessment. Students who are
not predicted to be successful in Mathematics 1101 are required to enroll in
Mathematics 0100. This is a pre-Core Program mathematics course, and
credit in this course does not count toward the fulfillment of the 48 hours of
core requirements.

English placement is based on scores obtained on the sub-test, SAT II:
Writing, of the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). Students who score 37 or
below are required to enroll in Enghsh 0100, a pre-Core Program course in
grammar and composition. Students who score between 38 and 43 are
placed in either English 0100 or English 1 101 based on a consideration of a
written sample of work submitted by the student during the specified
diagnostic assessment time scheduled for Enghsh. Like Mathematics 0100,
English 0100 does not count toward the fulfillment of any of 48 hours in
the Core Program.

Students entering LaGrange College with two (2) years of high school level
foreign language are placed in an intermediate level course of that
language; or if the students choose, they may start the study of another
language at the beginning level. Any student for whom English is not the
native language may have the language requirement waived by submitting a
written request to the Registrar from the student's advisor, the Director of
International Student Services, or the Chair of the Humanities Division.
The waiving of the language requirement does not diminish the need to
complete the minimum 108 hours required for graduation.

Core Program, Time Restrictions

There is no time hmit on the credit or validity of coursework in the Core
Program. It should be noted, however, that students who have not been
enrolled at LaGrange College for four years, or who transferred from
LaGrange College and subsequently return, enter the college under the
Bulletin in force at the time of re-entry.

Credit-by Examination and Exemption

Students may be ehgible for credit and/or exemption in certain areas
through Advanced Placement (AP) Tests or the College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) and other recognized testing procedures. To determine
the test scores that quaUfy for college credit and/or exemption, students

69

should contact the Registrar. This information is also available in the
individual department sections of the Bulletin. Credit by examination (AP or
CLEP) may reduce the 48 semester hour requirement of the Core Program by
the number of credit hours earned by this process. If no credit is earned, but
exemption is granted, then the hours granted for exemption may be used for
free electives to earn the minimum 108 semester hours required for graduation.

Assessment of the Core Program

Prior to graduation, students take an inventory, The Academic Profile,
designed to determine the extent to which they have achieved the objectives of
the curriculum of the Core Program. The optimal time to take The Academic
Profile is during the semester following the completion of CORE 3001, the
American Experience (usually either second semester of the junior year or first
semester of the senior year). Meaningful participation in this testing program
is a requirement for graduation with a baccalaureate degree.

Minors

Academic minors may be earned in most departments. A minor must include
at least 12 semester hours, 6 of which must be in 3000-level or above courses.
Some departments do not designate the courses required for the minor, but the
courses selected must be approved by the chair of that department.

70

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
AND PROCEDURES

Honor Code

Students at LaGrange College sign the Honor Code, which states.

As a member of the student body of LaGrange College,
I confirm my commitment to the ideals of civihty,
diversity, service, and excellence. Recognizing the
significance of personal integrity in establishing these
ideals within our community, I pledge that I will not
he, cheat, steal, nor tolerate these unethical behaviors
in others.

The Honor Council deals with students accused of violating the Honor Code.
The Honor Council is selected each spring by the outgoing Chair of the
Honor Council, The Dean of Students, and the Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Dean. A member of the faculty serves as advisor. Members of
the faculty are strongly urged to support the efforts of the Honor Council by
reporting all suspected violations of the Honor Code. The Honor Code
assumes that any student witnessing or otherwise having knowledge of an
Honor Code violation will report the violation to the course instructor, the
Chair of the Honor Council, or the Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Dean. (For a complete description of the Honor Code, please see the
Student Handbook.)

The following are violations of the Honor Code:

1. Lying.

2. Cheating by either giving aid to or receiving aid from a student

or other source without the consent of the faculty member
or plagiarizing (using another person's words or ideas
without documenting them properly).

3. Steahng (intentionally taking or appropriating without the right or

permission any individual, organizational, or institutional
property. This includes, but is not Umited to, steahng off
campus, steahng from any person or business representatives
on this campus, steahng from a computer company or any
other computer-related theft, from the telephone system,
vending machines, a residence hall visitor, or any other
business while it is on this campus, and removal of any
material or equipment from the Library or other facihties
without permission.)

71

4. Failure to report a violation of the Honor Code.

5. Failure to appear before the Honor Council as requested by
written notice.

6. Failure to maintain confidentiaUty regarding an Honor
Council case.

Sanctions include: a grade of F in the course; suspension for one academic
term; dismissal from the College; or lowering the fmal grade in the course
by one letter or assigning a grade of zero to the related academic work
(assigimients, tests, case study, etc.). An investigation and hearing shall be
confidential and those within the bounds of confidentiality shall not divulge
anything that is said or done with regard to these proceedings to anyone
outside the bounds of confidentiahty. Should anyone outside the bounds of
confidentiaUty receive information which is considered to be confidential,
he or she will automatically be bound by confidentiahty. Those within the
bounds of confidentiahty include Council members, the faculty advisor to
the Council, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, the
President, accusers, the accused, witnesses, persons interviewed during the
investigation, victims, and the College's attorney. In addition, the accused
may include within the bounds of confidentiahty his or her parents, faculty,
staff, minister, personal or legal counsel.

All tests at the College are conducted under the Honor Code. Accordingly,
instructors may leave the room during the examination and students are on
their honor to do their own work. The Honor Code should be abbreviated on
the outside of the test and signed by the student before handing in the
examination. The smdent should leave all books and materials not
pertaining to the test either in the hall outside the classroom, or next to the
wall in front of the classroom. Students should take the test in the designated
classroom, except under extenuating circumstances or by prior arrangement.

Work prepared out of class should be that of the individual. Any assistance
from fellow students, books, periodicals, or other materials should be
carefully acknowledged. Instructors should give specific guidance regarding
what constitutes a violation of the Honor Code. If any doubts about
plagiarism arise, a question should be raised by the instructor.

A student should never copy a section of an old term paper and submit it as
his or her own, and the student should be guided in the use of these
materials by the wishes of the instructor.

Every person found to have violated the Honor Code has the right of
subsequent appeal. Such appeal is made to the Academic Dean of the
College. The Appeals Board shall be the President of the Student
Government Association, the Appeals Representative of the Honor Council,
a student member selected for each Appeals hearing selected by the
Academic Dean and the President of the Honor Council, the President or
Past President of the Faculty Assembly, and the Academic Dean. The appeal

72

is heard from the record of the Honor Council hearing, the attending
written statement of the student requesting the appeal, and the written
statement of the Honor Council President. The Appeals Board has the
discretion to overturn the Council's decision and/or change a sanction
imposed by the Council, but it is confined to the approved sanctions in
the Honor Code.

Orientation and Counseling

All new students are introduced to LaGrange College through an
orientation program which takes place at the beginning of each semester.
The orientation program is designed to acquaint the new smdents with
various phases of the Ufe of the College including traditions, procedures,
and regulations. Students profit from a proper introduction to the
opportunities and responsibihties of college Ufe.

One course in particular serves to further the College's orientation and
counseUng efforts. Freshman Cornerstone, a course designed to focus on
the valuing and decision-making processes with a particular emphasis on
Christian influences on ethical behavior, facihtates students' use of skills
of comparison, contrast, analysis, and synthesis of multiple perspectives
as they examine an issue of common concern. The course emphasizes
active learning, small group problem solving, and service learning,
including reflection on these experiences. A laboratory experience
associated with the course is designed to identify and enhance students'
abiUties. Assessment of abihties as well as sessions on study skills,
career counsehng, computer skill, and Ubrary skills, among others, are
offered to maximize students' success.

Registration

All students must register on the dates specified. Failure to register on the
proper dates may subject the student to a $20 late-registration fee. All
registration procedures for all terms are under the direction of the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Students have not completed
registration until they have cleared the Registrar, Office of Student Life
and the Business Office. Students enrolled for twelve or more hours must
obtain a campus post office box. Communications to the student will be
through campus mail.

Each student is assigned to a faculty adviser, who assists the student in
planning an academic program. However, the ultimate responsibility for
meeting all requirements rests with the individual student.

A student interested in a particular major should inform his/her general
adviser in order that special prerequisite courses for the major may be
scheduled. A major may be formally declared anytime after the student
has earned 18 hours of credit. The student must declare his/her major in

73

writing to the Registrar by the time the student has earned 45 semester
hours of credit. The student will then be assigned to an adviser in the
department in which the student will major. A student planning to pursue a
program in Teacher Education must take an application in writing to the
chair of the Department of Education at least by the time he/she declares
a major.

A student's major program requirements are those described in the College
Bulletin at the time of declaration of the major.

Withdrawal

To withdraw from an individual course, a student must confer in the office
of the Registrar. Failure of a student to withdraw officially through this
office may result in the assignment of a "WF." A student who wishes to
withdraw completely from the college must confer with the Director of
Counseling. Except in cases of medical necessity, withdrawals are not
permitted the last week of class.

Medical Withdrawal

Medical withdrawal is defined as complete withdrawal without academic
penalty for reasons of health. Except in circumstances of emergency, a
physician licensed health care provider, or a quaUfied counselor must
provide a written recommendation for medical withdrawal to the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean. This written recommendation
must be on file prior to approval for withdrawal. Anytime medical
withdrawal is initiated, the student's instructors, the Office of Financial Aid,
and the Business Office will be notified by the Registrar. The re-entry of
the student following medical withdrawal for medical reasons requires a
clearance from the attending physician, Ucensed health care provider, or a
quahfied counselor with an evaluation of the student's potential to resume
study successfully at LaGrange College. The Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Dean will review this evaluation and make the decision
concerning the student's re-entry.

Academic Standing Probation Regulations

Students are placed on academic probation when the quahty of work is such
that progress toward graduation is in jeopardy. The purpose of probation is
to warn. It is not a penalty. Students on probation will be notified, and the
regulations governing probation will be called to their attention.

Freshmen (fewer than 27 hours) must maintain a cumulative grade point
average (GPA) of at least 1.65 to avoid being placed on probation.
Sophomores (27-53 hours), a 1.75 GPA; Juniors (54-80 hours), a 1.85 GPA;
and Seniors (81 or more hours), a 2.00 GPA. In most cases, students have
two semesters to remove their probationary status. Failure to do so could
result in suspension.

74

Students are also subject to suspension for failure to earn at least three
semester hours of academic credit in any semester, or for other valid
academic reasons (such as violating cheating and plagiarism standards). In
the case of part-time students, the extent of appUcation of these regulations
will be at the discretion of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Dean. Normally, all apphcations of the regulations will be based upon a full
academic load.

The grade report sent to the student provides information on standing.
"Probation One" means that the student's next term will be the first term on
probation, etc. "Dean's Decision" means that the student's academic records
have been given to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
for action.

Class Attendance Regulations

A student is expected to attend all classes, including labs, for all courses for
which he is registered. The student is solely responsible for accounting to
the instructor for any absence. An instructor may reconmiend that the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean drop from class, with a grade of
"W" or "WF", any student whose absences are interfering with satisfactory
performance in the course.

Course Repetition

A student is prohibited from repeating a course in which he has made a "C"
or better (while enrolled at LaGrange College or any institution) without the
approval of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, and the
Academic Advisory Council. All courses in which a student receives an
unsatisfactory grade must be repeated at LaGrange College. A student may
not remove fi-om the transcript an unsatisfactory grade earned at LaGrange
College or elsewhere even if he repeats the course.

Acceleration

Students desiring to accelerate their college program may complete
requirements in less than four academic years. This may be accomplished
by attending sunmier schools and/or taking an academic overload.
Permission to take an overload in any semester is granted only to those
students who have earned at least a cumulative average of "B" (3.0), except
that a student may take an overload during one semester of his or her senior
year without respect to grade-point average.

Students may be eUgible for credit and/or exemption in certain areas
through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) and other
recognized testing procedures. Advanced placement credit is accepted for
those students who present evidence from their high schools that advanced
placement programs have been completed and appropriate scores earned on

75

the advanced placement test of the College Entrance Examination Board
administered by Educational Testing Service. The Registrar and department
chairs keep up-to-date standards for AP credit.

Academic Honors

Upon graduation, students who have been in residence at LaGrange
College for at least their last 60 hours and

1. have attained a quahty point average of 3.50 to 3.74 may be granted
the bachelor degree cum laude or

2. have attained a quahty point average of 3.75 to 3.89 may be granted
the bachelor degree magna cum laude or

3. have attained a quahty point average of 3.90 to 4.0 may be granted
the bachelor degree summa cum laude.

At the end of each academic semester, students who have maintained a 3.60
cumulative grade point average on a minimum of 12 GPA hours of work will
be placed on the Dean's List.

Academic honors at graduation are awarded only to students completing the
four-year program.

International Students

Students who are on a student visa in the United States are subject to special
regulations mandated by the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) of
the United States Government. As the institution which issues documents
certifying student status, LaGrange College is subject to INS regulations as a
matter of law. INS regulations change from time to time, so students are
encouraged to contact the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean or the
Registrar when questions about INS regulations arise. Under current
guideUnes, persons with student visas must be enrolled for a full academic load
(at least 12 semester hours) at all times. Federal regulations concerning "status"
for all international students on an F-1 visa state that any student who falls
below 12 semester hours at any time will be considered out-of-status and must
be reinstated by the Immigration and Naturahzation Service.

English proficiency is fundamental to a successful academic course at
LaGrange College. Therefore, in addition to the minimum TOEFL score
required for admission, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean may
require that a student attend a special, intensive Enghsh language course if it is
apparent that a student's Enghsh continues to jeopardize a successful academic
career. If such a requirement is placed on a student, failure to attend the
Enghsh language course can result in withdrawal of the student visa.

International students must enroU in an English course each semester they
are in school until they satisfactorily complete their English studies.

76

International Studies

Increasing international understanding is valued at LaGrange College. In
promoting that understanding, LaGrange College seeks to enroll an
internationally diverse student body. The College serves as a host or home base
institution for short-term international visitors and has executed cooperative
agreements with Nippon Bunri in Oita City, Japan, Instituto Laurens in
Monterrey, Mexico, and Oxford-Brookes University in Oxford, England.

Credit through United States Armed Forces
Institute and Service Schools

Courses taken through The United States Armed Forces Institute and other
recognized military educational programs are accepted in accordance with
the poUcy governing transfer work when presented on official transcripts from
accredited institutions. Nine semester hours of elective credit will be allowed
for miUtary service credit, including US AFI correspondence courses and
miUtary service school courses as reconamended by the American Council on
Education. Academic credit for one activity course in physical education, up to a
maximum of four, will be awarded for each two months served in the Armed Forces.

Grades and Credits

The definitions of grades given at LaGrange College are as follows:
A superior

B above average

C average

D below average

F faiUng

I incomplete. This grade is assigned in case a student is doing

satisfactory work but for some reason beyond the student's control has
been unable to complete the work during that term.

P pass

NC no credit or non-credit

W withdrawn. During the first three weeks a student may withdraw from
a class with an "automatic" "W." After this trial period the smdent
may withdraw, but the grade assigned, "W" or "WF," will be at the
discretion of the professor.

WF withdrawn faiUng. The grade of "WF" is included in computing the
grade-point average.

AW audit withdrawn

AU audit complete

NR grade not reported by instructor at the time the report issued.

77

A student may register for a course on a non-credit basis, for which he or she
pays full tuition. To have a grade of "NC" recorded, he or she must fulfill all
course requirements.

A student may audit a course by paying the audit fee. All requests for audit
courses must be approved in writing by the instructor and Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean. Only lecture courses may be audited. No new
freshman student may audit any course during the first semester of residence
at LaGrange College.

An "I" is a temporary grade, assigned by an instructor within the last three
weeks of the term to students who are doing satisfactory work and who
cannot complete the course due to circumstances beyond their control.
Should conditions prohibiting completion of a course arise within the first
eight weeks, students should withdraw.

An "I" is removed by the date indicated in the academic calendar. Failure to
remove an "I" by the date set initiates the following action: The Registrar
will write a letter to the student using the address on file. The letter indicates
that the student has two weeks to respond. Otherwise the "I" grade will be
converted to an "F".

Grades are assigned and recorded for each course at the end of each term.
Formal reports of grades are also issued at the same time. Transcripts are
withheld for any student who is under financial obhgation to the College.

Academic Forgiveness

Academic forgiveness is a process which allows a student to have his or her
prior academic record adjusted if:

1 . four or more calendar years have elapsed since the period of last
enrollment at LaGrange College;

2. the student applying for forgiveness has successfully completed since
readmission to LaGrange College a minimum of 12 semester hours and
has no course grade lower than "C" since the time of readmission.

The student may petition for forgiveness through the Academic Advisory
Council and, if approved, the College will:

1 . apply toward the student's conmion core, general education curriculum,
and electives requirements but not necessarily toward the student's
academic major or minor, all those courses in which the student earned a
grade of "C" or better;

2. set the student's cumulative grade point average to 0.0;

3. require the student to successfully complete a minimum of 30 semester
hours after bankruptcy declaration in order to graduate; and

4. allow all graduation requirements (see LaGrange College Bulletin) to
remain the same and apply equally, except that students who have

78

petitioned for and received academic forgiveness will not be eligible to
receive honors at graduation.

LaGrange College will maintain the student's complete record, including
those courses excluded from the GPA by the granting of forgiveness. No
course work will be expunged from the student's academic record. The
student's official transcript will clearly indicate that the student has been
granted academic forgiveness. Ordinarily, no transfer or transient credits
will be accepted after academic forgiveness. A student may be granted
academic forgiveness only once during his or her academic career at
LaGrange College.

Requirements for Bachelor Degrees:
A Summary

LaGrange College's Undergraduate Day Program offers the Bachelor of
Arts degree, the Bachelor of Science degree, the Bachelor of Music degree,
and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. To obtain a second
bachelor's degree, at least 27 additional semester hours must be earned
beyond the first degree, in a minimum of two semesters. Baccalaureate
degrees require a minimum of 108 semester hours of credit including
required course work in the core curriculum and the major. There is often an
opportunity to select course work electives.

The minimum work required for graduation is 108 semester hours and a
2.0 quality-point average in all course work taken at LaGrange College.
To be ehgible for the degree, a student must meet all requirements for the
degree (core curriculum, major program, all necessary assessments, 108
semester hours and 2.0 cumulative grade point average) and make
application for the degree before the beginning of his or her final term. A
student who does not earn a degree in ten full semesters or the equivalent
may be denied further registration.

In order to graduate in four academic years a student, at a minimum, should
enroll for 12-semester hours credit in each regular term and one interim term
each year. A student who takes at least 12 semester hours credit is classified
as full-time. The maximum full load is 15 semester hours; anything beyond
is considered an overload. No smdent is permitted to enroll for more than
15 hours in any one term without the written permission of the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean.

Quahty points are earned as follows: A, 4; B, 3; C, 2; D, 1; F, 0. The
quaUty-point average is computed by multiplying the grade point by the
course credit, sunoming, and then dividing the total quality points earned by
the total GPA hours. If a student has received credit for a course and repeats
that course, he or she receives no additional credit toward the degree. In
computing the student's average, GPA hours and quaUty points are counted
on all such attempts.

79

Not more than 54 semester hours of credit earned at a junior college are counted
toward the degree. No credit is granted toward the degree for course work
taken at a junior college after a student has attained junior standing except that
up to 9 hours of transient credit from a junior college may be granted for
courses that are below the LaGrange College 3(X)0-level. (The 54 credit-hour
hmit still appHes.) A transfer student is not given credit toward graduation for
any Ds earned elsewhere. Transient work for a grade of "C" or better is
acceptable. Academic averages are computed on work done only at LaGrange
College.

There are two ways by which a student must meet residency requirements for
graduation:

(1) The student must be in residence the last 36 credit hours;
or

(2) 45 credit hours of the last 54 credit hours must be earned at
LaGrange College.

With prior approval of the adviser and the Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean up to nine hours of transient study may be earned at another
accredited institution. Transient credit is only for courses in which the grade is
"C" or better.

Grades earned for transient work are not included in the cumulative grade
average. Normally, after receiving an unsatisfactory grade in a course at
LaGrange College, a student will not be given credit for repeating that course at
another institution. Credit totahng six hours or more earned as a transient
student during the last 54 hours or final four semesters precludes that student's
being granted credit for any course work taken by extension or by
correspondence during the period.

Transient credit will only be accepted from a four-year baccalaureate degree
conferring, regionally accredited institution that offers a major in the specific
discipHne of the course being requested for credit. The department chair retains
the right to deny the request.

Any regularly enrolled LaGrange College student who desires to take course
work for credit by extension, correspondence, or through on-hne vendors must
obtain prior approval in writing from his academic adviser and from the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Such extension, correspondence, and
on-Une credit may in no case exceed six hours (grades of "C" or better);
however, (no credits earned in this manner may be applied toward the
fulfiUment of the core curriculum requirements of LaGrange College. No
core course requirements may be met at institutions other than LaGrange
College.) Any course or courses so taken must be completed and all grades
recorded before the end of the student's final term, in order to be graduated that
term.

A student is classified as a freshman if he or she has earned fewer than 27 hours

80

of credit. A student is classified as a sophomore if he or she has earned 27-53
hours of credit. To be classified as a junior, a student must have completed 54
earned hours of credit. A student is classified as a senior upon having earned
81 hours of credit. A student should be alert to the fact that a minimum of 108
hours are required for graduation and that some majors may require more than
108 hours. Attaining these minimum progression requirements may not be
sufficient to insure graduation within the two semesters of the senior year.

No grade below "C" in any course above 1000-level may be applied
toward a major.

Transcripts

Students are entitled to transcripts of their record free of charge. No transcripts
will be issued for any student under financial obligation to the College.

Transcript requests must be made in writing to the Registrar well in advance of
the time the transcript is needed. Transcripts will be issued promptly;
however, at the beginning and end of terms some delay may be unavoidable.

Student Grade Appeals

The initial determination of a student's grade is entirely the prerogative of the
instructor. However, a student who wishes to contest a course grade or other
academic decision may initiate an appeal by the procedures outlined below.
Grade appeals must be initiated no later than mid-term of the academic term
following that in which the grade was assigned. The date of the academic term
is defined in the College calendar in the front of this Bulletin.

The following procedures govern all student requests for grade changes:

1. The student should first attempt to resolve the matter by discussing the
question with the course instructor.

2. If the student and the instructor are unable to reach a resolution, the
student must then submit a written appeal to the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean. The appeal must state the manner in which
the course syllabus was violated.

3. The Dean shall then seek an informal conference between the student and
the instructor to settle the grievance to the satisfaction of the two parties
involved. If no resolution can be found, the Dean will deliver the
student's appeal together with any other pertinent documents provided by
the student and/or the instructor to the Review Subcommittee of the
Academic Standards Committee for its determination.

4. The Review Subcommittee shall then convene to conduct a preliminary
review of the appeal, after which the Chair of the Review Subcommittee
will set times convenient to the student and the instructor for hearing both
sides of the dispute.

81

5. Upon completion of its hearings, the Review Subcommittee will
report its findings to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Dean. The Dean will in turn inform the principal parties involved of
whether the student's request for a change of grade or other decision
was denied or approved.

6. It is the responsibihty of the Review Subcommittee to make every
reasonable effort to complete its deUberations prior to the end of the
term in which an appeal was initiated.

Student Appeal of Academic Policy

Students may petition for exception to published academic poUcy. The
Academic Advisory Council reviews the petition.

Graduation Requirements

A student who enters LaGrange College under a given Bulletin generally will
be graduated under the core curriculum, hours requirement, and grade point
average requirements of that Bulletin. Major requirements are those in force
at the time a student formally declares a major. If a smdent suspends his or her
study and re-enters more than four years later, he or she will graduate under the
requirements of the Bulletin in effect at the time of re-entry.

Students in their last year of college work must have an audit of their course
credits and planned courses examined prior to registration for their final
semester in residence. This is called a "graduation petition." The major adviser
and the Office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean assist the
student in completing this petition. *

Students at LaGrange College will participate in the evaluation of the extent to
which institutional education goals are being achieved. This evaluation will be
in both the core curriculum and the major. Students who graduated in June of
1990 were the first to participate in these comprehensive evaluations. Consult
the specific majors for the details.

* No student may participate in Commencement exercises if he or she has
not completed a graduation petition, AlsOy no student may participate in
Commencement unless all graduation requirements have been certified as
completed by the Registrar and the Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Dean.

Endowed Lectureship

The Jennie Lee Epps Memorial Lecture was re-estabhshed in 1997 by a gift
fi-om Dr. Grace Hadaway Boswell '49 and her husband, Dr. R. Dean Boswell.
Dr. Epps was a faculty member from 1931 until her death in 1961.

The Waights G. Henry, Jr. Endowed Lectureship was estabhshed by a gift
from the Neighbors Fund, Inc. in memory of Dr. Henry, president and

82

chancellor of LaGrange College over a period of 42 years. Income from the
endowment is to be used in funding the Waights G. Henry Lecture for the
benefit of our students and as approved by the trustees of the College.

The Arthur H. Thompson Lectureship brings to the campus a noted
scholar to address the faculty and student body on the interrelationship of a
field knowledge and the Christian reUgion. The endowment was estabhshed
by Mrs. Mary Will Thompson, class of 1898, in memory of her husband,
who served as chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. He
expressed his philosophy in the statement: " The greatest thing in Ufe is the
simple faith of an honest man."

The Lorenzo Valla Visiting Scholar Program was estabhshed in 1996 by
Mr. and Mrs. Tom Bushar (Linda DooUttle Bushar '96) The program was
named for the 15^^ century ItaUan humanist and brings to campus a
recognized scholar.

Awards and Recognitions

The Nancy Alford Award is awarded each year to the sorority
accumulating the greatest number of points in the areas of scholarship,
leadership, sportsmanship, and community service.

The Irene E. Amett Drama Award is presented annually to the member of
the senior class who shows that greatest potential for contribution to the
field of theatre, devotion to the tasks in the theatre, and dedication to the
principles of good theatre- to amuse the heart and Uft the spirit to a better
understanding of man and his struggle in this world and towards his God.

The Needham Avery Art Award is a purchase award granted annually in
visual arts, provided by Dr. and Mrs. R.M. Avery in memory of their son.

The Josephine A. Case Scholarship is awarded to a junior for excellence
in art and promise of achievement in that field. This award carries a stipend
and is associated with the Josephine A. Case Collection of American Indian
Art which Mrs. Case and her husband, the late Dr. Leland D. Case of
Tucson, donated to LaGrange College. Both hold honorary doctorates from
this school.

The Austin P. Cook Award is presented annually by the Student
Government Association to the organization that made the most positive
impact on campus life during the year.

The Roger Guptill Award is presented annually in memory of the late Dr.
Roger Guptill, minister, teacher, and Christian gentleman, to a senior class
student of the Department of ReUgion preparing for full-time church
service.

The Mamie Lark Henry Drama Scholarship is presented annually to a
student in recognition of superior contribution to the Theatre Arts
Department.

83

The Mamie Lark Henry Scholarship Cup is presented each semester to a
sorority with the high tde-point average the previous semester.

The Waights G. Henry, Jr. Leadership Award is given annually by the
Student Government Association to a student who has actively demonstrated
effective leadership skills. Selection of the recipient is made by a committee
composed of students, faculty, and administrators.

The Evelyn Powell Hoffman Drama Scholarship is provided by her family
in memory of their wife, mother and sister, a graduate of the class of 1930. It
is to be awarded annually to a freshman student through audition. The
selection of the recipient is to be made by the Theatre Arts Department faculty.

The Karen Sue Kafrouni Award is presented annually by the History
Department for a member of Phi Alpha Theta and a graduating senior with the
highest academic achievement.

The Mary Hunter Lindsey Award is provided by the late Rev. WilUam
OUver Lindsey, Sr., in memory of his wife, Mary Hunter Lindsey, class of
1914. It is awarded annually to United Methodist students entering the senior
class in college and preparing for a full-time church ministry. The selection of
the awardees is made by the faculty of the Religion Department.

The John Love Scholarship Cup is presented each semester to the fraternity
with the highest grade point average the previous semester.

The Weston L. Murray Award is presented to the senior class member of the
Georgia Delta Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu who has the highest record of
achievement and contribution in the field of Social Science.

The Meri Meriwether Norris Award was estabUshed in 1998 in memory of
this 1980 alumna by her husband. Dr. Tommy Norris. This award is presented
annually to a nursing student who demonstrates extraordinary compassion.

The Outstanding Achievement in Psychology Award is presented annually
by the psychology department to the senior psychology major who, through
academic excellence and service, has made an outstanding contribution to the
field of psychology.

The Pike Award is provided by Mrs. WiUiam C. Key (Ruth Pike) and the late
Mrs. Wilham Franklin Daugherty (Ethel Pike) in memory of Adeha Hunter
and Christian Nathaniel Pike. It is awarded annually to Methodist or Baptist
students entering the senior class in coUege and preparing for a full-time
church vocation or majoring in Rehgion or Rehgious Education.

The Walter Malcolm Shackelford Award is presented armually to a
graduating senior who has majored in Education and has demonstrated
outstanding academic performance, leadership, and service to the College

The Annie Moore Smith Award is a purchase award given annually in visual
arts, provided by Mrs. Rebecca Moore Butler, class of 1924, in memory of her
sister, Annie Moore Smith, class of 1915.

84

The W. Lee Wilson, Jr. Art Award is presented annually by the Art
Department to a graduating senior who has excelled in the art of photography.
Mr. William L. Wilson established the award in 1998 in memory of his son.

The Jean Young Award in Photography granted annually, was estabUshed in
memory of Jean Young who was the first curator of the Lamar Dodd Art Center.
The award is a book on contemporary photography and is presented to the
student who has demonstrated an exceptional conmiitment to photographic art.

Departmental Awards are presented annually at Honors Day in the spring.
At the time there are numerous departmental awards made.

85

PRE-PROFESSIONAL AND
CO-OPERATIVE PROGRAMS

Pre-professional Programs of Study

LaGrange College has a curriculum and environment that is well suited to
preparation for further study in fields such as law and medicine. These
programs include, but are not necessarily Umited to, preparation for the
following areas.

Law

The pre-law advising committee is chaired by Dr. Tracy Lightcap and is
composed of Dr. Lightcap, Dr. Frederick Mills, and Dr. Brenda Thomas.
Students considering law school should consult with one of these faculty
members beginning in their freshman year and should meet regularly with
other students interested in pre-law. Law school bulletins and LSAT study
guides are located in the William and Evelyn Banks Library.

Students entering law school come from varied undergraduate programs. It is
not really possible to say which major serves as the best preparatory
background for law school. Almost every law school bulletin, however,
suggests that entering students must have a strong background in history,
political science and Enghsh as weU as some preparation in economics,
business, sociology, psychology and mathematics.

Dentistry

Dr. John Hurd is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other than
Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to their
primary advisors for their majors. The pre-dental student should select a
major as early as possible and work toward the B.A. degree. Some dental
schools accept students with fewer than four years of college training, but
most of them prefer a student with the baccalaureate degree.

The pre-dental student should be familiar with the specific requirements set
by the dental schools to which he or she plans to apply. There is some
variation in the requirements of the various schools, but the minimum
requirements set by most schools of dentistry are:

Inorgamc Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Biology with lab 8 semester hours

Physics with lab 8 semester hours

English 9 semester hours

86

All applicants must complete the Dental Admission Test not later than the
October 3 1 testing preceding the year of desired entry.

Medicine (M.D.)

Dr. John Hurd is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other than
Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to
their primary advisers for their majors. The pre-medicine student should
select a major as soon as possible and seek the B.A. or B.S. degree. Medical
schools rarely accept candidates with less than the baccalaureate degree.

The student should be familiar with the requirements of the several medical
schools to which he or she plans to apply. Requirements vary somewhat in
the various medical schools, but the minimum requirements of most medical
schools are:

Biology with lab 8 semester hours

General Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours
Organic Chemistry 8 semester hours

Physics 8 semester hours

Every applicant must take the Medical College Admission Test, preferably
in the spring preceding the submission of his or her application to medical
school, but no later than the fall of that year.

Veterinary Medicine

Dr. John Hurd is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other than
Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to
their primary advisers for their majors. The pre-veterinary student should be
familiar with the specific requirements of the school to which he/she plans
to apply. The minimum requirements set by most schools of veterinary
medicine are as follows:

A candidate must have completed at least 54 semester hours of college
credit by the end of the spring semester before fall matriculation at the
veterinary school. The baccalaureate degree is preferred. The following
courses should be completed prior to entry into veterinary school.

English 6 semester hours

Biology with lab 8 semester hours

Advanced Biological Science 8 semester hours
Physics 8 semester hours

Biochemistry 3 semester hours

Inorganic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours
Organic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

The candidate must have worked with a veterinarian, and must have had
hands-on experience working with large and small animals.

87

Each applicant will be required to take the Graduate Record Examination
(GRE) and the GRE biology subject test. These tests should be taken in
October or December of the year prior to probable admission to veterinary
school. The results should be received by VMCAS by February 1 of the
year following the application.

Engineering

LaGrange College has an engineering-oriented program designed to
provide a broad hberal arts background while preparing the student for a
professional engineering program. Dual-degree programs in engineering
have been estabUshed with Georgia Institute of Technology and Auburn
University. Students accepted in the dual-degree program will attend
LaGrange College for approximately three years (81 semester hours if
entering under this Bulletin) while they complete the Core Curriculum and
the pre-engineering courses listed at the end of this section. The student
will then attend the engineering institution and complete a major in
engineering, a process that generally takes two to three additional years.
After completion of the degree requirements for both institutions, the
student will receive an engineering degree from the engineering institution
and a Bachelor of Arts degree from LaGrange College.

All students considering either the dual degree option should contact the
pre-engineering adviser. Dr. Bill McCoy, prior to registration. Both
Georgia Tech and Auburn are undergoing considerable modification of
their academic programs as a result of the change of calendar systems.
Students must consult the pre-engineering advisor about how this will
affect their choice of elective courses.

In addition to the Core Curriculum, pre-engineering students must
complete all of the following courses before attending the engineering
institution:

Calculus I, II, and III Differential Equations

Linear Algebra (Ga. Tech) General Chemistry I and II
General Physics I and II

Please note that calculus based physics (General Physics PHYS 1121-
1 122) is required. Students must begin the study of calculus as early as
possible in order to be prepared for the physics sequence.

Pliarmacy

The pre-pharmacy general adviser is Dr. John Hurd. Students selecting a
major other than Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd
in addition to their primary advisers for their majors. While the admission
requirements vary, the following is standard course work as a minimum:
CHEM 1101-1102, 2201-2202, BIOL 1101-1102, MATH 2221 and 1114,
PHYS 1101, ECON 2201-2202, ENGL 1101-1102, and 6 semester hours

88

each of Humanities and Social/Behavioral Science. POLS 1 101 and HIST
1111 or 1112 may be required as well as electives to reach 60 semester hours.

Journalism

The student who plans a career in journalism needs a wide range of courses in
many areas. A recommended basic program would include: ENGL 2260
Joumahstic Writing I (3), ENGL 2262 JoumaUstic Writing II (3), ARTD 2201
Graphic Design I: Fundamentals (3), ARTD 2223 Basic Photography (3), plus
experience working on one of the student publications:

The Quadrangle (yearbook)

The Hilltop News (paper)

The Scroll (magazine)

Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should be
selected in consultation with the student's advisor.

Physical Therapy

The pre-physical therapy general adviser is Dr. John Hurd. A few schools
which offer training in physical therapy award a Bachelor's degree after
successful completion of classroom and cUnical work. Students are admitted to
such programs after completion of 60 semester hours of work including
approximately 12 hours in Humanities, 12 hours in math and science, 12 hours
in social science plus 24 hours in a major field such as biology.

Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should be
selected in consultation with the adviser. Many schools now offer only a
master's degree in physical therapy. These schools require a bachelor's degree
as well as completion of the pre-physical therapy core.

Optometry

The pre-optometry general adviser is Dr. John Hurd. Students selecting a major
other than biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in
addition to their primary advisers for their majors. Though selected students
may be admitted to optometry school after three years of preparation, most are
admitted after receiving Bachelors or Masters degrees. Optometry involves
fours years of study after admission to the program and in some areas also
includes a brief internship. Majors in any academic area are acceptable though
the student should include emphasis on the sciences. The pre-optometry
requirements are the same as pre-med plus a course each in statistics and
calculus. Preparation for admission to a specific school can be planned with the
assistance of the advisor. Prospective optometry students must take the
Optometry Admission Test (OAT) in October or February.

89

Table of Contents

Academic Divisions 92

Abbreviations and Numbers 93

Art and Design 95

Professor John Lawrence

Biology 101

Dr. John Hurd

Business 104

Dr. Jon Birkeli

Chemistry 119

Computer Science 128

Dr. Fay Riddle

Core Curriculum 136

Dr. Sandie Johnson

Education 138

Dr. Jennifer Harrison

English 145

Dr. Nina Dulin-Mallory

General Science 152

Health and Physical Education 153

Dr. Sandie Johnson

History 159

Dr. Fred Mills

Human Services 164

Professor Anton F lores

Latin American Studies and Modem Languages 168

Dr. Amanda Plumlee

Library Science 173

Professor Loren Pinkerman

Mathematics 174

Dr. Greg McClanahan

Music 181

Dr. Toni Anderson

90

Nursing 191

Dr. Maranah Sauter

Physics 199

Dr. Bill McCoy

Political Science 200

Dr. Tracy Lightcap

Psychology 206

Dr. Chuck Kraemer

Rehgion and Philosophy 211

Dr. David Aheani

Speech 218

Professor Kim Barber

Theatre Arts 219

Professor Kim Barber

Women's Studies 225

Dr. Amanda Plumlee

91

ACADEMIC DIVISIONS

Business

Professors: Birkeli, Cousins

Associate Professor: Sneath

Assistant Professors: Hampton, McNary, Rosencrants

This division contains the Department of Business. The B. S. in Business
Management, B. S. in Accountancy, minor in Business Management, minor in
Accountancy, and MBA (see Graduate Bulletin) degrees are offered.

Education

Professor: S. Johnson

Associate Professor: Harrison, Hillyer, WiUiamson

Assistant Professors: Alford, Geeter, Livingston, Massenzio

This division contains the Department of Education and the Department of
Health and Physical Education. The B.A. M.A.T. and M.Ed, degrees are
offered.

Fine Arts

Professors: Lawrence, Taunton

Associate Professors: Anderson, Barber, M. Brown, Edwards, L. Johnson

Assistant Professors: Miller, Mitchell, Reneke

This division contains the Departments of Art and Design, Music, and Theatre
Arts. The B.A. and B.M. degrees are offered.

Humanities

Professor: Homsby

Associate Professors: Aheam, Cook, Duhn-Mallory, Gungov,

Plumlee, Slay, Thomas, Wilhams
Assistant Professors: GuUey, O'Connor, Sankara, Scott

This division contains the Departments of English Language and Literature,
Latin American Studies and Modem Languages, and ReUgion and Philosophy.
The B.A. degree is offered.

Nursing

Professor: Sauter

Assistant Professors: Blair, Frederick, Hay

The Nursing Division is also the Department of Nursing. The B.S.N,
degree is offered.

92

Natural Sciences and Mathematics

Professors: Hurd, McClanahan, Riddle, Shelhorse

Associate Professors: McCoy, Paschal, Searcy, C. Yin, W. Yin
Assistant Professors: Deibler, Hall, Heam, Mallory

The Natural Sciences and Mathematics Division contains the
Departments of Biology, Chemistry and Physics, Computer Science, and
Mathematics. The B.A. and B.S. degrees are offered.

Social and Behavioral Sciences

Professors: Cafaro, Evans, Gill, Kraemer, Mills

Associate Professor: Lightcap, Simmons

Assistant Professor: Cody, Haas, Flores, Shirley

This division contains the Departments of History, Psychology, Political
Science, and Human Services. The B A. Degree is offered.

Course Numbering System and Abbreviations

The projected schedule of classes will be followed insofar as possible, but
is subject to change.

Courses numbered 1 100 through 1 199 are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores. Courses numbered 2200 to 2299 are intended
primarily for sophomores; the number may, alternately, mean credit of
less than three semester hours.

Courses numbered 3300 through 3399 and above are intended primarily
for juniors and seniors.

Courses numbered 4400 through 4499 are intended primarily for seniors.
The number in parentheses following the course title indicates the number
of semester hours credit for the course.

Abbreviations

Accounting

ACCT

Art and Design

ARTD

Biology

BIOL

Chemistry

CHEM

Computer Science

CSCI

Core

CORE

Economics

ECON

Education

EDUC

Early Childhood

EDUC

Middle Grades

EDUC

English

ENGL

Finance

FNCE

93

French

FREN

General Science

GSCI

German

GERM

Health and Physical

Education

HPED

Physical Education

PEDU

History

HIST

Human Services

HUSV

Language

LANG

Latin American Studies

LAST

Library Science

LfflR

Management

MGMT

Marketing

MRKT

Mathematics

MATH

Music

MUSI

Nursing

NURS

Philosophy

PHIL

Physics

PHYS

PoHtical Science

POLS

Psychology

PSYC

Rehgion

RLGN

Spanish

SPAN

Speech

SPCH

Theatre Arts

THEA

Women's Studies

WMST

, .*^

94

ART AND DESIGN

Introduction

The Department of Art and Design offers course study in studio concentrations
in painting/drawing, graphic/surface design, printmaking, ceramics/sculpture,
and photography. The courses required of the studio concentration are specific
and scheduhng should be determined in consuUation with an art faculty
advisor. A student may choose a studio concentration in more than one area.

Objectives

The follow objectives are estabhshed as a basis for the Art and Design Studio
Program at LaGrange College:

to develop technical knowledge pertaining primarily to the student's

chosen area of concentration, but not Umited to it.

to assist students in finding and focusing their creative ideas into a

consistent body of work.

to instruct students in the correct means of presenting their work in a

portfoUo and culminating a required senior exhibition.

to encourage students to exhibit their work and acquaint them with the

gallery system.

to encourage students to pursue graduate study.

to provide students with a basic understanding of the history of
Western art.

to provide the students with a creative environment by using all
available resources. This would include field trips to galleries and
museums, course work in locations of artistic interest, guest lectures
and workshops related to the exhibitions in the College's galleries.

Requirements for a major in Art and Design:

9 hrs. - Art History - ARTD 1 109, 1 110, 1 1 1 1

9 hrs. - Basic Core - These should be taken during the freshman/sophomore
year as these courses are generally considered to be prerequisites for all other
studio courses - ARTD 1151,1 152, 1 153

12 hrs. - Introductory Studio Courses: One course from each of the
following studio discipUnes:

Painting or Drawing
Design or Printmaking
Photography
Ceramics or Sculpture

12 hrs. - Major Concentration - four additional courses in one of the above
disciphnes including Senior Seminar.

95

3 hrs. - Senior Seminar - A course in which senior art majors bring into
focus their artistic objectives in a body of work to be presented in an
exhibition. The student will also create an artists' statement, resume and a
slide portfolio.

Assessment

Success in achieving the objectives of the Art and Design major will be
measured in the following ways:

Sophomore portfoho review

Completion of each major course with a grade of C or better

Exemplary completion of assignments and independent study, and the
presentation of work in scheduled critiques.

An Exit or Senior Exhibition of work done in the student's major
studio disciphne.

Awards

The Art and Design Department presents four awards annually during Honor's
Day Convocation. These are purchase awards that allow the college to acquire
works of art by the award recipients. The faculty of the Art and Design
Department presents these awards to graduating seniors for superior
performance and a proven commitment to their craft.

Course Descriptions (ARTD)

ARTD1109 Art History Survey I. (3)* FaU

A course in the visual arts of western civihzation from the Paleohthic period
through the 16^ century. Cultures surveyed will include Egyptian,
Mesopotamian, Greek, Roman, Early Christian, Byzantine, Medieval, Gothic
and the Itahan and Northern Renaissance.

ARTD 1110 Art History Survey n. (3)* Spring - alternate years

This course will survey the history of Western art and architecture from the
Baroque period to the beginning of the 20* century, including the styUstic
movements of the Baroque, Rococo, Neoclassicism, Romanticism, ReaUsm,
Impressionism, Expressionism and Cubism.

ARTD 1111 Modem and Contemporary Art History. (3) * Spring-
alternate years.
This course traces the development of 20th century painting and sculpture
beginning with Picasso and cubism and includes the movements of surreaUsm,
futurism, abstract - expressionism, pop, op, minimalism, conceptual art,
super realism and neo-expressionism. While emphasis is given to painting
and sculpture, developments in architecture, photography and crafts are
also included.

96

ARTD1151 Basic Drawing. (3)* Fall

A course in drawing fundamentals, including line, value, composition,

perspective, and chiaroscuro. A variety of drawing media will be explored.

ARTD 1152 2-D Design. (3) * Spring

A study of the basic design elements and principles. Emphasis will be on
creative problem solving and development of unified designs. A study of
color theory and relationships will be included.

ARTD 1153 3-D Design. (3)* Fall

This course will explore the fundamentals of three-dimensional form using
various materials such as wood, clay, plaster, paper, etc. Craftsmanship,
creative thought, and transformation of ideas into form while becoming
famiUar with proper use of tools and equipment is also emphasized

ARTD 2201 Graphic Design I: Fundamentals. (3)* FaU

An introduction to the fundamentals of graphic design, including typography,
logo design and basic desktop pubhshing. Basic Macintosh computer skills
will be covered, including working with fonts, system basics, printers and
service bureaus, and understanding file formats.

ARTD 2211 Life Drawing. (3) Spring, alternate years
A course in the study of human anatomy and the expressive potential of the
human form. Drawing from the model, both nude and clothed, and from the
skeleton using a variety of drawing media.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission

of instructor

ARTD 2222 Graphic Design 11: Layout and concepts. (3) Spring
A course exploring the development of graphic ideas through projects in
advertising, layout, corporate identity, magazine and poster design and others.
Page layout for both traditional print and web pages will be examined.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2201

ARTD 2223 Basic Photography. (3) * Fall

An introductory course in black and white photography. The course includes

the mechanics of the camera, film exposure for zone placement, film

processing and printing from the negative as well as a survey of the history of

photography.

ARTD 2224 Photography H . (3) Spring

A course in studio and large format photography using both black / white and
color materials. Projects are assigned in Ughting, exposure controls using
sheet film with the 4 x 5 and 8x10 view camera, film processing, printing,
and advanced techniques of photographing the still hfe, portraits, architecture,
landscape, and in commercial apphcations of photography.

97

ARTD2227 Ceramics-Methods and Materials (3)* Fall
This course is an introduction to ceramic methods and techniques. It will
explore both wheelthrowing and handbuilding used in forming vessels and
sculpture. This will include using the potter's wheel, slabs, coils, textures to
create form. Glazing, decoration and firing methods such as raku, pitfire and
standard reduction will also be emphasized.

ARTD2229 Ceramics-Wheelthrowing. (3)* Spring
This course is an introduction to basic wheelthrowing techniques, beginning
with centering and opening then progressing to pulUng basic cyUndrical
forms, teapots and bottles. Glazing, decoration and firing methods such as
raku, pitfire, and standard reduction are also included.
Prerequisites: none

ARTD 2271 Acrylic Painting . (3) Fall
An introduction to painting with acryUcs. Projects will explore the
fundamentals of composition and modehng with color and light, as well as
abstraction and mixed media.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission

of instructor

ARTD 2272 Sculpture I . (3) * Spring

The projects in this class will address both traditional and contemporary
issues in sculpture such as figure modehng, carving, found object sculpmre,
narrative imagery, environmental sculpture and metal working.

ARTD 2273 Printmaking I. (3) * Fall

A course in the basics of intagho and rehef printmaking techniques, selected

print and book arts media, and the development of creative imagery.

ARTD 2275 Oil Painting (3) Spring

An introductory course in painting with oils, including color mixing, glazing,

modehng, and composition.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission

of instructor

ARTD 3222 Digital Imaging. (3) Spring
A course deahng with the art of computer technology, with emphasis on
photographic image manipulation. Emphasis will be placed on developing
creative personal imagery.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2201 or permission of instructor

ARTD 3301 Applied Surface Design. (3) FaU

An overview of the basics of surface design for commercial and large scale
use. Areas of exploration include historical influences and the development
of pattern, abstraction, modular units, and color relationships.
Prerequisite: ARTD 1152

98

ARTD 3311 Advanced Life Drawing. (3) Spring

Advanced work with the figure in projects exploring composition and

subjective expression.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2211

ARTD 3323 Photography m. (3) Fall

Advanced work in black and white photography to illustrate social and
narrative issues relevant to the photographer's concerns. Emphasis will be
placed on documentary photography, its history and the stylistic techniques of
contemporary photojoumaUsm. Projects deahng with reportage, illustration,
documentation and the photographic essay will be assigned.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2223 or consent of instructor.

ARTD 3324 Photography TV. (3) Spring

Independent studio experience in advanced large format photography. Each
student will create a series of projects based on the concepts presented in
ARTD 2224.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2224

ARTD 3327 Intermediate Ceramics. (3) FaU

This course will emphasize ceramic design using handbuilding and/or
wheelthrowing techniques. Projects are flexible in their construction method
in order to accommodate different ability levels and interests. Projects with
commercial potential such as lamp bases, teapots, covered jars and tile, etc.
will be explored. Glazing, decoration and firing methods such as raku, pitfire,
and standard reduction are also emphasized.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2227, 2229 or consent of instructor

ARTD 3329 Advanced Ceramics (3) Spring

This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore methods

and techniques covered in previous ceramic classes.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2227, ARTD 2229, 3327

ARTD 3341 Internship. (3-9) Fall, January, Spring
A supervised experience in an off campus professional environment such as a
photography studio, a surface or graphic design studio, or a museum or gallery
administrative office.

ARTD 3351 - 3352 Studio Concentration. (3-6) Fall and Spring

An independent studio experience where the advanced and senior status art
major brings into focus and produces a body of work in one or two disciphnes.
The smdent may take from 3 to 6 hours of credit in this course depending on
the student's interest. The course includes discussion and readings in
contemporary theory and criticism, field trips to museums and galleries, the
creation of a personal artist statement, group critiques, writing a vitae, and
business and graduate school opportunities.

99

ARTD 3355 Advanced Drawing. (3) Spring, alternate years
An exploration of advanced problems in drawing. Topics may include color,
concepts of space, and experimental approaches to various drawing media.
Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing)

ARTD 3371 Intermediate Painting. (3) FaU

Advanced work in either acrylics or oils. Projects will allow for the
development of personal imagery, experimental approaches to the media,
and other advanced concepts.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2271 or 2275

ARTD 3372 Sculpture Methods H. (3) Spring

This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore ideas,
methods and techniques covered in previous sculpture classes.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2272

ARTD 3373 Printmaking H. (3) FaU

A continuation of Art 2273 including advanced exploration of color prints
and other selected print and book arts media.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2273

ARTD 3375 Advanced Painting. (3) Spring

A further exploration of either oils or acryhcs. Students develop a series of
paintings that explore specific imagery, materials, or techniques.
Prerequisite: consent of instructor

* Denotes courses in Art and Design that may satisfy Fine Arts
requirements in Core Curriculum

100

BIOLOGY

Specific Objectives for the Major

The biology faculty works with their majors to help them develop an
understanding and working knowledge of the life phenomenon from the
subcellular through the organismic level. All majors wiU have the opportunity
to leam about the diversity of living organisms and the significance of these
organisms to the natural ecosystem and to man's economy. All majors will
leam about the human as a model for anatomy, physiology, histology and
embryonic development, as a host of parasites and as a product of organic
evolution. Biology students will also gain an understanding of Ufe on a smaller
scale as they encounter patterns of inheritance, gene action, microbiology, life
at the cellular level and the impact of microorganisms.

Method of AccompUshing Objectives

The student is presumed to have accomplished the general and specific
objectives by satisfactorily completing the courses which constitute the major.
A major in biology consists of the following courses: Biology 1101-1 102,
2201-2202, 3301-3302, 4401-4402 and Chemistry 1 101-1 102. Typically a
student who starts in Biology 1 102 and 1 102 as a freshman will take the
Organismic Biology block as a sophomore, the Human Biology block as a
junior and the Cell and Molecular Biology block as a senior. It is
recommended that the student take Chemistry 1101 and 1 102 as a freshman or
sophomore. Students who are preparing for entrance into graduate school or
professional schools may need to take additional chemistry, math and physics
courses as indicated in the Pre-Professional and Co-operative Programs section
of this catalog.

Demonstration of Accomplishment of Objectives

The student will demonstrate that he has accomplished the objectives of the
major by passing the departmental exit exam at the 70% level or higher. The
Biology department continues to use the success of its graduates in the job
market and in advanced study as a gauge of the applicability of its goals and
the success of its students in attaining these goals.

Career Options

Graduates of the College who have majored in biology typically pursue careers
in teaching, pharmacy, medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine or physical
therapy. In addition, many graduates find employment in industry-some in
laboratories, some in management and others in research and development.
Most careers require further formal study in graduate or professional schools.

101

Course Descriptions (BIOL)

BIOL 1101 General Biology I. (4) FaU, Spring

This is the beginning Biology course for majors and non-majors. It is a pre-
requisite to all other biology courses except for Human Anatomy and
Physiology. General Biology deals with the phenomenon of Ufe as is
manifested in all types of living organisms. The origin of life, chemistry of
life, cellular and tissue organization, metaboUsm, cell division, genetics, gene
action and functioning of the organ systems are among topics covered in
General Biology. There are no pre-requisites to General Biology I.

BIOL 1102 General Biology n. (4) Spring

This course is a continuation of General Biology I.
Prerequisite: BIOL 1101

BIOL 1148 Human Anatomy and Physiology I. (4) Fall

A study of the structure and function of the human body. Designed for nursing
majors. May be taken as core science requirement and may be substituted for
BIOL 1 101 as a prerequisite to BIOL 2320.
Prerequisite: none

BIOL 1149 Human Anatomy and Physiology H. (4) Spring

A continuation of Human Anatomy and Physiology I.
Prerequisite: none

BIOL 2201 Organismic Biology L (4) FaU

Organismic Biology deals with the organisms, populations and ecosystems as
the targeted level or organization. Organic evolution as a source of diversity of
organisms, schemes of classification of organisms and the biology of the
organisms themselves are the chief targets of this course. Population dynamics
and ecological interactions are also included.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1101 and 1102

BIOL 2202 Organismic Biology H. (4) Spring

This course is a continuation of Organismic Biology I.
Prerequisite: BIOL 2201

BIOL 2320 Medical Microbiology. (4) Spring

A smdy of human disease caused by pathogenic microbes and helminthes.
Laboratory activities focus on bacteria as model organisms.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1101 and 1102

BIOL 3301 Human Biology L (4) Fall

An examination of the human body emphasizing embryology, anatomy,
physiology, histology, neurobiology and evolution. Designed for upper-level
Biology majors.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1101 and 1102

102

BIOL 3302 Human Biology n. (4) Spring

A continuation of Human Biology I.
Prerequisite: BIOL 3301

BIOL 4401 CeU and Molecular Biology L (4) Fall

A study of morphology, physiology, heredity, classification,, ecology,
pathology and host defense at the cellular level, with laboratory activities
involving prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Senior status recommended.
Prerequisite: BIOL 1102

BIOL 4402. CeU and Molecular Biology n. (4) Spring
A continuation of BIOL 4401 .

Prerequisite: BIOL 4401

BIOL 4495 Independent Study/Internship ( 1 -4) On Demand

Although not required as part of the biology major nor available as a substitute
for any of the biology major courses, this course provides an opportunity for
students, on an individual basis, to pursue in-depth study of a particular
biology topic or to gain added experience and insight through internship in off-
campus settings.

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor and the Academic Dean

103

BUSINESS

Introduction

The Business Division of LaGrange College is committed to academic
excellence through degree programs designed to prepare its students for a wide
variety of careers in business. The liberal arts education that students receive
at LaGrange College provides the foundation for critical thinking,
communication, and the leadership skills needed for a successful professional
career. The Division seeks to enhance the College's hberal arts curriculum by
offering coursework and internship opportunities that give students a
fundamental understanding of business and provide them with the knowledge
and skills needed for effective decision making in a dynamic, global and
technologically oriented environment.

For students who elect to pursue a major in a degree program other than
business, the Business Division also offers minors in Accountancy and
Business Management. The minors provide students with opportunities to
develop a greater awareness and understanding of the role and functioning of
business. Requirements for the programs are presented in the pages that follow
(or where otherwise noted):

Minor in Accountancy

Minor in Business Management

Bachelor of Science (BS) in Accountancy

Bachelor of Science (BS) in Business Management

Bachelor of Arts (B A) in Business (see separate LC Evening College
Bulletin)

The programs are accredited nationally by the Association of Collegiate
Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP).

Objectives

As a liberal arts college, LaGrange College is dedicated to the strengthening of
students' creative, critical, and communicative abihties. The Business
Division offers several degree programs within this context. While the primary
objective of each of these programs is to support the hberal arts mission of the
institution, each major is designed to provide a different business emphasis that
will complement the hberal arts while at the same time providing professional
preparation in the business discipUnes.

A Minor in Business Management is available to any LaGrange College
student, regardless of major. Courses cover the basic functional areas of
business. The minor is designed to help students develop the abihty to
recognize and solve business and organizational problems and understand the
role of business in the conmiunity, nation and the world. Such exposure
should enhance the student's employment opportunities. The Division also

104

offers a Minor in Accountancy, which will significantly increase the
employment options of students of any major.

One of the most challenging majors available to students at LaGrange College
is the BS in Accountancy. The accountancy major gives the student the
accounting foundation needed for effective decision making in an organization.
Today's accountants must be able to conmiunicate, synthesize and innovate;
they not only provide the information upon which the business world depends,
but also make crucial decisions and act as trusted advisors. The Accountancy
major builds upon the Uberal arts skill base to give students the business and
accounting knowledge they will need in a business setting. The student
planning to work in the accounting function will receive the necessary skills
and knowledge to pursue the CMA and CFM professional designations and be
prepared for the fifth year of study for the CPA.

The BS in Business Management degree program is designed to help students
develop ideals that are ethically sound and socially desirable; cultivate an
awareness of the social, poHtical and economic developments to which
businesses must adapt; develop sound judgment and effective communication
skills; and develop their individual interests and talents. Course work provides
both the theoretical and practical foundation needed by business, as well as
government and not-for-profit organizations. There is sufficient theoretical
and quantitative rigor in this program so that the student will be well prepared
to embark on a professional career.

All of the business programs emphasize the global business perspective. As
we move into the 21st Century, fewer and fewer businesses operate completely
within the United States' borders. Today's student must have a global
perspective in order to compete in the international arena. Additionally, each
course also emphasizes ethics in decision-making. As a church-related
institution, LaGrange College is dedicated to graduating students with
character and integrity. The business curriculum supports those values.

105

Program Requirements

Accountancy and Business Management Minors

A minor declaration may be made at any time but no later than fall term of the
junior year, allowing enough time to complete the course sequence.

Minor in Accountancy

Students desiring to minor in Accountancy must complete five courses:

ACCT 2200 required
ACCT 2201 required
And three of the following:
ACCr 3301

3
3

3

ACCT 3302

3

ACCT 4401

3

ACCr 4410

3

ACCT 4415

3

ACCT 4430

3

Minor in Business Management

A minor in Business Management consists of the following 15 hours of
coursework*:

ACCT 2200

required

3hrs.

ECON 2200

required

3hrs.

MRKT 3380

required

3hrs.

MGMT 3370

required

3hrs.

MGMT 4400

required

3hrs.

* Exceptions must be approved by Business Division faculty.

Accountancy and Business Management Majors

If possible, students should declare their intention to pursue a major in
Accountancy or Business Management during the spring semester of their
freshman year. This early declaration of a major is especially important for
students desiring to pursue the BS in Accountancy degree because of the
necessary sequencing of courses prerequisite to the upper level accountancy
courses. Business majors (BS in Accountancy and BS in Business
Management) should note that the appUcable requirements for the major,
including required courses, are those in effect when they declare their major,
not those in effect at the time of their matriculation.

In addition to the course requirements, students pursuing a Bachelor's degree
offered by the Business Division must obtain a passing score on a
comprehensive Department Assessment Test (DAT).

106

Bachelor of Science in Accountancy

Students may declare accountancy as their major at any point; however, in
order to remain an Accountancy major, they must meet the following criteria:

1 .Completion of ACCT 2200 and ACCT 2201 with a grade of 'B' or better.
2.Completion of all other major requirements with a grade of 'C or better.

Exceptions to the above criteria may be made at the discretion of the
Accountancy Program Director. Any accountancy major whose overall GPA
or major GPA falls below a 2.50/4.00 will be placed on probation and has one
semester in which to remove the probationary status. Failure to do so will
result in being dismissed from the Accountancy program.

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Accountancy must complete
63 semester credit hours above the general education requirements, including
the following:

Accountancy and
Finance

Economic, Management,
And Marketing

Seminars, Math, and
Elective

ACCT 2200

ECON 2200

MGMT 2290 (1 hr.)

ACCT 2201

MGMT3351

MGMT 2291 (1 hr.)

ACCT 3301

MGMT 3370

MGMT 3390 (Ihr.)

ACCT 3302

MGMT 4440

MGMT 3391 (Ihr.)

ACCT/FNCE 3354

MRKT 3380

MGMT 4490 (Ihr.)

ACCr 4410

MGMT 4491 (1 hr.)

ACC r 4430

MATH 1114

ACCT 4488

Elective

FNCE 3353

FNCE 3356

Two classes from the following three: ACCT 4401, ACCT 4415, ACCT 4440

Accountancy majors must complete all of the general requirements except
CORE 1110, Quantitative Reasoning. MATH 1114 may substitute for this
requirement.

Reminder: Students are required to complete at least
three (3) Interim term courses.

107

Students planning to sit for the CPA examination are required by Georgia law
to complete 150 semester credit hours. Although a total of 1 17 hours are
required for a BS degree in Accountancy, it is recommended that for students
pursuing licensure as a Certified Public Accountant (CPA), 120 semester hours
be completed in their first four years of study. The Accountancy Program
Director will assist students in determining how they should acquire the final
30 semester hours needed.

Recommended Progression Grid for Accountancy Majors
(business, accounting, and math classes)

Sophomore Year
FaU Semester

Sophomore Year
Spring Semester

Hours

Course

Hours

Course

3

ACCT 2200 Accounting for
Decision Makers I

3

ACCT 2201 Accounting for
Decision Makers II

3

ECON 2200 Principles of
Economics

3

MGMT 3370 Mgmt. and
Org. Behavior

1

MGMT 2290 Seminar in
Business I

1

MGMT 2291 Seminar in
Business II

7 Hours

7 Hours

Junior Year
FaU Semester

Junior Year
Spring Semester

Hours

Course

Hours

Course

3

ACCT 3301 Intermediate
Financial Accounting I

3

ACCT 3302 Intermediate
Financial Accounting II

3

FNCE 3353 Corporate
Capital Structure

3

MATH 1114 Introduction to
Statistics

3

MGMT 3351 Legal and
Ethical Environment of
Business

3

FNCE 3356 Business
Investment Analysis

3

MRKT 3380 Principles of
Marketing

1

MGMT 3391 Seminar in
Business IV

1

MGMT 3390 Seminar in
Business III

13 Hours

10 Hours

108

Recommended Progression Grid for Accountancy Majors
(business, accounting, and math classes)

Senior Year
FaU Semester

Senior Year
Spring Semester

Hours

Course

Hours

Course

3

ACCT 3354 Financial
Statement Analysis

3

MGMT 4440 Management
Simulation

3

ACCT 4488 Research in
Accounting

3

ACCT 4419 Federal Income
Tax

3

ACCT 4430 Advanced
Accounting

6

Two of the Following:

ACCT 4401, ACCT 4415,
ACC r 4440

1

MGMT 4490 Seminar in
Business V

1

MGMT 4491 Seminar in
Business VI

10 Hours

13 Hours

Bachelor of Science in Business Management

To declare a major in Business Management the student must have a GPA of
2.50/4.00 or better. To remain a major in good standing, the student must
complete all major requirements with a grade of 'C or better and maintain an
overall GPA of no less than 2.50/4.00.

Exceptions to the above criteria may be made at the discretion of the Business
faculty. Any Business Management major whose overall GPA falls below a
2.50/4.00 will be placed on probation and has one semester in which to remove
the probationary status. Failure to do so will result in being dismissed from the
Business Management program.

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Management must
complete 5 1 semester credit hours of business coursework (above the general
education requirements) for a total of 108 semester hours. The required
courses for the BS in Business Management include the following:

ACCT 2200 ACCT 2201

MGMT 2290 (1 hr.) MGMT 2291 (1 hr.)

FNCE 3354 MGMT 3370

MGMT 3388 MGMT 3390 (1 hr.)

MGMT 4440 MGMT 4490 ( 1 hr.)

MATH 1114 MATH 1 1 17 or MATH 1 121

Major Elective

Major Elective
109

ECON 2200
MGMT 3351
MRKT 3380
MGMT 3391 (1 hr.)
MGMT 4491 (Ihr.)
ENGL 3312 (or
approved elective)
Major Elective

Business Management majors must complete all of the general requirements
except CORE 1110, Quantitative Reasoning. Either MATH 1117 or MATH
1121 will be substituted for this requirement.

Reminder: Students are required to complete at least
three (3) Interim term courses.

Recommended Progression Grid for

Business Management Majors

(business, accounting, and math classes)

Sophomore Year
FaU Semester

Sophomore Year
Spring Semester

Hours

Course

Hours

Course

3

ACCT 2200 Acct. for
Decision Makers I

3

ACCT 2201 Acct. for
Decision Makers 11

3

ECON 2200 Principles of
Economics

3

ENGL 3312 Business
Communications

1

MGMT 2290 Seminar in
Business I

1

MGMT 2291: Seminar in
Business 11

7 Hours

7 Hours

Junior Year
Fall Semester

Junior Year
Spring Semester

Hours

Course

Hours

Course

3

FNCE 3354 Business Per-
formance Analysis

3

MGMT 3370 Management
and Organizational Behavior

3

MRKT 3380 Principles of
Marketing

3

MGMT 3388 Research
Methods

3

MATH 1114 Introduction to
Statistics

3

Elective (in major)

1

MGMT 3390 Seminar in
Business in

1

MGMT 3391 Seminar in
Business IV

10 Hours

10 Hours

110

Recommended Progression Grid for

Business Management Majors

(business, accounting, and math classes)

Senior Year
FaU Semester

Senior Year
Spring Semester

Hours

Course

Hours

Course

3

MGMT 3351 Legal and
Ethical Environment of
Business

3

MATH 1117 Quant. Methods
or MATH 1121 Survey of
Calculus

3

Elective (in major)

3

MGMT 4440 Management
Simulation

1

MGMT 4490 Seminar in
Business V

3

Elective (in major)

1

MGMT 4491 Seminar in
Business VI

7 Hours

10 Hours

Course Descriptions

Note that most courses have prerequisites and, generally, 2200-level courses
are introductory. Prerequisites are shown after the course description.

All major and minor courses must be completed with a grade of C or better.
(Note: All BS in Accountancy students must complete ACCT 22(X) and ACCT
2201 with a grade of 'B' or better.)

Accountancy (prefix ACCT)

ACCT 1199 Survey of Accounting Concepts (3) On demand
A survey course in the principles of accounting for students not majoring in
business or accounting. Topics to be covered include understanding financial
statements, cash reconcihations, budgeting, and decision making. Credit is not
given for both ACCT 1199 and either ACCT 2200 or ACCT 2201.

ACCT 2200 Accounting for Decision Makers I (3) Fall
Focuses on business events and examines these events from both an external
financial reporting perspective and an internal management decision-making
perspective. Provides an introduction to the use of accounting information in
the operation of a business. Projects facilitate self-discovery of knowledge and
development of a variety of professional skills and attitudes.

ACCT2201 Accounting for Decision Makers n (3) Spring
Continuation of Accounting for Decision Makers I.
Prerequisite: ACCT 2200

ACCT3301 Intermediate Financial Accounting I (3) Fall
Decision-making implications of information provided to external stakeholders
including investors, creditors, customers, and regulators, and regulation theory
and practice as applied to accountancy. Topics include regulation of
accountancy procedures for external reporting, current problems in reporting
financial position, income determination, and an integration of current
professional pronouncements.

Prerequisite: ACCT 2201

ACCT 3302 Intermediate Financial Accounting n (3) Spring
Continuation of Intermediate Financial Accounting I.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301

ACCT 3354 Financial Statement Analysis (3) FaU

A comprehensive survey of the basic tools and models used in contemporary
financial statement analysis.

Prerequisite: ACCT 2201

ACCT 4401 Assurance and Attestation (3) On demand
A conceptual introduction to the credibility lent by an independent party to the
assertions one contracting party makes to other contracting parties. Topics
include the demand for assurance and attestation services, and concepts
including evidence, ethics, risk and control.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3302

ACCT 4410 Federal Income Tax Concepts and Practice (3) Spring
This course introduces students to U.S. Federal income tax concepts and
principles and the apphcation of such concepts to business operating, investing
and financing activities. Ethical and legal issues confronting tax practitioners
are discussed throughout the course. Tax research methods are also
introduced.

Prerequisite: ACCT 2201

ACCT 4415 Accounting for Internal Decision Makers (3) On demand
Decision making impUcations of information provided to organization
managers. Concepts fi-om economics, statistics, and psychology emphasize the
use of quantitative techniques to manage uncertainty and risk. Topics include
planning and control techniques, construction of static and flexible budgeting,
and product costing mechanisms.
Prerequisite: ACCT 2201

ACCT 4430 Advanced Accounting (3) Fall

A journey into advanced business and accounting topics. Topics include

mergers and acquisitions, consolidations, partnerships, foreign currency

112

transactions and financial statement translations, and derivatives used to
manage risk associated with international trade and direct foreign investment.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3302

ACCT4440 Accounting Information Systems (3) On demand
An introduction to the systems, procedures, and processes management
employs to control operating activities and information reporting systems.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301

ACCT 4460 Internship in Accounting (1-3) On demand
This course represents a unique opportunity for a quahfied student to expand
his/her understanding of the practical appUcations of accounting concepts by
entering into a specific "help rendered learning accompUshment" contract with
a cooperating area enterprise. The contract will specifically identify the
student's obUgations and duties, the nature and extend of the host enterprise's
commitment to assist the student in further extending his/her knowledge of
enterprise operations, and the basis on which the student's learning
accomphshments will be measured. No more than 6 credit hours may be
apphed toward the smdent's graduation requirements.

Prerequisites: Accountancy major with demonstrated superior
capabiUties and prior approval of the contract by the Division faculty

ACCT 4480 Special Topics in Accounting (3) On demand
A series of special topic courses will provide students with exposure to issues
and concepts not covered in their regular course work. Most topics will
include work with "real-world" organizations.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200 and consent of instructor

ACCT 4488 Research m Accountmg (3) Fall

This course provides a conceptual understanding of the accounting process and
the background skills to do research in the authoritative accounting literature.
Students will gain proficiency using FARS. Current topics in accounting will
be discussed.

Prerequisite: ACCT 3302

Economics (ECON)

ECON2200 Principles of Economics (3) Fall
An introduction to the science of economics and its analytical tools. This
course is devoted to providing the student with a thorough understanding of the
basic principles of a) microeconomics: the study of the economic behavior of
individual household and firms and the determination of factor prices, and b)
macroeconomics: the study of the determination of the aggregate levels of
income, output, employment and prices and the examination of fiscal and
monetary policy.

113

ECON3310 Managerial Economics (3) On demand

Focuses on the use of microeconomic principles using mathematical and

statistical tools to make/analyze business decisions.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200 and MATH 1 114 or 1 117 or 1 1216

ECON 3333 Financial Markets (3) On demand

An in-depth survey of the functions of the international monetary system, the
currency exchange market and the international money and capital markets and
the role these markets play in the firm's financial decisions.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200 and MATH 1 1 14 or 1 1 17 or 1 121

ECON 4481 Special Topics in Economics (3) On demand

A series of special topic courses providing the student with exposure to issues

and concepts in economics not covered in other course work.

Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor

Finance (FNCE)

FNCE 3353 Funding the Company: Capital Structure Issues (3) On demand

A study of the strategies used by corporations (and other business entities) to
fund business operations and investments. Traditional and innovative financial
instruments will be analyzed and their risk to the viabihty of the business
evaluated. We will also review the use of derivatives (options, hedges, futures,
etc.) as a source of reducing risk.
Prerequisite: ACCT 2201

FNCE 3354 Business Performance Analysis (3) Fall

This course focuses on the structure and analysis of financial statements
prepared in accordance with US GAAP, providing students with a framework
for using financial statement data in a variety of valuation and business
analysis contexts.

Prerequisite: ACCT 2201

FNCE 3356 Business Investment Analysis (3) On demand
This course focuses on analyzing and valuing current and potential investments
with primary emphasis on external expansion opportunities. Accounting-based
and discounted cash flow methods of valuation are discussed as well as the
effects that various legal, accounting and tax issues may have on such analyses.
Prerequisite: ACCT 2201

FNCE 3357 Investments (3) On demand

This course provides students with an introduction to the tools for analyzing the
potential returns and risks of individual securities and how to combine them
efficiendy into portfolios.. The subject matter will be presented primarily from the
viewpoint of the individual investor. The course will also examine the market
equilibrium pricing of capital assets, risk-adjusted evaluations of portfolio
performance, the efficiency of the capital allocation process in security markets, the
formulation of investment policies and strategies, and other investment-related topics.
Prerequisites: ECON 2200 and FNCE 3353

114

FNCE3358 Seminar in Finance 1(1) On demand
A one-hour seminar in fundamental analysis and portfolio management
Prerequisites: R^CE 3357 and consent of instructor

FNCE 3359 Seminar in Finance n (1) On demand
A one-hour seminar in fundamental analysis and portfolio management
Prerequisites: FNCE 3357 and consent of instructor

FNCE 4482 Special Topics in Finance (3) On demand

A series of special topic courses providing the student with exposure to issues

and concepts in finance not covered in other course work.

Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor

Management (MGMT)

MGMT2215 Business Fundamentals (3) On demand
This course is designed to provide a broad overview of fundamental concepts
related to the field of Business including the core areas of Accounting,
Economics, Finance, Management, Marketing and Information Systems. A
variety of historical, ethical, and practical issues relating to business in both the
domestic and international sectors will also be covered.

MGMT 2290 Seminar in Business I: Research, Analysis, and

Team SkiUs (1) Fall
This is an applied course designed to help students in their business studies.
Topics to be covered include research and writing skills, teamwork and
communication, and an introduction to case studies.

Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or consent of instructor

MGMT 2291 Seminar in Business 11: Software and

Analytical Tools (1) Spring
This course is designed to provide business students with the fundamental
skills needed to create and manage computer-based spreadsheets, presentations
and data analyses.

Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and ACCT 2200, or consent of

instructor

(Graded on a Pass/No Credit basis)

MGMT 3322 Business Ethics (3) On demand

A study of current social problems faced by business with particular attention
paid to the background factors giving rise to those problems, various proposed
solutions, and the approach that is currently being followed.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, ACCT 2200, ECON 2200, MGMT

3370, or consent of instructor

115

MGMT3351 Legal and Ethical Enyironment of Business (3) Fall
This course addresses the legal and ethical impUcations of business decisions.
Topics may include legal organization, employment, discrimination, contract,
workplace, safety, product liabiHty and antitrust issues. Cost-benefit analysis
will be used as a tool to evaluate business decisions in light of existing legal
rules and social responsibility.

MGMT 3370 Management and Organizational Behavior (3) Spring
A study of the science and art of management with special emphasis on
motivating and leading individuals in an organization.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200, or consent of instructor

MGMT 3374 Interpersonal Relations in Organizations (3) On demand
A study of human interaction in the organization context. Topics to be covered
include self-concept, frames of reference, values and attitudes, barriers and
breakdowns in communications.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200, MGMT 3370, or consent of

instructor

MGMT 3376 Managing Human Resources (3) On demand
The study of the basic principles and functions of effective personnel
administration and human resource management. Extensive use is made of the
case method of study. Students gain experience looking at personnel problems,
individually and as members of groups.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200, MGMT 3370

MGMT 3388 Research Methods (3) Spring

Focuses on the survey research process and the analysis of data. Covers topics

such as problem definition, research design, sampling techniques, questionnaire

development, data collection methods and data analysis.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ACCT 2201, ECON 2200, MATH 1114,
MGMT 3370, and MRKT 3380, or consent of instructor

MGMT 3390 Seminar in Business ID: Presentation and

Case Analysis Skills (1) Fall
The use of business cases as a learning method is well established in the field of
business. To support this learning method, this course has been designed to help
students develop critical thinking skills to analyze business cases as well as
speaking and presentation skills to present their work in a professional manner.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and MGMT 2290, or consent of instructor

MGMT 3391 Seminar in Business IV: Career Management (1) Spring
This course is designed to help students discover their interests, skills, and
abiUties in their chosen major. Topics to be covered include career management
and interpersonal communication skills, including conflict negotiation.
Prerequisites: Junior standing, or consent of instructor

116

MGMT 4401 Entrepreneurship (3) On demand
A study of the application of the science of management to the development
and management of the small business enterprise. Opportunities,
characteristics, and problems with the small business will be evaluated.
Students will be required to develop a business plan for a small business and
when possible students will be given an opportunity to work on special projects
with small businesses in the community. The class requires active
participation by students in and out of the classroom.

Prerequisites: ACCT or FNCE 3354, MGMT 3370, MRKT 3380

MGMT 4440 Management Simulation (3) Spring
This is the capstone course for majors in business. It incorporates the use of a
computer-based simulation in an effort to integrate all of the functional areas of
business into one comprehensive course. Students are required to work in
groups as managers of a simulated company and make the necessary
marketing, finance, economic, accounting, and management decisions to run
their company effectively. The student's grades are a function of individual
and group performance.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, completion of all course requirements

in major, or consent of instructor

MGMT 4460 Internship in Business (1-3) On demand
This course represents a unique opportunity for a qualified student to expand
his/her understanding of the practical appUcations of enterprise operations by
entering into a specific "help rendered learning accomphshment" contract with
a cooperating area enterprise. The contract will specifically identify the
student's obhgations and duties, the nature and extend of the host enterprise's
commitment to assist the student in further extending his/her knowledge of
enterprise operations, and the basis on which the student's learning
accompUshments will be measured. No more than 6 credit hours may be
appUed toward the student's graduation requirements.

Prerequisites: Business major with demonstrated superior capabilities
and prior approval of the internship contract by Division faculty

MGMT 4470 Advanced Research in Business (1-3) On demand
Research project or paper in business or economics. A student must present a
course description/project proposal in writing to the faculty member chairing
the research for approval by the end of pre-registration during the quarter prior
to enrolling for the course. No more than 3 credit hours per tam and a
maximum of 6 credit hours may be qplied toward the student's graduation requirements.
Prerequisites: MGMT 3388 and prior approval by Division faculty

MGMT 4483 Special Topics in Management (3) On demand

A series of special topic courses providing students with exposure to issues and

concepts not covered in their regular course work.

Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor

117

MGMT 4490 Seminar in Business V: Resumes and Cover Letters (1) Fall
This course is designed to help guide students through the process of preparing
for a career. Topics to be covered include experiences and activities that
enhance employabihty, resume preparation and cover and thank you letter
development.

Prerequisites: Senior standing and MGMT 3391, or consent of

instructor (Graded on a Pass/No Credit basis)

MGMT 4491 Seminar in Business VI: Interviewing Skills (1) Spring
This course is designed to help guide students through the process of preparing
for a job interview. Topics to be covered include experiences and activities
that enhance employabihty, identifying skills needed for a job, question and
answer preparation, and effective interviewing techniques.

Prerequisites: Senior standing and MGMT 4490, or consent of

instructor

(Graded on a Pass/No Credit basis)

Marketing (MRKT)

MRKT 3380 Principles of Marketing (3) Fall

An introduction to the important principles of marketing management and the
role of marketing in a contemporary society, in business enterprises and in the
nonprofit organization. Considers the planning, operation and evaluation of
marketing and promotional efforts necessary to the effective marketing of
consumer and industrial offerings.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ACCT 2201, ECON 2200

MRKT 3381 Advanced Marketing (3) On demand
Provides training in marketing decision making. Uses case studies simulating
actual business settings to help students develop analytical abihties and
sharpen their communication skills. Covers topics that range from techniques
used to analyze a market to the development of a total marketing strategy.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ACCT 2201, ECON 2200, MRKT 3380

or consent of instructor

MRKT 4484 Special Topics in Marketing (3) On demand

A series of special topic courses providing students with exposure to issues and

concepts not covered in their regular course work.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, MRKT 3380, and consent of instructor

118

CHEMISTRY

Introduction

Chemistry is often referred to as the central science, because chemical concepts
are used throughout the other sciences. Therefore, in addition to being a major
in its own right, the study of chemistry is a part of many curricula. The
Chemistry Department focuses its introductory chemistry course as an element
in a hberal education, a service to other departments and the beginning of a
comprehensive study of chemistry. The department offers both B.A. and B.S.
majors as well as a minor which can lead to a variety of future occupations.
Students with a major in chemistry have gone on to traditional pursuits such as
graduate school in chemistry or biochemistry, pharmacy, medical school and
law school (patent law and corporate law), as well as becoming laboratory
technicians and salespersons for chemistry and related industries.

The B. A. degree offers a broad background in chemistry while allowing ample
time for extensive coursework in other fields. The B. A. is appropriate for
those interested in one of the medical or law-related professions, teaching, or
for students desiring the broadest possible education with an emphasis in
natural science. The B.S. program is designed for those going on to graduate
school in a chemically related field (chemistry, biochemistry, molecular
biology, chemical physics, environmental science, or forensics) or those
seeking employment as chemists after graduation. The B.S. degree is generally
more highly valued at professional schools because entrance standards are
high. While the B.S. degree is more demanding of a student's time, there is
sufficient time for electives outside the sciences.

Objectives

The specific objectives for the respective degrees are as follows:

The Bachelor of Science Degree

Students who earn the B.S. degree with a major in chemistry will be
appropriately competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical and graphical
presentation of chemical concepts

EquiUbria and stoichiometry

Periodic Relationships

Thermochemistry

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis

Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic functional
groups

119

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by
physical and instrumental methods

Volumetric and gravimetric analytical theory and practice

Analytical instrumentation theory and practice

Thermodynamics

Chemical dynamics

Quantum mechanics and spectroscopy

Either advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic chemistry or
biochemistry

Knowledge of the research process in chemistry

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following Bachelor of
Science curriculum in chemistry:

General Chemistry 1101, 11 02 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202 8 semester hours

Analytical Chemistry 225 1 4 semester hour

Physical Chemistry 3301, 3302, 3303L 8 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 1 semester hour

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 2 semester hours

Instrumental Analysis 445 1 4 semester hours

Chemistry Elective (3000 or 4000 level) 4 semester hours

Additionally, a research experience is required. This should be taken between
the junior and senior years or during the first semester of the senior year. This
may be done on campus, in industry or in a research university summer
program. Students may elect to earn 4900 credit for this required activity.

Supporting required courses include the following:

Mathematics 2221, 2222 8 semester hours

Physic s 1 1 2 1 , 1 1 22 8 semester hours

Library 4500 2 semester hours

A Computer Science programming course 3 semester hours

The scheduUng of the B.S. curriculum is important. To be prepared to take the
physical chemistry sequence, students should take calculus during the freshman
year and physics during the sophomore year. It is highly recommended that
students take general chemistry during their freshman year. The following
would be a typical sequence of courses for the B.S. chemistry degree:

Fall Spring

First Year CHEM 1101 CHEM 1 102

MATH 2221 MATH 2222

120

Second Year CHEM 2201 CHEM 2202

PHYS1121 PHYS1122

Third Year CHEM 3301 CHEM 3302, 3303L

CHEM 3371

Fourth Year LIBR 4500 CHEM 445 1

Computer Programming CHEM 447 1

Chemistry Elective or Chemistry Elective

Students who earn the B.S. degree will have demonstrated their attainment of
the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current American Chemical
Society (ACS) Examinations on the following three topics: General, Organic
and Physical. The students will additionally attain an appropriate score from
one of the following examinations: Analytical, Instrumental, Inorganic or
Biochemistry. The passing score wiU be at or above the 40^^ percentile of the
national norms for these exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the
Chemistry Department, based o the accumulated data of the performance of
LaGrange College students on these exams. The results which are in the best
interest of the students will be used. These exams will be given at the end of
the appropriate course's) and will be offered to students up to three additional
times prior to the time of the students' scheduled graduation. The student must
attempt a retest at least once a semester until successful completion of the
exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an exam for the second, third
or final time, evidence of preparation must be presented. Reexamination
cannot be scheduled earUer than two weeks following a previous examination.

The Bachelor of Arts-Chemistry

Students who earn the B.A. degree with a major in chemistry will be
appropriately competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical and graphical
presentation of chemical concepts

EquiUbria and stoichiometry

Periodic relationships

Thermochemistry

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis

Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic functional
groups

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by
physical and instrumental methods

Either advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic chemistry or
biochemistry

121

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses required
for the Bachelor of Arts curriculum in chemistry:

General Chemistry 1101, 1102
Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202
Analytical Chemistry 225 1
Physical Chemistry 3301
Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371
Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471
Chemistry Elective

8 semester hours
8 semester hours
4 semester hour

3 semester hours

1 semester hour

2 semester hours

4 semester hours

Required supporting courses include the following:
Physics 1101, 1102 or 1121, 1122 8 semester hours

Math 1 121 or 2221 3 or 4 semester hours

Library 4500 2 semester hours

The scheduUng of the courses for the B.A. in chemistry can be flexible. The
following is a proposed sequence to fulfill the requirements for the major.

FaU

Spring

First Year

MATH 2105

MATH 1121

Second Year

CHEMllOl

CHEM 1102

Third Year

CHEM 2201

CHEM 2202

PHYS 1101

PHYS 1102
CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

CHEM 3301

CHEM 4471

LffiR 4500 CHEM 2251

Chemistry Elective or Chemistry Elective

Students who earn the B.A. degree will have demonstrated their attainment of
the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current American Chemical
Society (ACS) Exams for (1) General Chemistry and (2) Organic Chemistry.
The passing score will be at or above the 40^ percentile of the national norms
for these exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry
Department, based on the accumulated data of the performance of LaGrange
College students on these exams. The results which are in the best interest of
the students will be used. These exams will be given at the end of the
appropriate course's) and will be offered to students up to three additional
times prior to the time of the students' scheduled graduation. The student must
attempt a retest at least once a semester until successful completion of the
exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an exam for the second, third
or final time, evidence of preparation must be presented. Reexamination
cannot be scheduled earUer than two weeks following a previous examination.

122

The Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry

Students who earn the B.A. with a major in biochemistry will be appropriately
competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical and graphical
presentation of chemical concepts

EquiUbria and stoichiometry

Periodic relationships

Thermochemistry

Physical measurements of chemical systems

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis

Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic functional
groups

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by
physical and instrumental methods

In-depth study of biological molecules and metabolism

Techniques of biotechnology

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses required
for the Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry:

General Chemistry 1101, 11 02 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202 8 semester hours

Physical Chemistry 3301 3 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 1 semester hour

Biochemistry, Chemistry 4421, 4422 8 semester hours

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 2 semester hours

Math 1114 or 1121 3 semester hours

Physics 1101, 11 02 8 semester hours

Library 4500 2 semester hours

Suggested but not required Biology 8 semester hours

Students who earn the B.A. with a major in biochemistry will have
demonstrated the attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate scores on
the current American Chemical Society (ACS) Exams for (1) General
Chemistry, (2) Organic Chemistry and/or (3) Biochemistry. The passing score
will be at or above the 40^^ percentile of the national norms for these exams or
at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry Department, based on
the accumulated data of the performance of LaGrange College students on
these exams. The results, which are in the best interest of the students, wiU be
used. These exams will be given at the end of the appropriate course's) and
will be offered to students up to three additional times prior to the time of the

123

students' scheduled graduation. The student must attempt a retest at least once
a semester until successful completion of the exam. In the event that a student
needs to repeat an exam for the second, third or final time, evidence of
preparation must be presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled earlier
than two weeks following a previous examination.

The scheduling for the B.A. degree in biochemistry is also flexible. The
following is a proposed schedule to meet the requirements for the degree. This
degree provides a flexible yet strong program for the pre-health professional
requirements.

First Year
Second Year
Third Year

Fourth Year

Fall

CHEMUOl

CHEM 2201
PHYS 1101

CHEM 3301
CHEM 4421
LIBR 4500

Spring

MATH 1121 or MATH 1114

CHEM 1102

CHEM 2202
PHYS 1102
CHEM 3371

CHEM 4422
CHEM 4471

A suggested schedule to meet the Pre Health Professional Requirements and
earn a B.A. degree in biochemistry is the following:

First Year

Second Year

Third Year

Fourth Year

FaU

CHEM 1101
BIOL 1101

CHEM 2201
PHYS 1101
MATH

BIOL 4321
CHEM 3301

LIBR 4500
CHEM 4421

Spring

CHEM 1102
BIOL 1102

CHEM 2202
PHYS 1102
MATH

BIOL 4322
CHEM 3371
MCAT, PCAT,
VCAT, DAT, etc.

CHEM 4471
CHEM 4422

The 4000 series Biology and Chemistry could be switched during the third and
fourth year depending on the interest of the student.

124

Declaration of Major

Before declaring a major in chemistry, a student must successfully (C or better)
complete the introductory sequence (CHEM 1101, 1 102). A student may
declare a major after one term of chemistry with permission of the chair of the
department.

Minor

A minor in chemistry shall consist of CHEM 1101, 1102, 2201, 2202 and two
additional chemistry courses from the following: CHEM 2251, 3301, 3302,
4421 , 4422, 443 1 , 445 1 . Students must demonstrate proficiency in general
chemistry by passing the ACS General Chemistry Examination as stated above.

Chemistry Awards

The CRC Freshman Chemistry Award is awarded annually on Honors Day to
the student with the most outstanding achievement in the CHEM 1101, 1 102
General Chemistry sequence.

A.M. Hicks Award for outstanding achievement in organic chemistry, is
awarded annually on Honors Day to the student taking organic chemistry who
has attained the most outstanding record. The award is made in honor of Dr.
A. M. Hicks who was a long time faculty member and chair of the department.

Course Descriptions (CHEM)

Chemistry is a laboratory science and the department views the laboratory
experience as an essential component of those courses with an associated
laboratory. Consequently, students must achieve a passing grade in both the
lecture and laboratory portions of the course to obtain a passing grade in the
course.

CHEM 1101 General Chemistry L (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A study of the foundations of chemistry including stoichiometry, atomic
structure and periodicity, molecular structure and bonding models, and
thermochemistry .

Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or placement in 2105 or higher.

CHEM 1102 General Chemistry IL (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of CHEM 1 101; a study of the gas, Uquid, and solid phases,
chemical thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibria, acid/base equilibria, oxidation-
reduction reactions and electrochemistry.

Prerequisites: CHEM 1 101, MATH 1 101 or placement in 2105 or higher.

CHEM 2201 Organic Chemistry L (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A study of the fundamentals of organic chemistry with respect to the bonding,
structure, nomenclature and reactivity of various classes of organic compounds
including aromatic compounds.

Prerequisite: CHEM 1102

125

CHEM 2202 Organk Oiemistry IL (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of CHEM 2201 including spectroscopy, synthesis, carbonyls,
and biomolecules.

Prerequisite: CHEM 2201

CHEM 2251 AnalytkalOieniistiy (3hrs.le&,31irs.labperweek) (4) FaU

A study of the theory and practice of volumetric and gravimetric quantitative
analysis, chemical equihbrium, and acid/base chemistry.
Prerequisite: CHEM 1102

CHEM 3301 Physical Chemistry I. (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) Fall
An overview of thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum chemistry.

Prerequisites: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor, MATH 11 14

or MATH 2105 or placement in MATH 2221

CHEM 3302 Physical Chemistry H. (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) Spring
Selected topics in thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum mechanics wiU be
studied in additional depth. Statistical mechanics will be introduced.
Application of mathematics at the calculus level wiU be apphed to these topics.
Prerequisites: CHEM 3301 and MATH 2222 or MATH 1 121

CHEM 3303L Physkal Chemistiy Laboratoiy (6 hrs. lab per week) (2) Spring
Laboratory techniques in physical chemistry will be appUed to
thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum chemistry.
Pre- or co-requisite: CHEM 3302

CHEM 3371 Junior Seminar (1 hr class per week) (1) Spring
A course that acquaints the student with the chemical Uterature as weU as
presentation and discussion of scientific data and information. In addition,
students will explore career opportunities, prepare a portfoho, and develop
career plans. Note: Course is graded on a pass/no credit basis.
Prerequisite: Junior standing

CHEM 4421 Biochemistry I (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
An introductory course in the principles of biochemistry, with emphasis on the
structure and function of biomolecules, membrane structure and function and
an introduction to metaboUsm and bioenergetics.

Prerequisite: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor.

CHEM 4422 Biochemistiy H (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of CHEM 4421 with emphasis on cellular metaboUsm,
fundamentals of molecular genetics, and current topics in biochemistry.
Prerequisite: CHEM 4421

CHEM 4431 Inorganic (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) On Demand
An in-depth examination of atomic and molecular structure. Synmietry
concepts are introduced and used.

Prerequisite: CHEM 3301 or consent of the instructor.

126

!

CHEM 445 1 Instrumental Analysis (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A study of instrumentation and advanced analytical techniques.
Prerequisite: CHEM 3301 or permission of instructor

CHEM 4471 Senior Seminar (1 hr. class per week) (2) Spring
A capstone course which is thematic. Emphasis is on integration of the
student's experience in chemistry and the presentation of chemical Uterature in
seminar and written form.

Prerequisite: Senior standing

CHEM 4800 Special Topics. (1-4 hours) On demand

A special topics course that may be designed to provide the student with

exposure to topics and concepts not covered in the regular course offerings.

CHEM 4900 Independent Study.

This course can vary and may be used to satisfy the research requirement for
the B.S. major and provide research experience for B.A. majors.

127

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Introduction

The Computer Science Department at LaGrange College has several goals.
With the goal of computer Uteracy for our general student population, courses
are offered to acquaint students with microcomputer applications and
networks. For smdents who want further study in computer science, the
following options are available:

A minor in computer science

B. A. degree in computer science

B. A. degree in computer science with a concentration in business

B. S. degree in computer science

Objectives

Graduates from the B.A. and B.S. degree programs at LaGrange College
should be able to do each of the following:

Write programs in a reasonable amount of time that work correctly,
are well documented, and are readable.

Determine whether or not they have written a reasonably efficient
and well-organized program.

Know which general types of problems are amenable to computer
solution and the various tools necessary for solving such problems.

Assess the imphcations of work performed either as an individual or
as a member of a team.

Understand basic computer architectures.

Pursue in-depth training in one or more apphcation areas or further
education in computer science.

In addition, students in the B. S. degree program should be able to do
research, be able to convey technical ideas in a clear writing style, and have
the mathematical background necessary for scientific problem-solving.
Students in the B.A. degree program with a concentration in business should
have the knowledge of the functional areas of business necessary for working
in that environment.

In order to be a major in computer science, a smdent must maintain a GPA of
2.25 or better. Students pursuing a B.S. degree must have a 3.0 average in
those courses required for the major. AH of the 1000-level or above courses in
computer science, mathematics, and business that are required for the B.A. or
B.S. degree or the minor must be completed with a grade of C or better.

128

The computer science curriculum at LaGrange College is based of the
recommendations of the A.C.M. (Association for Computing Machinery).
In addition, our students have the opportunity to take courses that will
make them more attractive in the job market. These courses include
programming languages (such as C++, COBOL, Visual Basic, and Java),
PC support and troubleshooting (including an A+ course), database
administration (Oracle), network administration (Windows NT), and web
programming (including JavaScript, Perl, CGI, HTML, DHTML, XML,
CSS, and Macromedia applications).

The accompUshment of these objectives will be demonstrated by the following:

1 Satisfactory performance on a progranmiing test. This test will be based
on the concepts learned in CSCI 1990 and 2990 and must be taken at the
end of the semester in which the student completes CSCI 2990. The test
will be offered once at the end of every semester in which CSCI 2990 is
offered. The test must be satisfactorily completed by the end of the
semester in which the student reaches senior status, but under no
circumstances will a student be allowed to take the test more than four
times prior to and including that semester. If the test has not been
completed satisfactorily by that time, the student will not be allowed to
continue in either the B.A. or the B. S. degree programs in computer
science.

2. Satisfactory performance by the student in delivering a presentation at a
regularly scheduled Computer Science Department seminar. This
presentation will be developed with the approval of and possible input
from the computer science faculty. If the student does not arrive at the
scheduled time for the seminar or does not perform satisfactorily in the
seminar, the department reserves the right to impose additional
requirements to substitute for the seminar. A student who fails to fulfill
these requirements will not be allowed to graduate.

3. Satisfactory completion of an assessment portfoHo to be kept on each
computer science major. The purpose of this portfoho will be to aid in
assessing the professional development of each student and the growth
of the student's programming skills as the student progresses through the
computer science curriculum. Each portfoho will include the
programming test described in item (1) above, a program selected by the
instructor from CSCI 3250, three additional examples of the student's
work, a copy of the student's resume, material from the departmental
seminar presentation made by the student and described in item (2), a
copy of the student's web page, and a personal information sheet
(including forwarding address and phone number, e-mail address, and
plans after graduation). The three examples of the student's work
mentioned above must be approved for inclusion by faculty consensus.
Maintaining the portfoho is the responsibihty of the student. Additional
information about the portfoho is available from the department.

129

4. Attendance at Computer Science Department seminars. Each student
will be required to attend at least 50% of these seminars each semester.
A student who fails to attend 50% of the seminars will be required to
submit a short written report for each seminar under the 50% missed.
Details concerning such written reports are available from the
department. Failure to attend 50% of the seminars and submit such
reports will result in the student not being certified as a computer
science graduate.

Career Opportunities

Students who complete the computer science major have a wide range of
employment opportunities. These include positions in programming, PC
support and troubleshooting, database administration, network administration,
and web programming. Graduates of the computer science degree program at
LaGrange College have secured positions as I.T. department managers, I.T.
security speciahsts, systems analysts, database administrators, webmasters,
web designers, PC support specialists, as well as other positions. Companies
employing these graduates include Milliken and Co., Interface, Duracell,
Hitachi, Walt Disney World (I.T. security), Chick-Fil-A (I.T. department),
WestPoint Stevens, Total Systems Services, BeUSouth, Texas Instruments,
General Motors, and others.

In addition, a number of graduates have gone on to graduate school in areas
such as computer science, computer engineering, electtical engineering, and
management information systems.

Course Requirements

Core requirements for all students pursuing a minor, B.A., or B.S. in
Computer Science (12 semester hours):

CSCI 1990

CSCI 2990

One of the foUowing: CSCI 2500, 2850, or 2900

CSCI 3000

Requirements for the minor in Computer Science (6 additional hours):

Two additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above
Requirements for the B.A. Degree (30 additional hours):

csa 3050 csa 3250

CSCI 3700 CSCI 3990

Four additional CSCI courses at the 3(X)0-level or above

MATH 1114

MATH 1121

130

Requirements for the B.A. with a concentration in Business (39 additional
Hours):

CSCI 3990

Five additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

MATH 1114

MATH 1121
The five courses required for a minor in business: ACCT 2201 ; ECON 2200 or
2201 or 2202, MGMT 3370, MRKT 3380, and MGMT 4440

Requirements for the B.S. Degree (41 additional hours):

CSCI 3050

CSCI 3250

CSCI 3990

CSCI 4100

CSCI 4250

CSCI 4900

Four additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

MATH 1114

MATH 2221

MATH 2222

PHYS 1 101/1 102 or 1 121/1 122 required as the laboratory science

courses in the Core Program

Course Descriptions (CSCI)

CSCI 1610 Introduction to Editing and System Languages. (2) On demand
This course is designed to assist and familiarize the student with the UNIX
operating system. The course is designed for computer science students and
for those who need to learn a UNIX-hke operating system.

CSCI 1630 Introduction to Microcomputers. (2) On demand
This course is designed to assist and familiarize the student with the operation
of a personal computer. The course covers personal computer appHcations
such as word processors and spreadsheets. It also briefly covers how to use
the Internet.

CSCI 1700 Microsoft Office and Informati<m Systems. (3) On demand
An introduction to information systems software. Microsoft Office
Professional will be the primary software utihzed.

CSCI 1990 Introduction to Algorithmic Design. (3) Fall, Spring
Problem solving and algorithmic design using the language Java. Structured
programming concepts, debugging and testing documentation.

131

CSCI2050 PC Maintenance and Troubleshooting. (3) Fall Semester

in even-numbered years
A study of basic computer hardware, how to install hardware components,
and how to diagnose hardware problems. In addition, the course will include
a study of the basics of Windows and DOS necessary for maintaining
computer hardware. The course is designed to begin to prepare students for
A+ certification, as well as for the benefit of those who just wish to upgrade
and diagnose hardware and operating system problems on their own
computers.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1630 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 2500 Visual Basic. (3) Fall Semester in odd-numbered years
The study of Visual Basic, an event-driven (as opposed to procedural)
language.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 2850 COBOL Programming I. (3) FaU Semester in

even-numbered years
The study of COBOL, a language used primarily in business data processing
apphcations. Emphasis on information retrieval problems. Team project
required.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 2860 COBOL Programming n. (3) On demand
Advanced programming concepts with a strong emphasis on ISAM files and
interactive programming.
Prerequisite: CSCI 285

CSCI 2900 Advanced Java Programming. (3) Spring Semester in

odd-numbered years
The study of Java, an object-oriented language that is designed to facilitate
Internet-based applications.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 2990 Algorithmic Design. (3) Spring

A continuation of CSCI 1990. Further development of techniques in C+-f- for
program design, program style, debugging and testing, especially for larger
programs. Introduction to algorithmic analysis. Introduction to the basic
aspects of string processing, recursion, internal search/sort methods, and
simple data structures.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

CSCI 3000 Introduction to Computer Systems. (3) Spring
Computer structure and machine language, assembly language programming.
Addressing techniques, macros, file I/O, program segmentation and hnkage,
assembler construction, and interpretive routine

132

A

CSCI3050 Introduction to Computer Organization. (3) Spring
Basic logic design, coding, number representation and arithmetic, computer
architecture, and computer software.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

CSCI3150 Introduction to File Processing. (3) On demand
Concept of I/O management (fields, keys, records, and buffering). File
organization, file operations, and data structures. Time and storage space
requirements. Data security and integrity.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or 3250 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 3250 Data Structures. (3) Fall

Review of basic data structures such as stacks, queues, lists, and trees.
Graphs and their applications. Internal and external searching and sorting.
Memory management.

Prerequisite: CSCI 2990 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 3310 Organization of Progranmiing Languages. (3) Spring

semester in odd-numbered years
An introduction to the structure of programming languages. Language
definition structure, data types and structures, control structures and data
flow. Run-time consideration interpretative languages, lexical analysis and parsing.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 3350 Digital Computer Architecture. (3) On demand
Structures for the central computer are studied; arithmetic logic units, machine
language features, information transfer, memory hierarchy, channels, etc.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3050

CSCI 3400 Con^uter Networks L (3) Fall SemestCT in odd-numbered years
An introduction to the Computer NetWare Administration (CNA) using
NetWare 4.x. It includes an in-depth study of the NetWare Directory Services
(NDS). Also covered will be NetWare installation and management, the
NetWare 4 file system and printing. The material covered represents
essentially that suggested by Novell for its CNA certification.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 3450 Computer Networks 11. (3) Spring Semester in even-
numbered years.

A continuation of CSCI 3400 including Windows NT.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3400

CSCI 3500 Web Programming. (3) FaU

The smdy and practice of the planning, construction, and programming of
web pages. Graphics, sound, video, and animation will also be discussed.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990or consent of instructor.

133

CSCI 3700 Discrete Mathematical Structures in Computer Science (3)

Spring Semester in even-numbered years
An introduction to the mathematical tools for use in computer science. These
include sets, relations, and elementary counting techniques. Algebra and
algorithms, graphs, monoids and machines, lattices and Boolean algebras
groups and combinatorics, logic and languages will also be involved.

Prerequisites: MATH 1121, 2221, or consent of instructor.

J

CSCI 3990 Object-Oriented Programming. (3) Fall Semester in odd-
numbered years

Object-oriented programming and design in the language Java.
Prerequisites'. CSCI 1990 and 2990.

CSCI 40.50 Database Management Systems Design. (3) Fall Semester

in even-numbered years
Introduction to database concepts using SQL and Oracle. Data models,
normalization, data description languages, query faciUties. File organization,
index organization, file security, and data integrity and reUabiUty.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

CSCI 4100 Numerical Methods. (3) Spring Semester in

odd-numbered years
Introduction to numerical analysis with computer solution. Taylor series,
finite difference calculus, interpolation, roots of equations, solutions of Unear
systems of equations, matrix inversion, least-squares, numerical integration.
Prerequisites; MATH 1121, 2221, or consent of instructor

CSCI 4150 Advanced Program Design. (3) On demand
A formal approach to techniques in software design and development.
Includes structured programming concepts, organization and management of
software development. A large-scale software project wiU be developed by
students working in teams.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3250

CSCI 4200 Theory of Programming Languages. (3) On demand
Review of grammars, languages, and their syntax and semantics. Scanners,
parsers, and translation.

Prerequisite: CSQl'iZlO

CSCI 4250 Algorithms. (3) Spring Semester in even-numbered years
A study of problems and their algorithmic solution. Algorithms wiU be
chosen from areas such as combinatorics, numerical analysis, systems
programming, and artificial inteUigence. Domain independent techniques will
also be included.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3250

134

CSCI 4300 Computer Graphics. (3) Fall Semester in even-numbered

years
An overview of graphical concepts and applications on the computer. These
include programming graphics, graphical manipulation software, animation,
web graphics, and graphics in multimedia presentations.

Prerequisite'. CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor

CSCI 4500 Operating Systems. (3) Fall Semester in odd-numbered years
A course in systems software that is largely concerned with operating systems.
Such topics as process management, device management, and memory
management are discussed, as are relevant issues associated with security and
protection, networking, and distributed operating systems.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 4510 - 4520 - 4530 Special Topics. (3) On demand

This series of courses wiU provide the student with material not covered in the
courses above. Topics such as teleconmiunications, microcomputer interfacing,
artificial intelligence, automata theory, survey of modem languages, fourth-
generation languages, operating systems, and object-oriented design will be covered.
Prerequisite: Determined by topic.

CSCI 4700 Research in Computer Science. (1-3) On demand
Research project or paper in computer science. Designed for those students
who need it to fulfill a research component of the B. S. degree in computer
science. Student must present a course description in writing to the department
chairman to be approved by the end of pre-registration during the semester prior
to enroUing for the course.

CSCI 4900 Formal Languages. (3) Spring Semester in even-numbered years.
An introduction to the basic theoretical models of computabiUty. Finite
automata, Turing machines, computabiUty, decidabihty, and Godel's
incompleteness theorem.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3250, 3310, or 3700

CSCI 4950 Independent Study. (3) On demand

135

CORE PROGRAM CURRICULUM

The goals and curriculum of the Core Program in the Liberal Arts have been
described previously. The specific objectives of this program are to:

Instill critical thinking skills.

Develop effective communication skills, including use of written, oral,
creative, and technological tools and skills.

Develop effective computational, scientific, and quantitative reasoning
abiUties.

Use knowledge about the humanities as well as the social behavioral
sciences to interpret and evaluate information.

Understand the Christian influences on ethical behavior.

Encourage active involvement in one's conmiunity and its concerns.

Develop an appreciation for the fine arts.

Understand the influences on one's physical, emotional, and spiritual
development.

Course Descriptions (CORE)

CORE 1101 Freshman Cornerstone I. (3)

A course designed to enhance the valuing and decision-making processes
emphasizing Christian influences on ethical behavior. Students use skills of
comparison, contrast, analysis, and synthesis of multiple perspectives as they
examine an issue of conomon concern. The course emphasizes active learning,
small group problem solving, and service learning, including reflection on
these experiences.

CORE 1102 Freshman Cornerstone Laboratory H. (1)

A laboratory experience designed to identify and enhance students' abilities.

Assessment of abiUties as well as sessions on study skills, career counseUng,

computer skill, hbrary skills, etc. are offered to maximize students' success.

NOTE: Course is graded on a PASS/NO CREDIT basis.

CORE 1110 Quantitative Reasoning. (3)

Mathematical techniques and computer methods will be used in the
development of quantitative reasoning skills. This course focuses on
answering questions and solving problems that require quantitative reasoning.
These techniques and methods will be examined in the context of examples
taken from the social sciences, business, economics and other discipUnes. The
appUcations of spreadsheets, graphing and statistical methods will be used.
Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or higher; declaration of major.

136

CORE 2000 Dimensions of WeU Being. (3)

A course designed to increase students' understanding of the interrelationships
among the physical, intellectual, emotional, and spiritual dimensions of well
being. Individual assessments and evaluation of these abihties in addition to
reading, analysis, and discussion of research findings from various sources are
central to this course.

CORE 2001 Humanities I. (3)

This course is the first of a two-course sequence focusing on our cultural
heritage with an emphasis on the impact of the Judeo-Christian tradition as it
relates to all knowledge. The period from the emergence of human history to
1660 is covered in this course. Students confront primary and secondary
source materials to gain an historical consciousness.
Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, 1102.

CORE 2002 Humanities n. (3)

This course is the second of a two-course sequence focusing on our cultural
heritage with an emphasis on the impact of the Judeo-Christian tradition as it
relates to all knowledge. The period from 1660 to the present is covered in this
course. Students confront primary and secondary source materials to gain an
historical consciousness.

Prerequisite: CORE 2001.

CORE 3001 The American Experience. (3)

This course provides an understanding of the unique American identity,
particularly from the social and behavioral science perspectives. The
American Experience enables students to understand the forces that have given
rise to the American RepubHc, articulate the basic concepts of American civil
discourse, understand the benefits and Umitations of a market-based economic
system, and confront the perspectives conveyed through selected works of
American culture. (First offered Fall 2002)

Prerequisites: CORE 2001 and CORE 2002.

137

EDUCATION

Introduction

The Department of Education offers a wide range of courses to meet a variety
of needs and demands. The education curriculum at LaGrange College serves
four basic purposes:

1 to provide for the development of those professional understandings and
abiUties which are essential for the teaching profession.

2 to provide planned and carefully guided sequences of field experiences
(this requires that all students meet with their professors prior to making
any work plans).

3 to provide initial preparation programs in Early Childhood and Middle
Grades education at the undergraduate level (and a Master of Arts in
Teaching initial preparation program for middle and high school grades)
which are fully accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and
Schools and the Georgia Professional Standards Commission.

4 to provide a program for certified teachers that leads to the Master of
Education degree in Curriculum and Instruction

Teacher Certification

The education department offers a variety of programs that are
approved by the Georgia Professional Standards Commission and lead to
certification in Georgia. Students desiring to be certified upon completion of
their programs should plan to work closely with their advisors since
certification requirements are subject to change.

Completion of approved initial preparation programs in Early Childhood,
Middle Grades and Secondary (MAT) education and quahfying scores on the
Praxis exam requirements entitles students to receive Initial Clear Renewable
Certificates.

Admission to Undergraduate Teacher Education

The following are required for entrance into an undergraduate program:

Praxis I requirement

EDUC 1 199 - Introduction to Education (grade of "C or better)

Completion of core curriculum

GPA of 2.75 or better

Submission of apphcation to program with recommendation from
EDUC 11 99 professor and current advisor

138

Background check (No criminal record or discharge from the armed
services that would prevent teacher certification.)

Successful interview with Education faculty

After interviewing with education faculty, students may be admitted
provisionally if the results of the Praxis examination are pending, or if one of
the other criteria falls marginally short of the minimum requirements. Student
status will be reevaluated after six semester hours. The student has one
semester in which to remove the probationary status. Failure to do so will
result in being dropped from the teacher education program. Admissions
requirements are listed in the Education Department Student Handbook,

Core Program Requirements

All students planning to complete approved programs of Teacher
Education must complete the Core program requirements with at least 12
semester hours in the humanities, 6 semester hours in natural sciences and 6
semester hours in mathematics.

Curricula for Professional Education

The curricula outUnes for teacher education candidates are so arranged that a
student may qualify for certification in Early Childhood Education or Middle
Grades Education (or middle or high school grades at the Masters level) as
approved by the Georgia Professional Standards Commission.

To complete an approved program of teacher education in undergraduate
teacher preparation programs, these steps must be followed: (1) admission to
teacher education, (2) an overall 2.50 GPA in the Bachelor's degree program,
(3) a C or better in all courses appUed to the teaching field and in the
professional education courses.

An appUcation for the teaching certificate will be submitted with the
successful completion of all required Praxis tests, all course work, and student
teaching.

Objectives

Approved Program in Early Childhood Education

Student completing the Early Children Education Major will:

develop a thorough understanding of the social, intellectual, physical, and
emotional development of the child from birth to approximately eight
years.

identify the nature of learning and behaviors involving the young child.

construct a curriculum appropriate to the needs of the young child.

utiHze existing knowledge about parents and cultures in dealing
effectively with children.

139

gain a thorough knowledge of the fundamental concepts of appropriate
disciplines and how to relate them to the young child.

identify and implement differentiated teaching strategies in lessons
designed for elementary students.

understand diagnostic tools and approaches for assessing students at all
levels and how to remediate learning problems in the various
discipUnes.

develop their maximum potential through the provision of a succession
planned and guided experiences.

In order to achieve these objectives, students will take 60 semester hours of
course work:

EDUC 1199, 3317, 3319, 3342, 3354, 3355, 3365, 3458, 4356, 4360, 4448,
4450, 4460, 4480, 4490E and two additional math courses (Math 3001, 3002,
3003, 3004)

Approved Program in Middle Grades Education

Students completing the Middle Grades Education Major will:

demonstrate knowledge of middle grade learning in actual learning
simations

identify appropriate instructional strategies and created environments to
meet the social, emotional, physical and academic needs of individual
children and small groups of children with diverse cultural backgrounds.

understand research, professional practices, issues, trends and Uteramre
essential for effective teaching throughout the teaching field, with
special emphasis on the middle grades (4-8).

understand diagnostic tools and approaches necessary for assessing
needs of individual students, planning to meet those needs, and
evaluating individual growth.

be able to modify instruction and change strategies based on the learning
outcomes of previous activities and students' individual needs.

demonstrate appropriate professional traits in terms of classroom
management, discipUne, preparedness, and interaction with co-workers.

In order to achieve these objectives, students will take 63 semester hours of
coursework to include: EDUC 1199, 3442, 3443, 3456, 4320, 4321, 4449,
4459, 4363, 4480, 4490M

Students will take 27 semester hours in concentration areas. Two
concentrations will be selected fi*om mathematics, language arts, science or
social studies. A minimum of 5 courses wiU be taken in the major area of
concentration and 4 courses in the minor concentration. Concentration courses
must be approved by the middle grades advisor.

140

Course Descriptions (EDUC)

EDUC 1199 Foundation in Education. (3) Fall.
An introduction to teaching and learning. This course addresses a number of
issues in education: Certification requirements, code of ethics, INTASC
standards, QCC, exceptionahty and diversity, curriculum, professionalism,
accountability, contemporary issues, and vocational expectations. Prerequisite
for admission to education program and education classes. This course
includes a field experience component.

EDUC 3317 Science Methods. (3) Spring.

This course addresses science content, process skills, attitudes, and real-world
appUcations that are developmentally appropriate for early childhood science
and health instruction. Effective teaching strategies that incorporate integrated
and interdiscipUnary approaches, technology, Uteramre, multicultural
education, and the Georgia QCC objectives are combined with theories of
learning. Field experience required.

EDUC 3319 Math Methods. (3) Fall.

The math methods course for the elementary grades focuses on a constructivist,
inquiry approach to teaching and learning. There is an emphasis on pre-number
concepts, problem solving, and the NCTM standards and QCC objectives. An
extensive field experience involves a semester relationship with exemplary
math teachers. Pre-service teachers work towards implementation of the tenets
that underhe the concepmal framework of the Education Department.

EDUC 3342 Child Development (3) Fall.

A study of the principles of growth and development from conception through
twelve years of age. Specific attention will be given to the influences of family
on physical maturation, cognitive development, social skills, and personahty
development. Major contributions from the leading authorities in the field will
be emphasized during the study of each area of development.

EDUC 3354 Theories of Reading Instruction. (3) Fall.
Different theories of reading instruction will be the focus for this course.
Special emphasis will be on children's Uteramre and its role in successful
reading programs. Other topics include: reading process, principles of reading
instruction, and emergent Uteracy. IRA standards and Georgia QCC objectives
will provide a basis for lesson plans and field experiences in local schools.

EDUC 3355 Fundamentals of Reading Instruction. (3) Spring.
A study of word recognition strategies with emphasis on phonics. Teaching
techniques for vocabulary and comprehension, reading in content areas, and
interrelatedness of reading and writing will also be addressed. Standards from
IRA and Georgia QCC objectives will be used in combination with various
approaches to effective instruction in planning effective lessons for
experiences in local schools.

141

EDUC3365 Early Childhood Practicum. (3) FaU.
Supervised field experience in K4 and K5 programs. This course provides
opportunities for students to observe and teach in child development programs,
award- winning schools, and other diverse settings.

EDUC 3442 Nature and Needs of Young Adolescents. (3) Spring.
A study of the physical, emotional, social, and intellectual growth and
development of middle grades students. This course will address special
populations, gender issues, cultural differences and individual considerations in
assisting all middle grades students to leam at high levels.

EDUC 3443 Diversity m the Middle Grades. (3) Interim.
This course explores issues of adolescent diversity and examines how schools
implement organizational and teaching practices that support equaUty and
equal opportunity in the middle grades classroom. This course includes a field
experience in a diverse school setting.

EDUC 3456 Literacy and Literature in the Middle Grades. (3) Fall.
This course provides an interdisciphnary, Uteramre-based approach to methods
for teaching reading in the content areas to middle school smdents. Emphasis
will be on word recognition strategies, vocabulary, comprehension, study
skills, and hterature. A variety of teaching techniques will be developed based
on IRA and NCTE standards as well as Georgia QCC objectives. Field
experience is required.

EDUC 3458 Early Childhood - Exceptional Children. (3) Spring
A study of identification and diagnostic techniques for teachers related to areas
of exceptionality among early childhood students and of alternative styles of
teaching to meet special needs. The introduction to the Student Support Team
(SST) process, the writing of ehgibihty reports and Individual Education Plans
(lEP) wiU be explored. The psychological and behavioral characteristics of
early childhood exceptional children will be studied. The importance of
transition and other forms found within the exceptional children's categories
will be identified. Weekly field experience in the exceptional children's areas
will be provided.

EDUC 4320 Integrated Methods I (Science & Social Studies) (3)

This course examines current global and local societal issues through the
integration of middle grades social studies and science concepts, skills, and
processes. This course also provides future teachers with a range of
pedagogical tools that may be utilized in the science and social studies
classroom in order to increase student learning and clarify misconceptions.

EDUC 4321. Integrated Methods 11 (Math & Language Arts) (3)

This integrated math and language arts course focuses on a constructivist
approach to teaching and learning. This course utiUzes NCTM and NCTE
standards and examines effects of social, cultural, and economic environment
on the use of language and math.

142

EDUC 4450 Humanities Methods for Elementary Schools (3)

The focus of this course will be integrating language arts and social studies
through a thematic approach. Georgia QCC objectives, NCTE, IRA, and
NCSS standards will be used in developing instructional resources, lesson
plans, and units. Guidehnes for teaching language-minority students will also
be addressed. Field experience is required.

EDUC 4356 Diagnosis and Remediation of Problems in Reading. (3) Fall.
The focus of this course is the identification and correction of reading
problems in elementary school students. Special attention is given to testing
and teaching materials for corrective work including reading inventories,
formal and informal assessment, and computer programs. A variety of
assessment techniques, IRA standards, and technology, wiU be incorporated
throughout the course.

EDUC 4360 Curriculum and Accountability in Elemoitary Grades. (3) Fall.
This course addresses the practical aspects of curriculum development along
with the role of preparation and its contribution to successful classroom
management. A variety of assessment techniques, use of Georgia QCC
objectives, technology, and portfolio development are among other key areas
that are studied. Field experience required.

EDUC 4363 Curricuhmi and Accountability in the Middle Grades. (3) Fall.
This course emphasizes the need for a developmentally responsive curriculum
that addresses the needs of young adolescents and is academically challenging,
integrative and exploratory. The QCC and national curriculum standards are
examined and issues of accountabiUty and teacher effectiveness are addressed.
Various instructional and behavior management strategies are modeled and
discussed. There is an extensive field experience requirement.

EDUC 4448 Classroom Technology for Elementary Grades. (3) Fall.
Connecting technology with teaching and learning in elementary schools
through the use of media in classroom settings. Use of audio, video, and
computers to increase learning and teacher efficiency. This course includes an
environmental media survey in local elementary schools.

EDUC 4449 Classroom Technology for Middle Grades. (3) Spring
Connecting technology with teaching and learning in middle grades through
the use of media in classroom settings. Use of audio, video, and computers to
increase learning and teacher efficiency. This course includes an
environmental media survey in local middle schools.

EDUC 4459 Special Needs m the Middle Grades. (3) Fall
A study of identification and diagnostic techniques for teachers related to areas
of exceptionality among diverse populations. Participants will role play a
Student Support Team (SST); study and apply eUgibility criteria for
exceptional children's programs and write an Individual Education Plan (lEP)
as it relates to diversity and the middle grade smdent.

143

EDUC 4460 Diversity in the Elementary Classroom. (3) Interim.
This course looks at the ways schools support the issues of equality and equal
opportunity in the elementary classroom. This course includes a field
experience in a diverse school setting.

EDUC 4480 Senior Seminar. (3)

Senior seminar is taken in conjunction with the curriculum course for either
middle grades or early childhood the semester prior to student teaching. Senior
education majors work closely with a local school for eight hours each week
supervised by college faculty.

EDUC 4490M Student Teaching in the Middle Grades. (12) Fall, Spring.
Middle grades pre-service teachers are placed on a team in a middle school for
a minimum of twelve weeks, gradually assuming total responsibihty for the
class. They will teach in both areas of concentration and are evaluated through
a rigorous performance based assessment process based on national standards.
They will participate in classroom teaching and observation, planning and
evaluation conferences, and other school-related experiences with guidance
provided by the cooperating teachers and college supervisor. Several seminars
will be held in conjunction with these experiences and will address a variety of
topics.

EDUC 4490E Early Childhood Student Teaching. (12) Fall, Spring.
This course provides a full-day teaching experience for certificate candidates
who submit an application by the pubhshed deadhne. Candidates will be
assigned to diverse pubhc schools and will gradually assume responsibihty for
working with groups and individuals. Student Teachers will participate in
classroom teaching and observation, planning and evaluation conferences, and
other school-related experiences with guidance provided by the Cooperating
Teacher's) and college supervisor. Each Student Teacher will teach for a
designated period of time. Several seminars will be held in conjunction with
these experiences and will address a variety of topics.

144

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

Introduction

The Department of English Language and Literature offers a wide range of
courses to meet a variety of needs and demands: composition at basic,
freshman, and advanced levels; the hterature of English and America;
continental literature (in translation); business and technical writing;
joumaUsm; and creative writing.

Objectives

The primary goal of courses in composition and hterature is to help students
become competent readers and writers by providing them with challenging
texts and ample opportunities to practice their skills of critical thinking and
expression. Toward this end, the EngUsh faculty have set the following four
objectives. All students completing the core curriculum will:

demonstrate proficiency in expository writing with Standard
American Enghsh grammar, punctuation, and usage

demonstrate proficiency in critical reading

demonstrate abihty to assimilate, organize, and develop ideas
logically and effectively

demonstrate an understanding of the rudiments of research-based
writing

Objectives of English Major Courses

All students completing the baccalaureate program in Enghsh will be prepared
to pursue careers in which a broad knowledge of hterature and a proficiency in
critical reading, critical thinking, and expository writing are important. They
also will be prepared to pursue graduate studies in Enghsh and in other
professional areas such as law, medicine, or joumaUsm. In addition, students
who wish to prepare for a career in teaching may do so by completing a major
in Enghsh. For each of these endeavors, Enghsh majors will demonstrate the
following:

an extensive knowledge of the development of British hterature and
American hterature from their origins to the present

a capacity for interpreting hterature, reading critically, and expressing
hterary ideas, both in oral discussion and in written work

an abihty to bring informed critical and analytical judgment to bear on
the study of hterary issues, both in oral discussion and in written work

a mastery of the techniques of hterary research and the use of MLA style

145

a knowledge of Standard American English grammar, punctuation,
and syntax

a knowledge of Standard American English usage

Requirements for English Majors

Before declaring Enghsh as a major, students must complete the CORE
composition classes (ENGL 1101 and 1 102) with no grade lower than a C.
EngUsh majors are required to take forty-three semester hours in Enghsh
language and hterature above the 1000 level.

A. Introductory Course (required)

ENGL 2200 Introduction to EngUsh Studies (2)

B. Survey Courses (three required) (9)

ENGL 2204, 2205 British Literature I, H
ENGL 2206, 2207 American Literature I, H

1

c.

Language Courses

ENGL 3300 History of the Enghsh Language

(3)

(required)

ENGL 3302 Advanced Grammar OR

ENGL 3303 Advanced Composition

(3)

D.

Single Author Courses

ENGL 4410 Chaucer OR
ENGL 4420 Shakespeare OR

ENGL 4430 Milton

(3)

E.

Five English Electives (3000-level or above)

(15)

F.

Senior Level Courses (required)

ENGL 4490 Senior Seminar

(3)

ENGL 4495 Senior Thesis

(2)

Requirements for English Minors

A minor in Enghsh consists of 18 semester hours above the 1000 level, three
courses of which must be at the 3000 level or above.

Assessment

Success in achieving the objectives of the Enghsh major will be demonstrated
in the following ways:

completion of each major course with a grade of C or better

completion of an entrance and an exit examination

satisfactory performance on the senior thesis and its presentation

146

Students are required to take the ETS Major Field Achievement Test in Literature
while registered for ENGL 2200 and again while registered for ENGL 4490.
Scores will be compared to measure progress. Students preparing for graduate
study in Enghsh or law are encouraged to take the GRE or the LSAT.

Awards

The Enghsh Department gives two awards to outstanding senior English majors
during Honor's Day Convocation: the Walter D. Jones Award for Excellence in
Composition and Scholarship and the Murial B. WilUams Award for Excellence
in Literary Studies. The first award is given to the student whose paper written
for a major course is judged as outstanding by an impartial panel of reviewers.
The second award is given to the student who is deemed by the Enghsh faculty to
demonstrate the highest standards of scholarship and contributes the most to the
advancement of hterary studies among Enghsh majors at LaGrange College.

Writing Center

The Department of Enghsh Language and Literature maintains a Writing Center
which is located in Banks Library. This center serves the college community by
providing advice and support for student writers. The center is directed by Dr.
Laine Scott who trains upper-class students serving as peer writing consultants.
The hours of the center are posted each semester.

The Scroll and LC Writing Contest

Since 1922, The Scroll is LaGrange College's journal of creative arts; pubhshed
each spring, the magazine features the best of fiction, drama, poetry, essays, and
artwork by the students and faculty of the college.

The LC Writing Contest is an annual event sponsored by the Enghsh
Department, the Writing Center, and The Scroll. It is open to all LC students.
First and second prizes are awarded to best entries in fiction/drama, poetry, and
essay. Winners are announced at Honor's Day and included in the annual Scroll.

Transient Credit

No transient credit will be accepted for courses in Freshman Composition (0100,
1101, or 1102).

Course Descriptions (ENGL)

ENGL 0100 Basic Composition. (3) Fall, Spring.

Instruction and practice in the fundamentals of expository writing, including

paragraph development, organization, logic, grammar, and mechanics.

ENGL 1101 Rhetoric and Composition I. (3) FaU, Spring.
Introduction to expository writing, emphasizing the essay form, the writing
process, and rhetorical modes of thesis development.

Prerequisite to all higher-numbered English courses.

147

ENGL 1102 Rhetoric and Composition H. (3) FaU, Spring.
Introduction to critical thinking and writing about literature, emphasizing
reading strategies, analytic writing, research techniques, and modes of
documentation.

Prerequisite to all higher-numbered English courses.

ENGL 2200 Introduction to English Studies. (2) On demand.
A course required of all students majoring or minoring in English. Introduces
students to the academic discipline of EngUsh and focuses on the critical issues
(past and present) involved in English Studies.
Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, 1102

ENGL 2204 British Literature L (3) Fall, Spring.
A survey of British Literature from the Anglo-Saxon period through the
eighteenth century. Short critical essays required, at least one with
documentation. Required of all English majors.

ENGL 2205 British Literature H. (3) FaU, Spring.
A survey of British literature from the Romantics through the Modem/
Postmodern period. Short critical essays required, at least one with
documentation. Required of all EngUsh majors.

ENGL 2206 American Literature L (3) FaU, Spring.
A survey of American Literature from the Colonial period through American
Romanticism. Short critical essays required, at least one with documentation.
Required of all EngUsh majors.

ENGL 2207 American Literature H. (3) FaU, Spring.
A survey of American Uterature from ReaUsm and NaturaUsm through the
Modem/Postmodern period. Short critical essays required, at least one with
documentation. Required of aU EngUsh majors.

ENGL 2250 Introduction to Creative Writmg. (3) On demand.
An introduction to fundamentals of imaginative writing. Analysis of
professional models; emphasis upon student work, especiaUy poetry and
fiction.

ENGL 2260 JoumaUstic Writing L (3) FaU.

An introduction to basic types of writing for newspapers: news, feature,

interview, review, and editorial.

ENGL 2261 Journalistic Writing H. (3) Spring.
Advanced instruction and practice in writing news, features, and editorials.
Course also involves copy editing and layout and design of news pages.
Prerequisite: ENG 2260 or permission of the instructor.

Prerequisite to 30004evel or 40004evel courses: ENGL 1101, 1102, 2200

148

ENGL 3300 History of the English Language. (3) On demand.
Introduction to principles of linguistics; a survey of the origins and
development of English, and a study of its structure.

ENGL 3302 Advanced Granunar. (3) On demand.

A survey of the basic logic and grammatical structure of English, from

morpheme to word, phrase and clause, to sentence.

ENGL 3303 Advanced Composition. (3) On demand.

This course is open to all students, regardless of major, who are interested in

strengthening their written expression beyond the level of "functional." The

focus will be on producing nonfiction prose that is exemplary for its clarity and

finesse.

ENGL 3306, 3308 Advanced Creative Writing Workshop. (3) On demand.
An advanced course in imaginative writing. Professional models studied, but
student writing emphasized. Workshop may concentrate on fiction or poetry
exclusively, or a combination of the two. May be repeated for credit if
different genres are represented.

ENGL 3312 Business Writing. (3) Fall.

A study of the basic conmiunication skills needed to prepare business

pubUcations in today's world. Special attention given to format and correct

usage.

ENGL 3314 Classical Backgrounds. (3) On demand.

An examination of major classics, in modem translation, of Greek, Roman, and

Medieval hterature.

ENGL 3316 Masterpieces of Continental Literature. (3) On demand.
Major European classics in translation from the Renaissance through the
twentieth century.

ENGL 3320 Medieval Literature. (3) On demand.

A survey, mostly in Middle English, of EngUsh hterature to about 1500,

excluding works of Chaucer.

ENGL 3330 English Literature of the Renaissance. (3) On demand.
Renaissance Enghsh hterature to about 1675, excluding Shakespeare.

ENGL 3335 Development of English Drama. (3) On demand.

An examination of the development of EngUsh drama, excluding Shakespeare,

from its beginnings up to the Restoration.

ENGL 3340 Restoratk]nandEi^]teeiid>Cei]iuiyEi^ (3) Ondemanl

Selected Restoration, Neoclassical, and Pre-Romantic EngUsh hterature,
excluding the novel.

ENGL 3345 The Rise of the English Novel. (3) On demand.

A study of the rise of the Enghsh novel with an emphasis on selected works of

the late seventeenth-century and eighteenth-century novehsts.

149

ENGL 3350 R(naiificism in EiiglishPoetiy and Selected P^ (3) Ondemand
A study of selected major nineteenth-century British prose and poetry, with
emphasis on lyric verse.

ENGL 3355 The EngHsh Novel in ttie Nineteenth Centuiy. (3) On demand.
A study of the selected works of Romantic and Victorian novehsts.

ENGL 3360 Victorian Poetry and Selected Prose. (3) On demand.
A study of selected major Victorian prose and poetry, with emphasis on
Tennyson, Browning, and the Pre-RaphaeUtes.

ENGL 3375 American Romanticism. (3) On demand.

Major American Romantic writers of the United States through Whitman and

Dickinson.

ENGL 3380 Post Civil War American Literature. (3) Ondemand.
Major American writers of the Reahstic and NaturaHstic movements in the
United States.

ENGL 3385 Southern American Literature. (3) Ondemand.
A study of major Southern writers from about 1815 to the present.

ENGL 4400 Literary Theory and Modern Criticism. (3) On demand.
A study of hterary theory through postmodern Uterary criticism.

ENGL 4410 Chaucer. (3) Ondemand.

A survey of Chaucer's work. Consideration will also be given to the progress

of Chaucerian influence and criticism.

ENGL 4420 Shakespeare. (3) Ondemand.

The development of Shakespeare's art, as reflected in selected individual plays

or groups of plays.

ENGL 4430 Milton. (3) Ondemand.
Selected poetry and prose of Milton.

ENGL 4440 Twentieth Century Fiction. (3) Ondemand.

A study of selected novels and short stories of Modem, Postmodern, and

Contemporary American and British fiction writers.

ENGL 4450 Twentieth Century Poetry. (3) Ondemand.

A study of the major American and British poets of the twentieth century, their

verse techniques, and their contributions to poetic art.

ENGL 4460 Twentieth Century Drama. (3) Ondemand.

A study of major American and British playwrights of the twentieth century,

their dramatic techniques, and their contributions to the dramatic arts.

I

150

ENGL 4490 Senior Seminar. (3) Interim Term
The initial segment of the pair of capstone courses intended to guide students
through choosing and researching a major research project in Enghsh.
Immediately precedes ENGL 4495.

Prerequisite: Senior Standing

ENGL 4495 Senior Thesis and Presentation. (2) Spring
Using the topic selected and the research materials identified in the Senior
Seminar, Enghsh majors will write and present orally an original research project.
Prerequisite: ENGL 4490

ENGL 4499 Independent Study/Research. (3)

151

GENERAL SCIENCE

Introduction

The purpose of the general science course at LaGrange College is twofold:

1 An elective science course that is oriented toward developing critical
thinking, problem solving and reasoning skills

2 A support course for the education program for preparation for elementary
and middle school teachers.

Course Description (GSCI)

GSCE 1102 Earth and the Environment (3 hrs. lecmre,

2 hrs. lab per week) (4)
A study of a number of important geologic processes and the hazards and/or
resources they present to individuals, society and the earth's environment. The
course also considers the consequences of humanity's interaction with these
processes and the physical environment.

152

HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Introduction

The curriculum in the Department of Heahh and Physical Education is
composed of two programs. The physical education activities program offers a
selection of physical skills classes. These classes are designed to promote
physical skill development as well as knowledge in a variety of activity areas
including physical fitness and conditioning, aquatics, lifetime leisure pursuits,
and traditional team sports.

Objectives

Two minor programs in physical education/athletics are available. A 15-hour
coursework minor in coaching is available to any student. Students completing
the minor in coaching will:

demonstrate knowledge of the profession of athletics.

understand professional practices, issues, trends, and hterature
essential for effective coaching.

demonstrate appropriate professional behaviors for athletic coaching.
Criteria for completion of this minor are stipulated below.

Required Core for the Physical Education/Coaching Minor

HPED 3305 Sports Psychology 3 hours

HPED 3310 Coaching Theory and Methods 3 hours

HPED 3312 Principles of Strength, Conditioning,

and Nutrition for Athletes 3 hours

9 hours

Select two (2) courses from the following for the total of 6 hours

HPED 2202 Sports Statistics 3 hours

HPED 3302 Organization and Administration of P. E.

and Athletics 3 hours

HPED 3332 Prevention and Care of Athletic

Injuries/Illnesses 3 hours

HPED 3390 Seminar and Lab Practice in Physical Education 3 hours

A 15-hour coursework minor also is available in physical education. Students
completing the minor in physical education will 1) demonstrate knowledge of the
profession of physical education; 2) understand professional practices, issues,
trends, and hterature essential for effective teaching; 3) demonstrate appropriate
professional behaviors for classroom management. This minor is designed in
consultation with the department chair in Health and Physical Education.

153

Criteria for Completion of the Physical Education/ Coaching Minors

satisfactorily complete all course work requirements.

maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative G. P. A.

current certification in Community First Aid/CPR.

Course Descriptions (HPED)

HPED 1153 Camp Leadership and Program. (3) On demand.
A study of camping in an organized setting and of the leadership skills
necessary for the implementation of the camp program.

HPED 1154 Community First Aid/CPR. (3) Fall, Spring.
Identification of emergency situations and selection of correct response.
Certification in American Red Cross standard first aid and adult, child and
infant rescue breathing and cardiopulmonary resuscitation.

HPED 1155 Lifeguard Training. (3) Spring.
Development of competencies in swimming and hfe guarding techniques,
swimming speed and endurance. American Red Cross lifeguard training and
cardiopulmonary resuscitation for the professional rescuer certification.

Prerequisites: Current Standard First Aid Certification; Passing of
the following practical exams on the first day of class; 500 yd.
continuous swim (crawl, breast stroke and sidestroke); treading water
for two minutes with legs only and retrieving a brick from the deep
end of the pool.

HPED 1156 Water Safety Instructor. (3) Spring.
Develop competencies in swimming stroke and instructional techniques.
Certification in Red Cross WSI which enables one to teach all levels of the
Learn to Swim Program, Basic and Emergency Water Safety courses.

HPED 2202 Sports Statistics. (3) Spring.

Techniques of recording sports statistics and maintaining scorebooks are the

focus of this class.

HPED 2251 Introduction to Physical Education. (3) Fall.
Introduction to the career possibihties in physical education.

HPED 3302 Organization and Administration of Recreational

and Physical Education Programs. (3) Spring.
A study of the organization and administration of instructional, intramural, and
interscholastic activity programs. Special emphasis on the selection, purchase,
and care of safe equipment and faciUties as well as on the legal requirements
for providing and maintaining safe programs and facihties.

154

HPED3305 Sports Psychology. (3) On demand.

A study of human behavior in the context of the sporting experience and how

performance is affected by the interactions of the coach, athletes and the

environment. Emphasis will be on motivation, personahty, attributions,

disengagement from sport, aggression, leadership, and communication

patterns.

HPED3306 Techniques of Sports Officiating. (3) On demand.
Techniques of officiating athletic events; knowledge of the rules of selected
sports.

HPED3310 Coachmg Theory and Methods. (3) FaU.

Analysis of teaching skills and techniques of the different interscholastic sports

in high schools.

HPED 3312 Principles of Strength Conditioning and Nutrition for

Athletes. (3) Fall.
Examination of proper techniques, concepts, and apphcations of exercise
science. Nutritional principles as these relate to athletic performance also are
included.

HPED 3313 Leadership in Hiysical Education and Atiiletics. (3) On demand.
A study of the leadership skills necessary to implement and conduct physical
activity programs and functions.

HPED 3320 Methods m Health and Physical Education in the

Elementary School. (3) On demand.
A study of the objectives, materials, activities, and curricula appropriate for
elementary school physical education and health. Supervised observation and
practical experiences in the elementary schools.

HPED 3331 Personal Health Issues. (3) Spring.
A study of basic issues and principles in health. Topics include fitness, diet
and weight control, nutrition, human sexuaUty, stress management, death
education, aging, and drug and alcohol education.

HPED 3332 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries^Dlnesses. (3) Spring.
A study of the injuries and ilhiesses occurring in athletics. Topics include but
are not hmited to: heat exhaustion, heat stroke, abdominal injuries, injury
management, emergency triage, anatomical instability, blood borne pathogens,
and mechanics of injury.

Prerequisites: HPED 3312 or permission of instructor.

HPED 3352 Physiology of Exercise. (3) On demand.

A study of the effects of exercise on the major systems of the human body,
including cardio respiratory, neuromuscular, glandular, and digestive. Effects
of heat, altitude, and ergogenic aids on the human body during exercise also
are included.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1148- BIOL 1149

155

HPED 3390 Seminar and Lab Practice in Physical Education. (3)

Fall, Spring.
Leadership experience under staff supervision; problems seminar.

HPED 4400 Internship in Physical Education and Coaching. (3) Interim.
Directed observation and participation in physical education, coaching, and/or
supervisory situations.

Prerequisites'. Junior or Senior standing, recommendation by the

department chair in health and physical education

Physical Education Activities (PEDU)

The physical education activity program is designed to provide opportunities
for learning or enhancing those skills necessary to participate in leisure time
activities throughout the Ufe cycle. Special emphasis also is given to activities
which improve one's physical fitness and condition. All courses carry one
semester hour of credit and count toward the hours needed for graduation.

PEDU 1102 Beginning Archery. (1) Fall, Spring.

Basic competencies in archery techniques and safety with experiences in target

shooting.

PEDU 1103 Badminton. (1) Spring.

Introduction to the skills, strategies, and rules of badminton

PEDU 1104 BasketbaU. (1) Spring.

Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of basketball.

PEDU 1105 Jogging. (1) Fall, Spring.

Participation in progressive running programs designed to increase

cardiovascular endurance.

PEDU 1107 Bowling. (1) On demand.

Introduction to the basic skills and rules of bowling. Course conducted at local

bowUng lanes.

PEDU 1108 Physical Conditioning. (1) Fall, Spring.

Basic assessment, maintenance, and improvement of over-all physical fitness.

PEDU 1109 Beginning Golf. (1) Fall, Spring.

Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of golf. Field trips to city

golf courses.

PEDU 1111 Softball. (1) Fall, Spring.

Basic competencies and knowledge of rules and strategies of softball.

PEDU 1112 Beginnmg Tennis. (1) Fall, Spring.
Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of tennis.

PEDU 1114 VoUeyball. (1) Fall, Spring.

Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of volleyball.

156

PEDU1116 Personal Fitness. (1) Spring.

Introduction to diet and weight control techniques as well as assessment and

maintenance of personal fitness.

PEDU 1120 Karate. (1) On demand.
Basic competencies and skills in karate techniques.

PEDU 1121 Bicycling. (1) On demand.

Introduction to the basic equipment, safety, and techniques of cycling

including training and racing strategies. Weekend field trips.

PEDU 1122 Weightlifting/plyometrics. (1) FaU, Spring.
Introduction to exercises that are geared toward increasing speed, power, and
jumping ability. A basic overview of the physiological factors involved in the
exercises will be included.

PEDU 1123 Beginning Swimming. (1) Spring.

Introduction to the aquatic environment with emphasis on competence in

primary swimming and safety skills and stroke readiness.

PEDU 1124 Intermediate/Advanced Swimming. (1) Fall.
Development and refinement of key swimming strokes. Introduction to turns,
surface dives, and springboard diving.

Prerequisite: HPED 1 123 or equivalent skills.

PEDU 1130 SCUBA. (1) Fall, Spring.

Develop competencies in safe diving techniques and practices as well as safe
use of SCUBA diving equipment. PADI open Water Diver Certification
available upon completion of course and optional trip for checkout dives.

Prerequisite: HPED 1 124 or equivalent intermediate swimming skiUs.

PEDU 1156 Canoeing. (1) Fall, Spring.

Fundamental canoeing skills emphasized. Field trips to lake facilities and
overnight camping experience are provided to give extensive opportunities for
recreational canoeing.

PEDU 1158 Backpacking. (1) Spring.

Introduction to basic equipment, safety, and techniques of trail camping.

Extensive field trips to state and national trails.

PEDU 1159 Sailing. (1) On demand.

Basic sailing competencies and understanding with experiences in fundamental

racing strategy. Field trips to lake faciUties.

PEDU 1160 Snow Skiing. (1) Spring.

Introduction to basic techniques, safety, and equipment of snow skiing. Field

trip to area ski facilities.

PEDU 1161 Rhythmic Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring.

A conditioning course in which exercise is done to musical accompaniment for

the purpose of developing cardiovascular efficiency, strength and flexibility.

157

PEDU 1162 Hiking, Orienteering, and Camping. (1) Fall, Spring.
Introduction to basic techniques of tent camping, map, and compass work.
Field trips to nearby campgrounds and forest lands.

PEDU 1164 Water Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring.
Development of cardio respiratory endurance, flexibility, body composition,
and muscle endurance/tone through vigorous water exercise. The resistance of
the water makes this course an excellent choice for the beginner as well as the
well-conditioned athletes, and for the swimmer as well as the non-swimmer.

PEDU 1165 Aqua Fitness. (1) Fall.

Development and/or maintenance of cardiovascular fitness through various
aquatic activities including water jogging, circuit training, and water resistance
training. Students will learn to use various aquatic equipment to implement
their personal training.

Prerequisite: HPED 1123 or equivalent begiiming swimming skills.

158

HISTORY

Introduction

The faculty of the Department of History believe that all persons, whatever
their selected role in life, require an understanding of their past in order to
prepare for their future. The faculty firmly beheves that the hberal arts
preparation, which encompasses courses from the disciphne of history,
provides the student with the most appropriate educational background for life
by integrating knowledge from the broadest range of disciplines. The objective
of the Department of History is to provide each student at LaGrange College
with knowledge of the historical forces which have shaped civilization as we
know it.

Objectives

To achieve the objective set forth above the faculty seeks to:

provide every student with a basic understanding of the historical
forces which have contributed to the development of civilization.

develop in every student an understanding and appreciation of his/her
civilization which is a part of the world community.

The faculty of the department beheves that students who select to complete a
major course of study in history should have the foundation knowledge and
understanding of the disciphne, developed by classroom instruction and
individual study, necessary to provide them with the opportunity to:

pursue graduate study within the disciphne.

pursue a professional degree in a selected field of study.

pursue employment as a teacher in pre-coUegiate education.

seek employment in a field such as government, entry level historic
documentation and preservation, social or historic entry level
research, or a field where their hberal arts preparation can be
beneficially utihzed.

Graduates of the Department of History may be found pursuing careers in
business, law, education, pohtics and government, broadcasting, joumaUsm,
the ministry and other fields of endeavor. In all of these endeavors our
graduates have found that their education has provided a foundation for their
careers and for their growth in hfe.

The Department of History offers the following major in history:

A) Introductory Courses:

HIST 1 101 and 1 102 World CiviUzation

HIST 1 1 11 and 1 1 12 United States History

These are required courses for the major.

159

We strongly encourage the history major to pursue the widest possible Uberal
arts preparation by the careful selection of courses from the core program
structure.

B) Two courses from:

fflST 3307 Social and Intellectual History of the United States

HIST 3308 American Diplomatic History

or

HIST 3310 -331 1 Constitutional History of the United States

Two courses from:

HIST 3301 Greco-Roman world

HIST 3310 Middle Ages

HIST 3320 Renaissance and Reformation

Two courses from:

HIST 3372 Europe 1 660- 1 870

HIST 3374 Europe 1870 - the Present

Required courses:

HIST 2000 Research Methods in History

HIST 4490 Senior History Seminar

C) An additional nine semester hours of 3000 and 4000 level history
courses are required. The total major course requirements are 33
semester hours credit beyond 1000 level courses.

Success in achieving the objectives estabhshed for the major wiU be
demonstrated as follows:

successful completion of each major course with a grade of C or
better.

successful completion of the senior history seminar and defense of
the senior thesis before the students and faculty of the department.

successful completion of a major field examination during their
senior year.

Those wishing to major in history are encouraged to declare their major during
the beginning of the spring semester of their sophomore year. Successful
completion of History 1 101-1 102 and History 1111-1112 before entering the
major is highly desirable.

Upper level courses in history, those numbered 3000 or above (with the
exception of HIST 4490), are available to all students who have successfully
completed ten hours from the history offerings in the core program.

i

160

Course Descriptions (HIST)

fflST 1101 World Civilization I. (3) Fall, Spring.

Survey course on the development of world civilization up to 1660.

fflST 1102 World Civilization H. (3) FaU, Spring.

Survey course on the development of world civiUzation from 1660 to the

present.

fflST 1111 History of the United States to 1865. (3) Fall, Spring.

Emphasis on the Colonial, Revolutionary, early national, and Civil War
periods.

HIST 1112 History of the United States, 1865 to the Present (3)

Fall, Spring.

Emphasis on Reconstruction, Uberal nationaUsm, New Deal, and postwar

periods.

HIST 2000 Research Methods m History. (3) INTERIM ONLY

This course is required of all sophomore history majors. It wiU acquaint the
student with the basic components of historical methodology and research.

HIST 3301 Greco-Roman World. (3) Fall 2003.

A smdy of Greco-Roman civilization from its birth in ancient Greece through

the collapse of the western Roman empire in the fifth century A.D.

HIST 3302 The Middle Ages, 350-1350. (3) Spring 2004.

This course offers a comprehensive study of the development of medieval

civiUzation from the late fifth century to the late fourteenth century.

HIST 3306 History of the South. (3) FaU 2003.

Emphasis on the antebeUum, Civil War, Reconstruction, and New South

periods.

HIST 3307 Social and InteUectual History of the United States. (3)

FaU 2002
A review of ideas and patterns of thought, the role of social, ethnic, and racial
groups, and the major institutions of American society.

HIST 3308 American Diplomatic History. (3) FaU 2003.

Emphasis on the procedure for developing foreign poUcy as weU as diplomatic

history.

HIST 3310 Constitutional History of the United States to 1900. (3)

Fall 2003.
An analysis of fundamental constitutional development from 1776 to present.
Prerequisites: fflST 1111 and HIST 1112

161

fflST 3311 Constitutional History of the United States 1901 to the

Present. (3) Spring 2004
An analysis of fundamental constitutional developraent fix)m 1901 to the present

fflST3312 Economic History of the United States. (3) On demand.

American economic development from colonial times to the present.

HIST 3315 Georgia History. (3) On demand.

A study of Georgia History from the pre-colonial period to the present with

emphasis on the historical, social, economic and political development of the State.

mST 3320 The Renaissance and the Reformation, 1350-1600. (3)

Spring 2004.

This course offers a detailed study of the civiUzation of Renaissance and
Reformation Europe. Primary focus will be placed on the artistic and rehgious
achievements of the period 1350 to 1600.

HIST 3330 The Medieval Church and Papacy. (3) Spring 2003.

This course will examine the institutional and cultural history of the medieval
church, with special emphasis on the role of the papacy, and its impact on
medieval civilization.

HIST 3340 Medieval Kmgs and Queens. (3) Fall 2002.

A survey of medieval kings and queens and their influence on the development

of medieval civiUzation.

HIST 3341 Russia to 1856. (3) Fall 2003.

A comprehensive survey of the Russian historical development from the

appearance of the Kievan State in the 9* century through the Crimean War.

HIST 3342 Russia 1856 to the Present. (3) Spring 2004.

An examination of the Imperial Russian state.

HIST 3350 Renaissance and Renascences. (3) Fall 2002

An examination of the great cultural revivals from the age of Charlemagne to

the age of Michelangelo.

HIST 3361 History of England to 1689. (3) FaU 2002.

A pohtical, economic, social, and cultural history of England from 1689 to the present.

HIST 3362 History of England from 1689 to Present (3) Spring 2003.

A political, economic, social and cultural history of England from 1689 to present

HIST 3372 Europe 1660-1870. (3) Fall 2002.

A comprehensive survey of European history from the reign of Louis XTV

through the rise of the modem German state in 1870.

HIST 3374 Europe 1870 to the Present. (3) Spring 2003.

A comprehensive survey of European history from the Bismarckian Era to the

present.

162

fflST 3378 European Dqilomatk Histoiy:1890 to flie Presort. (3) On demand

A detailed examination of European international relations from 1890, then
end of the Bismarkian system to the present.

HIST 4416 Twentieth Century America. (3) On demand.

An intensive study of the United States during the twentieth century.

HIST 4478 Contemporary Europe. (3) On demand.

An examination of European history focusing on major issues since 1945.

HIST 4490 Senior History Seminar. (3) Spring.

A study of historiography and research methods and materials.

Prerequisites'. Senior History Major or permission of the professor
and the Chair of the Department. This course may only be attempted
twice.

^^

163

HUMAN SERVICES

Introduction

The goals of the Human Services major are to prepare graduates for begimiing
generahst social work practice with individuals, famiUes, groups,
organizations, and communities from the perspective of an understanding of
humanity, society, and the world and to provide graduates with the educational
background necessary to pursue graduate study in social work.

Objectives

Social Work Concentration

A student who graduates from LaGrange College with a Human Services
major will:

understand the history of the social welfare institution and the human
services profession, including their current strucmres, issues, and
interrelationship, as the context for their practice.

practice within the values, ethics, and metatheories of the human
services profession.

function within the structure of organizations and service deUvery
systems, and under supervision, utilize strategies for seeking
necessary organizational and systemic change.

utiUze cognitive, empathic and analytic skills to understand their
cHents, individually and collectively, as well as the social systems that
affect them.

utihze knowledge of bio-psycho-social-spiritual variables that affect
individual development and action, and utihze theoretical frameworks
to understand the interactions among individuals and between
individuals and social systems (e.g., famihes, groups, organizations,
and communities), and to intervene in dysfunctional interactions.

practice with an understanding of and respect for the positive value of
human diversity.

understand poHcy (federal, state, local, and agency) and its effect on
chents, workers, and agencies, and intervene in pohcy in the interest
of their chents.

understand the forms and mechanisms of human discrimination and
oppression, and utihze strategies that advance social and economic
justice.

utihze generahst human service values, knowledge, and skills
differentially with human systems of all sizes and types, professional
colleagues, agency support staff, and community members.

164

understand and utilize their "self professionally in relationship with
clients, colleagues, and others related to their practice.

evaluate empirical and theoretical findings and apply them to practice;
participate in research processes; and, under supervision, evaluate
their own practice interventions and those of other relevant systems.

utihze supervision, consultation, hterature, conferences, and other
personal and professional support systems to further their own
development and renewal.

Course Requirements

Social Work Concentration

( 1 ) Core program requirements

(2) HUSV 1 146, 2247, 2253, 2299, 3306 or 3307, 331 1

4490, and 4491 27 hours

PSYC 1101, 3302, 3321, and 3350 12 hours

MATH 1 1 1 4, or MATH 33 1 6 or PSYC 2298 3 hours

Three additional hours in Human Services or
Psychology to be chosen in consultation
with his/her advisor 3 hours

Total 45 hours

The Human Services Minor

A minor in Human Services consists of 12 semester hours and includes the
following course requirements:

HUSV 2299 (Introduction to Human Services)

HUSV 3311 (Human Services Methods)

An additional 6 semester hours of HUSV courses, of which at least 3
must be in 3000-level or above courses

Assessment

The accompUshment of the Human Services objectives will be demonstrated
by obtaining an acceptable score on the Area Concentration Achievement Test
(AC AT) in Social Work. Normally, this test will be administered during a
student's final semester at LaGrange CoUege.

Career Options

Human service professionals have the option to work in a wide range of
programs that provide services to young children, adolescents, adults and
elders. They work for private, nonprofit human service organizations, state
departments and agencies, and in federal programs.

165

These diverse settings include group homes, supported hving programs,
halfway houses, sheltered workshops, mental health centers, teen pregnancy
programs, family programs, child and youth programs, elder programs,
correctional programs, and shelters for abused women and children, for the
homeless and for substance abusers.

An increasing number of graduates are also entering graduate schools to pursue
further education in fields Uke social work, gerontology and conomunity
counseUng.

Course Descriptions

Social Work Concentration (HUSV)

HUSV 1146 Introduction to Sociology. (3) Fall and Spring.
Using a service-learning approach, this course covers the namre of society.
Special emphasis will be placed on social processes, social institutions and
social change.

A prerequisite to all 3000 and 4000 level courses.

HUSV 1148 Introduction to Anthropology. (3) Fall and Spring.
A general introduction to physical and cultural anthropology.

HUSV 2247 The Family. (3) FaU.

Using a service-learning approach, this course provides basic information on
how marriage and the family affect both individuals and society.
No prerequisites.

HUSV 2253 Social Problems. (3) Spring.

Using a service-learning approach, selected social problems such as poverty,
ethnic relations, the population explosion and pollution are examined from a
macro sociological point of view. How sociological insights can inform value
judgments concerning social structural conditions will be emphasized.
No prerequisites.

HUSV 2299 Introduction to Human Services. (3) Fall.
An introduction to the knowledge base of human services practice. Basic
practice principles will be formulated through the use of assigned reading,
volunteer experiences in social agencies, and class discussion. Particular
attention will be given to students' self-awareness as they estabhsh helping
relationships within agency settings. Attention will also be given to
understanding how social workers define human need and mediate the
problems of people in the context of the social environment.

Open to all students with sophomore standing or above.

HUSV 3302 Social Change. (3) On demand.

An examination of the process determining social change.

166

HUSV3306 Juvenile Delinquency. (3) Fall.

An analysis of the nature and causes of juvenile delinquency and an evaluation

of treatment or preventive programs.

HUSV3307 Criminology. (3) Spring.

A study of criminal behavior and its treatment. An overview of treatment of

the offender by means of imprisonment, probation and parole.

HUSV3308 Cultural and Social Anthropology. (3) Spring.

A study of comparative cultures and social structures with special emphasis

upon the ethnography of primitive people.

HUSV3311 Human Services Methods. (3) Fall.
An introduction to social work practice with individuals, famihes, groups,
organizations, and communities. Assigned readings and human services
process records provided by the instructor or contributed from the students'
own field practicum experiences will be used to begin to acquire knowledge
and skills required by social work practitioners.

Prerequisites: HUSV 1 146 and HUSV 2299

HUSV3312 Groups and Adventure-Based Therapy. (3) Spring.
An introduction to the basic issues and key concepts of therapeutic group
process. Also with a special emphasis on experiential outdoor therapy, such as
teambuilding, ropes courses and wilderness-based therapeutic programs.
Requires off-campus trips lasting from one-day to a full weekend.
Prerequisites: HUSV 1 146 and HUSV 2299

HUSV 4490 Supervision in Human Services. (3) Fall, Spring.
Processing and complementary supervision for students engaged in practicum.

Prerequisites: HUSV 1 146, HUSV 2299 and HUSV 331 1.

Co-requisite: HUSV 449 1 .

HUSV 4491 Human Services Field Practicum. (6) Fall, Spring.
Supervised human services practice and observation in a human services
agency. Students carry beginning, direct- service responsibilities.

Prerequisites: HUSV 1 146, HUSV 2299 and HUSV 3311.

Co-requisite: HUSV 4490.

167

LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES AND
MODERN LANGUAGES

Introduction

Latin American Studies is a new and growing program at LaGrange College.
It is an interdisciplinary program that introduces the student to the cultural
diversity and richness of Latin America and its people. Due to the increasing
presence and importance of Latinos in the United States, a minor in Latin
American Studies enhances one's career opportunities and effectiveness in such
fields as business, government, health care, joumaUsm, law, and social work.

Objectives

While the minor in Latin American Studies currently requires 6 hours of
Spanish language study, students are encouraged to take more Spanish courses
in order to develop basic conversational fluency. In addition, study abroad is
strongly encouraged because it provides the student with total cultural
immersion. At present the College offers only a minor in Latin American
Studies; yet, the hope is to expand and to be able to provide a major in the near
future.

A minor in Latin American Studies consists of the following 18 hours of
course work:

Spanish courses - 6 hrs.

LAST 1 104 Latin American Culture 3 hrs.

LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies 3 hrs.

LAST 3110 Special Topics or Spanish 3110 3 hrs.

Elective in either LAST or Spanish 3 hrs.

(3000 level or above)

Course Descriptions (LAST)

LAST 1104 Introduction to Latin American Culture. (3) Fall 2001.

A study of the art, literature, history, and anthropology of Latin America
(fulfills LANG 2000 requirement)

LAST 1199 Latin American Travel Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar which provides valuable educational experience
through close contact with the contemporary hfe and civihzation of a selected
Latin American country. Basic academic preparation in the history and
customs of the target culture is undertaken before departure.

Prerequisites: SPAN 1 101, SPAN 1 102 and SPAN 2103 or
permission of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies.

168

i

LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies. (3) Spring 2002.

An interdisciplinary approach to the people, culture, development and identity
of Latin America. Attention will be given to such topics as art, class,
economics, gender, history, hterature, music, pohtics, race and rehgion.

LAST 3001 Survey of Latin American Literature L (3)

A general survey of contemporary Latin American hterature.

LAST 3002 Survey of Latin American Literature H. (3) Summer 2001

Focuses on the works of a current major Latin American writer or writers.

LAST 3110 Special Topics. (3) Fall 2001, Spring 2002

A study of selected topics from a specific disciphne. Since the focus of this

course changes frequently, this course may be repeated for credit.

LAST 3210 Latin American Politics. (3)

This course examines the dynamics of Latin American pohtics. The class will
be divided into three overlapping themes: pohtical development, economic
growth, and pohtical violence.

LAST 3930 Intercultural Communications. (3)

A study of the cultural risks confronting the business manager in an
international environment. This course will survey the differences in values
and codes of behavior aniong a number of cultures with the primary focus
being on Latin America. This course will give the student the opportunity to
learn how to read and respond to the organizational culture of regulators,
business associates and customers across cultural borders.

Spanish

As the Latino population increases in the United States, the abihty to speak
Spanish is becoming an asset if not a necessity in the market place. This need
is already occurring in such diverse fields as business, education, health care,
law, and social work. In order to better prepare our students to meet this
growing need in their future fields, we offer a major and minor in Spanish.
While not required, study abroad is strongly encouraged for both our majors
and minors to improve language fluency and cultural awareness.

A major in Spanish consists of a total of 36 hours. Thirty of these hours are in
Spanish courses above 1 102. Required courses are as follows:

SPAN 2 1 03 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs.

SPAN 2 1 05 Intermediate Spanish II 3 hrs.

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition I 3 hrs.

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition II 3 hrs.

SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civihzation 3 hrs.

SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 4001 Peninsular Spanish Literature 3 hrs.

169

SPAN electives in 3000 level Spanish course or above 6 hrs

The remaining six hours of the major consists of two Latin American Studies

electives.

A minor in Spanish consists of 18 hours. Fifteen of these hours are in Spanish
courses above Spanish 1 102. Required courses are as follows:

SPAN 2103 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs.

SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish 11 3 hrs.

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 hrs

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 hrs.
Plus:

SPAN Spanish elective 3 hrs.
(3000 level Spanish course or above)

Course Descriptions (SPAN)

SPAN 1101 Elementary Spanish I. (3) Fall 2001 and 2002.

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of

grammar, and reading of simple prose.

SPAN 1102 Elementary Spanish H. (3) Spring 2002 and 2003.

A continuation of Spanish 1 101.

Prerequisite : Spanish 1101.

SPAN 2103 Intermediate Spanish I. (3) FaU 2001 and 2002.

A review of grammar and syntax with practice in reading selected texts.

SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish n. (3) Spring 2002 and 2003.

A continuation of Spanish 2103.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2 1 03 or permission of instructor.

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3)

An introductory course designed to introduce the intermediate level language
student to reading and analyzing short Uterary works in Spanish.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of the instructor.

SPAN 2199 Latm American Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar which provides valuable educational experience
through close contact with the contemporary life and civihzation of a selected
Spanish-speaking country. Basic academic preparation in the history and
customs of the target culture is undertaken before departure.

Prerequisites: SPAN 1101, SPAN 1102, and SPAN 2103 or
permission of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies.

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition L (3) Fall 2001

A course stressing practice in speaking and writing Spanish. Not open to
students fluent in Spanish.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2105 or permission of instructor.

170

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition 11. (3) Spring 2002

A continuation of Spanish 3000. Not open to students fluent in Spanish
Prerequisite: SPAN 3000 or permission of instructor.

SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civilization. (3) Spring 2002.

This course provides an overview of Spain's and Latin America's cultures and
civilizations.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor.

SPAN 3110 Special Topics. (3)

The further development of Spanish language skills by focusing on a variety of
professions or fields of study. Since the focus of this course changes
frequently, this course may be repeated for credit.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor.

SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature. (3) Fall 2001.

An advanced course designed to introduce the student to Latin America's major

hterary movements and writers.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor.

SPAN 4001 Peninsular Spanish Literature. (3) Spring 2002.

An advanced course designed to introduce the students to Spain's major literary

movements and writers.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor.

SPAN 4002 Latin American Women Writers. (3) On demand.

This course will introduce the smdent to major contemporary Latin American and
Latina women writers. Writers and works to be studied will change periodically.
Prerequisite: SPAN 4000 or SPAN 4001 or permission of instructor.

Modern Languages

I The program in Modem Language is administered by the department of Latin
! American Studies. Courses are taught in Spanish, French, German and other
modem languages (under the LANG label).

French (FREN)

FREN 1101 Beginning French L (3) Fall 2001 and 2002.
A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of
! grammar, and reading of simple prose.

; FREN 1102 Beginning French n. (3) Spring 2002 and 2003.

A continuation of French 1101.
] Prerequisite: FREN 1101 or permission of instmctor.

I FREN 2103 Intermediate French I. (3) Fall 2001 and 2002.
A continuation of French 1 102 with additional readings.

Prerequisite: FREN 1102 or permission of instmctor.

171

FREN2104 Intermediate French n. (3) Spring 2002 and 2003.
A systematic and thorough review of French grammar with emphasis on the
production of speech. Not open to students fluent in French.
Prerequisite: FREN 2103 or permission of instructor

FREN 2199 Francophone Travel Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar composed of preliminary academic preparation
followed by contact with the target culture through travel in the selected
French-speaking country.

Prerequisite: FREN 1101, FREN 1102, and FREN 2103 or
permission of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies.

German (GERM)

FREN 1101 Beginning German 1. (3) Fall 2001 and 2002.

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of

grammar, and reading of simple prose.

FREN 1102 Beginning German n. (3) Spring 2002 and 2003.
A continuation of German 1101.

Prerequisite: GERM 1101 or permission of instructor.

FREN 2103 Intermediate German I

Continuation of the development of proficiency in Ustening and speaking,
while expanding the reading and writing skills using materials of a hterary
or cultural nature, grammar review included.
Prerequisite: German 1102

FREN 2104 Intermediate German 11

A continuation of German 2103.

Prerequisite: : German 2103

Other Languages and Culture (LANG)*

LANG 1101 Beginning Language I. (3) On demand.

A course for beginners with intensive practice in oral communications,

pronunciation, essentials of grammar, and where possible, reading of simple prose.

LANG 1102 Beginning Language n. (3)

A continuation of Language 1101.

Prerequisite: LANG 1101 or equivalent.

LANG 1103 Beginning Language HI. (3) On demand.
A continuation of Language 1 102

Prerequisite: LANG 1 102 or equivalent.

172

LANG 1199 Language Travel Seminar (1-9) On demand
A travel-study seminar which provides further preparation in the target
language and culture through travel in a country which speaks the language.
Academic work is determined by the course instructor.

Prerequisites: LANG 1101, LANG 1 102, and LANG 1 103 or
consent of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies.

LANG 2000 Culture and Civilization of a Selected Country. (3)

A survey of the civihzation and culture of one of the major societies of the
world. The course examines the culture's social and political development, its
customs and traditions, and its contributions to the global community in terms
of art, music and Uterature. (LAST 1 104 can fill this requirement.)

LANG 2104 Intermediate Language. (3) On demand.

An intensive review of the language grammar with emphasis on the production

of speech. Not open to students fluent in the language.

*Note: These courses are available so that a language other than French,
German, or Spanish may be available from time-to-time.

LIBRARY SCIENCE

4600. Advanced Library Research. (2) Spring

A course designed to prepare students for hbrary research at the graduate level.
Attention is given to the developing research strategies, identifying disciphne-
appropriate sources, retrieving information efficiently, and applying sound
I ethical practices to the research process.

173

MATHEMATICS j

Introduction i

The Mathematics curriculum at LaGrange College provides a solid
undergraduate mathematics foundation. Along with the broad-based general
education curriculum, the Mathematics department seeks to prepare
mathematics majors for careers in industry or teaching, or for graduate study in
mathematics.

Objectives

To be accepted as a major in the Mathematics Department, a student must have
completed Mathematics 2221, have an overall GPA of 2.25 or better, and a
GPA of 2.5 or better in all mathematics courses numbered 2221 or higher.
Students can pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in mathematics
or a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in mathematics. Students who
pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree have more options in selecting their
courses. This is the Uberal studies degree in mathematics. Students who
complete the Bachelor of Arts degree usually seek careers in areas such as
banking, general business, and secondary education.
A more in-depth degree is earned by students in the Bachelor of Science
program. Students who complete the Bachelor of Science degree usually enter
graduate schools or pursue industrial positions.

The Bachelor of Arts Degree

This degree requires a minimum of 42 semester hours in mathematics courses,
as follows:

Math 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4)

Math 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4)

Math 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 111(4)

Math 2224 Differential Equations (3)

Math 3306 College Geometry (3)

Math 3316 Probabihty Theory (3)

Math 3335 Linear Algebra (3)

Math 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)*

OR Math 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory (3)*

Math 4333 Modem Algebra I (3)**

OR Math 4343 Analysis I (3)**

Math 4350 Problem Solving (3)

* One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of the
additional courses, listed below.

** One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of the
additional courses, listed below.

174

I

plus 3 additional courses, selected from

Math 2261 Calculus Applications (3)

Math 3305 Number Theory (3)

Math 3317 Mathematical Statistics (3)

Math 3340 History of Mathematics (3)

Math 3342 Complex Variables (3)

Math 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)

Math 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory (3)

Math 4333 Modem Algebra I (3)

Math 4334 Modem Algebra II (3)

Math 4343 Analysis I (3)

Math 4344 Analysis II (3)

Math 4410 Numerical Analysis (3)

OR CSC 4100 Numerical Analysis (3)

Math 4495 Independent Study (3)

Math 4496 Independent Study (3)

Math 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)

A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by
advisor.

Bachelor of Science Degree

This degree requires a minimum of 48 semester hours in mathematics courses,
as follows:

Math 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4)

Math 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4)

Math 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4)

Math 2224 Differential Equations (3)

Math 3316 Probabihty Theory (3)

Math 3317 Mathematical Statistics (3)

Math 3335 Linear Algebra (3)

Math 3342 Complex Variables (3)

Math 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)*

OR Math 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory (3)*

Math 4333 Modem Algebra I (3)

Math 4343 Analysis I (3)

Math 4350 Problem Solving (3)

* One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of the
additional courses, listed below.

plus 3 additional courses, selected from

Math 2261 Calculus Applications (3)

Math 3305 Number Theory (3)

Math 3306 College Geometry (3)

Math 3340 History of Mathematics (3)

Math 4334 Modem Algebra U (3)

Math 4344 Analysis II (3)

Math 4410 Numerical Analysis (3)

ORCSa4100 Numerical Analysis (3)

Math 4495 Independent Study (3)

Math 4496 Independent Study (3)

Math 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)

A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by
advisor. Physics 1121 and 1122 are recommended.

Assessment

Assessment of the objectives of the mathematics program is based on the
following:

Mathematics majors will complete each major course with a grade of
C or better.

Students who have earned a grade of A or B in MATH 4350 taking
one of the following exams:

1) Praxis n

2) GRE Subject Test in Mathematics

3) an Acmarial Science Examination administered by either the
Society of Actuaries (SOA) or the Casualty Actuarial Society
(CAS).

will earn a satisfactory score on the exam in no more than two
attempts, provided that the exams are taken within six months of
completing MATH 4350

A survey will be sent to recent graduates of the program during the
fall term of each year. The results of these surveys wiU be considered
and may result in changes to improve the program.

176

Minor

A minor in mathematics consists of the following courses: MATH 2221, plus
five additional courses selected from MATH 2222, 2223, 2224, 2261, 3305,
3306, 3316, 3317, 3335, 3342, 3380, 4333, 3382, 4333, 4334, 4343, 4344,
4350, 4410, 4495, 4496, and 4499. At least two of the six courses must be at
the 3000 or 4000 level.

Course Descriptions (MATH)

MATH 0100 Basic Mathematics. (3) Fall, Spring

An overview of basic skills in mathematics, including ratio and proportion,

percent, use of fractions and decimals, systems of measurement and linear

equations.

MATH 1101 CoUege Algebra. (3) FaU, Spring
A study of sets, real numbers, operations, order, inequahties, polynomial
factoring, functions, graphs, exponents, first- and second-degree equations, and
systems of equations.

Prerequisite: MATH 0100 or satisfactory score on mathematics

placement test.

MATH 1114 Introduction to Statistics. (3) Fall, Spring

An introduction to probabiUty and statistics. Topics include descriptive

statistics, probabiUty, the Normal probabiUty distribution, and hypothesis

testing.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or 2105 or 2221.

MATH 1117 Quantitative Methods. (3) Spring

A study of finite mathematical models with an emphasis on the quantitative
skills required to solve appUcations related to business.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or 2105 or 2221.

MATH 1121 A Survey of Calculus. (3) Spring

An intuitive introduction, using technology, to the concepts and appUcations of
calculus. Topics include functions and graphing, tangents to a curve,
differentiation and integration, maxima, minima, and area under a curve.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or 2105 or satisfactory score on

mathematics placement test.

Note: Not open to students who have credit for MATH 2221.

MATH 2105 Precalculus. (4) FaU, Spring.

A study of calculus-oriented algebra and trigonometry. Topics include

simpUfying algebraic expressions, solving equations, exponential and

logarithmic functions, appUcations of functions, graphs, and the trigonometric

functions.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or satisfactory score on mathematics

placement test.

177

MATH 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. (4) FaU, Spring.
An introduction to differential and integral calculus. Topics include limits,
differentiation and applications, integration and applications, and exponential
and logarithmic functions.

Prerequisite: MATH 2105 or 1121 (and permission of instructor) or

satisfactory score on mathematics placement test.

MATH 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus H. (4) Fall, Spring.
A continuation of Math 2221 . Topics include the calculus of the trigonometric
and inverse trigonometric functions, improper integrals, indeterminate forms,
the conic sections, and techniques of integration.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

MATH 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus HI. (4) Fall, Spring.
A continuation of the study of the calculus. Topics include sequences and
series, parametric equations, polar coordinates, functions of two or more
variables, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and vector analysis.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

MATH 2224 Differential Equations. (3) Spring.

A study of first and second order differential equations with appUcations,

numerical methods, and solution in series.

Prerequisite or Co-requisite: MATH 2223.

MATH 2261 Calculus Applications. (3) On demand

A study of apphcations which can be solved using calculus. The course will
utiUze technology, in the form of graphing calculators, a software package
(such as Mathematica or Maple), or both.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

MATH 3001 Mathematical Applications for Teachers. (3) Fall
A study of appUcations in Mathematics.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher.

Note: Open only to Elementary and Middle Grades Education Majors.

MATH 3002 Geometry for Teachers. (3) Spring
A study of conditional statements, angles, congruent figures, parallel Unes,
similar figures, transformations, trigonometric ratios, and two- and three-
dimensional figures.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher.

Note: Open only to Middle Grades Education Majors.

MATH 3003 History of Mathematics for Teachers. (3) Spring
An historical development of mathematical concepts.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher.

Note: Open only to Elementary and Middle Grades Education Majors.

178

MATH 3004 Probability and Statistics for Teachers (3)

A study of basic probability and statistics and its applications with an emphasis
on the skills required to organize and analyze data as it relates to the education
field.

MATH 3305 Number Theory. (3) On demand
An introduction to number theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

MATH 3306 CoUege Geometry. (3) Spring, 2001.
A study of the concepts of plane Euclidean geometry, with an introduction to
coordinate geometry and non-Euchdean geometries.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

MATH 3316 Probability Theory. (3) Spring.

An introduction to probability. Topics include random variables, discrete and
continuous distributions, the Poisson process, expectation and conditional
expectation, and problem solving.

Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

MATH 3317 Mathematical Statistics. (3) Fall, 2001.
An introduction to the mathematical theory of statistics. Topics include
estimation and maximum Ukelihood estimates, sampling distributions,
confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing.
Prerequisite: MATH 3316.

MATH 3335 Lmear Algebra. (3) Spring.

An introduction to hnear algebra and matrix theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 1121 or 2221.

MATH 3340 History of Mathematics. (3) Spring.

An historical development of mathematical concepts.

Prerequisite: MATH 2221 or permission of instructor.

MATH 3342 Complex Variables. (3) Spring, even years.
An introduction to complex variables.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics. (3) Fall, even years.
An introduction to discrete mathematics. Topics include set theory,
combinatorics, recurrence relations, linear programming, and graph theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 222 1 .

MATH 3382 Combmatorial Design Theory. (3) Fall, odd years.
A study of techniques used for constructing combinatorial designs. Basic
designs include triple systems, Latin squares, and affine and projective planes.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

MATH 4333 Modem Algebra I. (3) Fall, odd years.
An introduction to modem abstract algebra.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

179

MATH 4334 Modern Algebra H. (3) On demand I

A continuation of Modem Algebra I.

Prerequisite: MATH 4333.

MATH 4343 Analysis I. (3) FaU, 2000
An introduction to Analysis.

Prerequisite: MATH 2223.

MATH 4344 Analysis H. (3) On demand
A continuation of Analysis I.

Prerequisite: MATH 4343.

MATH 4350 Problem Solving. (3) Fall.
A study of problem solving techniques selected from the spectrum of
Mathematics course work required to complete a mathematics major at
LaGrange College. Topics come from a variety of areas, including algebra,
trigonometry, geometry, calculus, discrete mathematics, probabiUty and
statistics, and mathematical reasoning and modeUng.

Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of instructor.

MATH 4410 Numerical Methods. (3) On demand

An introduction to numerical analysis with computer solutions. Topics include
Taylor series, finite difference, calculus, roots of equations, solutions of linear
systems of equations, and least-squares.

Prerequisite: MATH 2222 and CSCI 1990.

MATH 4495 Independent Study in Mathematics L (Variable) On demand
This course allows students to pursue a special problem or topic beyond those
encountered in any formal course.

Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outlined in the LaGrange
College Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be determined by the
instructor, based on the material to be studied.

MATH 4496 Independent Study in Mathematics E. (Variable) On demand
This course allows students to pursue a second special problem or topic beyond
those encountered in any formal course.

Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outUned in the LaGrange
College Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be determined by the
instructor, based on the material to be studied.

MATH 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics. (Variable) On demand
A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a speciaUzed topic from
the field of mathematics. A prerequisite may be required.

180

MUSIC

Introduction

The Department of Music is committed to developing skilled and
technologically astute musicians within a challenging learning environment
that encourages creativity, scholarship, and musical excellence. We offer three
programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Music degree: Creative Music
Technologies, Performance (Voice, Piano, Organ, Guitar, Percussion), and
Church Music.

Objectives

To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and
skills required to obtain successful careers in music.

To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and
skills required for admission into graduate study in music.

To provide classes, ensembles, and private music instruction for
non-music majors.

To provide culturally enriching experiences for the college and
community that heighten aesthetic awareness and appreciation of
the musical arts.

Facilities and Resources

The Department of Music is located on the Callaway Campus and is housed in
the Callaway Educational Building. Our facihties include music faculty
studios/offices, Callaway Hall, instructional and rehearsal space, student
practice rooms, an electronic keyboard laboratory, and two recording studios.
Studio A has a Tascam TMD 4000 digital console, Genelec monitors, Akia
S6000 sampler, synths, and outboard gear. The Robert Moog Studio - open
for students 24 hours a day during each term - has a TAC Scorpion console,
Tascam DA-38, Panasonic 3700 DAT machine, Isolation Booth, several
synths, and outboard gear. Both studios are Mac based and use MOTU Digital
Performer and associated plug-ins.

Music Minor

To obtain a minor in Music, students must complete the following courses:
MUSI 1 101 and 1 102 (Music Theory I & H),
MUSI 1103 (Piano I), MUSI 3301 or 3302 (Music History I or H),
and six hours of music electives for a total of 19 semester hours.

181

General Information for Music Majors

Acceptance into the Department of Music is granted by a music faculty
committee to those students who have submitted an application and completed
an audition/interview. Please inquire about audition dates, usually held in
early March. Incoming students who have not auditioned or interviewed
before the committee prior to the beginning of the fall semester should contact
the Chair of the Department before enrolUng in music courses. Admission of
all new music students to the Department of Music, freshmen and transfers, is
provisional in nature and will be evaluated at the end of the first year of study
(see Entry Requirements for Music Majors below).

The Bachelor of Music degree is designed for students who are preparing for
professional careers in music. The curricula leading to this degree are based on
a philosophy that recognizes the need for rigorous study in all aspects of music,
complemented by supporting studies in the hberal arts. Each program of study
requires a heavy concentration of music courses/experiences, and many
courses are sequential. Therefore, potential music majors are strongly
encouraged to begin taking music courses in their freshman year. The Chair of
the Department of Music can provide you with advisement and a four-year
suggested course guideUne.

The Music Department provides incoming students with a Music Majors
Handbook containing departmental pohcies and further details about
requirements for music majors.

Music Scholarships

A limited number of talent based scholarships are available for incoming
ft-eshmen as well as transfer students. Audition dates for scholarship are held
annually in the spring. Please visit our website for audition dates and
requirements.

In addition to departmental awards, several special scholarships have been
designated by friends of LaGrange College, including the Felicia Maddox
Scholarship, the Pauline Witherspoon Hutchinson Scholarship, the Mattox/
Zachry Scholarship, the Herbert Cox Scholarship and the Greenville United
Methodist Church Scholarship.

Ensembles

The LaGrange College Singers is a select group of singers chosen by audition.
This ensemble represents the college and Department of Music in pubhc
performances throughout the academic year, both locally and abroad.

The guitar ensemble is open to talented guitarists by audition only. Interested
students may audition at the beginning of each semester.

182

Entry Requirements for Music Majors

In addition to fulfilling the general requirements for admission to LaGrange
College, students desiring to major in music must complete the following:

Audition/interview before the music faculty prior to enrolling in
music courses.

Take the Music Theory Placement Exam. The results of this exam
will be used to determine the appropriate level of music theory
instruction.

At the end of the first year of study, a music faculty committee will evaluate
each student's progress in the department and determine whether or not to
accept the student into full standing as a music major.

Exit Requirements for Music Majors

Students must receive a grade of "C" or better in all music courses.

All music majors must take the Theory Competency Exam upon
completion of MUSI 2202 and correctly answer at least 80% of the
questions. A detailed description of this exam is included in the
Music Majors Handbook.

All music majors must take the Piano Proficiency Exam
demonstrating keyboard skill, receiving a "Pass" on at least four of
the five of the criteria. A detailed description of this exam is included
in the Music Majors Handbook.

All music majors must present a pubUc recital feamring their talent.
Recital requirements vary between the different programs of study.
Consult the Music Majors Handbook for specific guidehnes.

All music majors must attend at least 80% of departmentally
sponsored concerts and events each semester of study.

All music majors must participate in the premier of at least one new
work.

Performance majors must perform at least one chamber work.

Bachelor of Music in Creative Music Technologies

This program of study prepares the student for an entry-level position in the
music industry or continued study at the graduate level. Students of this
program typically come from backgrounds that include performance, song
writing, composition, electronic and/or computer music. The course work
prepares students for a wide variety of activities, such as film/video scoring,
multimedia, electroacoustic concert and studio appHcations, music printing,
editing and postproduction projects, SMPTE synchronization, and MIDI
applications of every sort.

183

Internships allow students to tailor their academic work to their specific career
goals and gain valuable experience with industry professionals. Students are
expected to provide their own transportation to and from the internship site.
Credit hours vary according to the level of internship experience (please
consult the Internship Handbook for specific details). Students desiring to
pursue careers in the music industry are strongly encouraged to enroll for as
many internship hours and experiences as possible.

While CMT majors are only required to take three semesters of applied
lessons, students are strongly encouraged to enroll for applied lessons each
semester of study.

In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, students complete the
following:

MUSI 1101, 1102,

2201,2202

Theory I - IV

16 hours

MUSI 1103, 1104,

2203

Piano Class 1,2, 3

3 hours

MUSI 1105, 1106,2205

Apphed Lessons

3 hours

MUSI 1107, 1108

or
Ensemble

3 hours

MUSI 2209

Business of Music IndusUy

3 hours

MUSI 2210

Arranging

2 hours

MUSI 2211

Art and Popular Song

2 hours

MUSI 3301, 3302

Music History I and II

6 hours

MUSI 3310

Orchestration

2 hours

MUSI 3352

Jazz Theory & Popular Practice 1 hour

MUSI 3366

Conducting

2 hours

MUSI 3369, 3370

Music Technology I and II

6 hours

MUSI 4484

Senior Recital

1 hour

MUSI 3390

Audio Engineering

3 hours

MUSI 4409, 4410

Composition I and II

4 hours

MUSI 4412

Film Music

2 hours

MUSI 4470*

Internship

4-6 hours

Common Core Program Requirements: 48

Music Hours:

60-62

Electives:

6

Total: 114-116 hours

^Internships may be taken for a maximum credit of 6 hours and may be
repeated for credit.

184

Bachelor of Music in Performance

(Voice, Piano, Organ, Guitar, Percussion)

This program of study is designed for students seeking careers as professional
classical performers and/or studio teachers. Students admitted to this program
of study must possess exceptional talent in their principal applied area, and
instrumental and keyboard majors must demonstrate previous training. The
curriculum couples rigorous scholarship with numerous performance
opportunities, thus adequately preparing students for graduate study in
performance.

In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, smdents complete the
following:

MUSI 1101, 1102, 2201, 2202

Theory I-IV

16 hours

MUSI 1103*, 1104*, 2203*

Piano Class 1,2, 3

3 hours

MUSI 1105, 1106

Apphed Lessons

8 hours

MUSI 1107, 1108

Ensemble

8 hours

MUSI 3301, 3302

Music History I and II

6 hours

MUSI 3339** (or music elective)

Diction for Singers

2 hours MUSI

3366

Conducting

2 hours

MUSI 3384, 4484

Junior and Senior Recital 2 hours

MUSI 4480 or

Opera Workshop

, MUSI 4460

Production Project

3 hours

MUSI

Music Elective

2 hours

Conmion Core Program Requirements: 48

Music Hours:

53

General Electives:

12

Total:

113 hours

*Piano and organ majors are not required to take MUSI 1103, 1104 or 2203,
but take an additional 3 hours of music electives.

^'^Voice, Piano and Organ majors are required to take MUSI 3339; Guitar
and Percussion majors may choose to replace this course with another two-
hour music course.

Bachelor of Music in Church Music

Through a broad interdenominational curriculum, the degree in Church Music
prepares future leaders for music ministry in the church. The course of study
affirms both the rich heritage of the sacred musical tradition and contemporary
worship styles practiced in many churches today. This degree is also
appropriate for those students pursuing graduate study in church music at the
seminary/graduate school level.

185

The required internships provide an opportunity for students to practice their
craft in a real-world environment. Students are expected to provide their own
transportation to and from the internship site. Because the internship
experience offers valuable interaction with professionals and spiritual
mentoring, students are encouraged to enroll for as many internship credit
hours as their schedule permits. An internship may be taken for a maximum
credit of 6 hours and may be repeated. Also note that RLGN 1 102, Jewish
Origins in Context, may be taken to fulfill both the Common Core rehgion
elective requirement and a Department of Music requirement.

In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, students complete the
following:

MUSH 101, 1102,

2201,2202

Theory I - IV

16 hours

MUSI 1105,1106

Apphed Lessons

8 hours

MUSI 1107, 1108

Ensemble

8 hours

MUSI 1103, 1104,

2203

Piano Class 1,2,3

3 hours

MUSI 3366

Conducting

2 hours

MUSI 3301, 3302

Music History I and 11

6 hours

MUSI 3331

Christian Hymnody

3 hours

MUSI 4470

Internship

*4+ hours

MUSI 4484

Senior Recital

1 hour

RLGN 3510

Christian Educ. in the Local Church

3 hours

RLGN 3520

Christian Worship

3 hours

RLGN 1102

Jewish Origins in Context

3 hours

RLGN 1103

New Testament Writings in

Context 3 hours

Common Core Program Requirements:

48

Music Hours:

51

Rehgion Hours:

9 (excluding

RLGN 1102)

General Electives:

6

Total:

114 hours

Note: Internship may be taken for a maximum credit of 6 hours and may be
repeated for credit.

Course Descriptions (MUSI)

MUSI 1100 Music Fundamentals (3) * Fall and Spring

Designed to provide basic skills in elementary music theory, such as scale
patterns, key signatures, the staff, the seven clefs, rhythm, meter, intervals,
music terminology, etc.

MUSI 1101 Theory I (4) * Fall

Basics of music theory, including scales, key signatures, intervals, triads,
beginning harmony and voice leading, harmonizing melodies, reaUzing figured
bass, analysis, ear-training and sight-singing. Lab required.

Prerequisite: MUSI 1 100 or passing score on Theory Placement Exam.

186

MUSI 1102 Theory n (4) Spring

Continuation of Theory I, including all diatonic triads and the dominant fifth

chord. Lab required.

Prerequisite: MUSI 1101.

MUSI 1103 Piano 1 (1) Spring

Beginning instruction in piano for students with no previous keyboard training.

Development of basic readings skills.

MUSI 1104 Piano 2 (1) Fall

Continuation of Piano 1 with additional emphasis on sight-reading.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 103 or permission of Chair.

MUSI 1105-1106 Applied Lessons (1) Fall, Spring

Individual instruction in the student's choice of instrument or voice to develop
technical proficiency, repertoire knowledge, and performance skills. May be
repeated for credit.

Prerequisite: Audition.

Section A - Voice

Section B - Piano

Section C - Organ

Section D - Guitar

Section E - Percussion

MUSI 1107-1108 Ensemble (1) Fall, Spring

Performance organization's) providing ensemble experience. May be repeated

for credit.

Prerequisite: Audition.

MUSI 1112 Music Survey. (3) * Fall, Spring
A broad survey of music from the Western classical tradition aimed at
developing aesthetic awareness and critical analysis of music from diverse
styles and genres.

MUSI 2201 Theory m. (4) Fall

Seventh chords, chromatic harmony, modulation, ninth chords, analysis, part-
writing, and score reading skills. Lab required.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1102.

MUSI 2202 Theory IV. (4) Spring

Two-part counterpoint, including 18 century style and species counterpoint;
compositional forms and devices of 20^^ century music. Lab required.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2201.

MUSI 2203 Piano Class 3. (1) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 1 104 with emphasis on transposition and chord
accompaniment. Upon completion of this course, the student should be
prepared for the Piano Proficiency Exam. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 104.

187

MUSI 2209 Business of Music Industry. (3) *

The study of basic issues pertaining to the music industry: music copyrights,
music synchronization, musical mechanical licensing, standard music
contracts, royalties, artists' advances and contracts, buyouts. Introduction to
the major hcensing organizations, i.e., ASCAP, BMI, SESAC, and the
National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences, the professional society of
musicians.

MUSI 2210 Arranging. (2) Fall

The introduction to the technique of arranging existing music for different or
unique ensembles. Arrangements wiU be done within given styles and will
emphasize specific performance skill levels and accessibihty.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1102.

MUSI 2211 Art and Popular Song. (2) Spring

This course focuses on writing for the voice. Projects will include
contemporary practices as well as art song techniques.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1102.

MUSI 3301 Music History I. (3) Fall

The study of the western classical tradition, from earhest antiquity through
Bach. Emphasis on musical analysis and criticism.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 3302 Music History n. (3) Spring

Music of the Classical, Romantic, and Modem eras, including the music of
African Americans. Course will emphasize historical analysis and criticism,
aural identification, and research.

Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 3310 Orchestration. (2) Fall

Techniques of scoring for string, brass, woodwind, percussion instruments and

MIDI instruments.

Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 3331 Christian Hymnody. (3) January Term

A survey of Christian hymnody in the Enghsh-speaking world from its roots in
the early Christian Church to present day practices in worship. The study of
selected hymns and hymn writers associated with a number of different
Christian traditions wiU be included.

MUSI 3339 Diction for Singers. (2) FaU

Trains students in the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet to phoneticize
English and foreign language art songs. Practice in transcribing Enghsh,
ItaUan, French, and German art songs and applying the rules of correct
pronunciation.

188

MUSI 3352 Jazz Theory and Popular Practice. (1) Fall

Theoretical foundations of the Jazz tradition, and consideration of related
contemporary style; blues, fusion, rock, gospel, and current popular idioms.
Aural skills emphasized, with keyboard harmony studies oriented to realizing
technical comprehension of the material.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 3366 Conducting. (2) Fall

Conducting techniques, score reading, rehearsal techniques for choral and/or

instrumental ensembles.

Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 3369 Music Technology I. (3) Fall

Basic studio techniques, music sequencing, music printing, synthesizers, studio

operation.

MUSI 3370 Music Technology H. (3) Spring

Creative work in the electronic music domain with an emphasis on music to
picture, interdiscipUnary music techniques, and current and experimental styles.
Prerequisite: MUSI 3369.

MUSI 3384 Junior Recital. (1) Fall and Spring

A 30-minute pubUc performance of the student's creative work and/or talent to

be given during the junior year.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing.

MUSI 3390 Audio Engineering. (3) January Term
Complete training in digital and analog audio engineering. Recording console
operation, microphone placement and usage, mixing, tape based and hard disc
recording, mastering, CD burning and troubleshooting. Students should reach
an appropriate level of audio engineering skills that would be considered entry
level professional.

MUSI 4409. Composition I. (2) Fall
Upper-level composition for CMT majors. A projects course.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 4410. Composition H. (2) Spring
Continuation of MUSI 4409. A projects course.
Prerequisite: MUSI 4409.

MUSI 4412. Fibn Music. (2) Spring

A research course designed to deal with the musical esthetic and compositional

concerns of the film music world.

MUSI 4460 Production Project (3) January Term

A special projects course with hands-on participation and teamwork required.
Each project is unique; specific content will be pubUcized in the semester
preceding the course offering.

189

MUSI 4470 Internship. (1-6) Fall, January, Spring

A supervised, practical "real world" experience in a professional off-campus
environment in one of the following areas: Recording Studio, Broadcast
Facility, Post-Production House, Publishing Company, Independent
Commercial Composer, Film Studio, Advertising Agency, Church Music
Program, Performing Arts Company, Interactive Technologies, Video
Production FaciUty, or other approved internship opportunity.

MUSI 4480 Opera Workshop. (3) January Term

Staged and directed performances of complete compositions and/or excerpts
from operatic hterature of several styles and periods.
Prerequisite: Audition.

MUSI 4484 Senior Recital. (1) Fall, Spring

A one-hour pubhc performance of the student's creative work and/or talent to

be given during the senior year.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing.

MUSI 4486 Special Topics. (3) Fall or Spring, alternate years

Class instruction for musical topics of a highly speciaHzed nature. The content
of this course will change based upon the expertise of the instructor and the
needs of the students.

* Denotes courses in Music that may satisfy Fine Arts requirement in
Core Curriculum.

190

NURSING

Introduction

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) curriculum consists of two plans of
study. The basic program prepares graduates for entry into professional nursing
practice and confers ehgibility for initial Ucensure as a registered professional
nurse (RN). A degree-completion option is designed for licensed RNs who
wish to earn the BSN degree.

The curriculum provides professional nursing education within a heritage of
Christian faith and Uberal arts learning. The nursing major, grounded in an
ethic of caring, encourages independent thought, appreciation for the discovery
of excellence, and commitment to supporting the health of individuals and
society. BSN studies establish a sound foundation for professional nursing
practice, graduate smdy, and continuing progress toward personal and
professional goals. Faculty and students serve as resources for the College and
community in nursing education, service, and research. Opportunities for
collaborative study with students of other majors and cUnical experience with
varied health care providers emphasize the interdiscipUnary nature of nursing
practice. As professional nurses, graduates will be able to assist individuals,
groups, and communities in meeting health care goals.

The BSN program is fully approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is
accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission.

Objectives

Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program will be able to:

Practice nursing from a knowledge and research base utiUzing skills
of critical thinking, and communication, with the ability to expand
knowledge and skills through hfelong learning.

Engage in nursing practice based in a value system consistent with
professional standards of nursing and the philosophy of the nursing
program, characterized by caring and valuing of self and others.

Participate in transitions of health recognizing the opportunities and
Umitations imposed by historical, sociocultural, spiritual, legal,
ethical, pohtical, economic, and environmental contexts.

Assume the role of professional nurse, accountable as provider of
care, manager, collaborator, educator, learner, and resource for
individuals, famihes, groups, and communities in promoting and
restoring health and well-being.

191

Admission to the BSN Program i

Students may declare the intent to pursue a nursing major at any time.
However, application for admission to the upper-division program is made
during the sophomore year. Nursing studies begin at the junior level with the I
exception of Nutrition (NURS 3305) which may be completed prior to
admission to the nursing program. Admission requirements are as follows:

A completed Apphcation for Admission to Nursing. An appUcation
form is available from the College Admissions office and in the office
of the Division of Nursing. f

Completion of a sufficient number of credits in Common Core and
other required courses to permit an uninterrupted progression in the
nursing major.

A grade of C or higher is required in anatomy, physiology,
microbiology, and EngUsh composition courses. Should a student earn
less than a C more than once in these courses, the students will be
ineUgible to enter the nursing program. A hmit of five years appUes to
completion of anatomy, physiology, and microbiology courses.

A cumulative overall GPA of 2.5 or higher at the time of entry into
the nursing program, including all courses completed or attempted at
any institution. A student whose GPA does not meet this requirement
will be considered on an individual basis.

An interview with a member of the nursing faculty may be required.
An appHcant may request an interview if desired.

An applicant who has completed any program of study leading to Ucensed
employment in the health care area (such as registered or practical nursing,
emergency medical technician) must present the Hcense in person.

Unhcensed students enrolled in the nursing program may not be employed by
any health care agency in the capacity of Ucensed nursing personnel. They
shall not represent themselves in any practice setting as nursing students unless
engaged in planned programmatic learning activities which are part of the
nursing curriculum.

Admission to the BSN Completion Option

The BSN Completion Option is open to Registered Nurses who have
graduated from an Associate Degree or Diploma program in Nursing and who
hold a vaMd Ucense to practice as a Registered Nurse. Current Georgia RN
licensure is required prior to entering a clinical nursing course.

192

In addition to RN licensure, the general admission requirements above apply to
RN applicants, with the following exceptions:

RN students who enter the nursing sequence on a full-time basis must
have completed all Conmion Core requirements and all required non-
nursing courses through the junior level.

No time hmit applies to the completion of anatomy, physiology, or
microbiology courses.

Twenty-four (24) previously earned Associate or Diploma nursing
semester credits may be accepted toward the BSN degree, subject to
the terms of the Georgia RN-BSN Articulation Agreement (the
complete Agreement is available in the office of the Division of
Nursing). These 24 semester credit hours represent previously
completed nursing courses in Adult Health, Child Health, Maternal
Health, and Mental Health and are not intended to equal the acmal
number of previously earned nursing credits. Normally, no more than
24 hours of Associate Degree or Diploma nursing course credits may
be apphed toward fulfilUng any requirement's) of the BSN degree.

Twenty-three (23) additional nursing course credits must be earned at
the upper division level (3000 and 4000 courses). Up to 7 of these
credits may be earned through challenge examinations on a one-
attempt basis. A minimum of one year of nursing practice experience
within the past three years is required for eligibihty for challenge
examinations.

Matriculation Requirements

An accepted student must possess a level of physical and emotional
health sufficient to enable him/her to meet nursing program
requirements and the standards of professional nursing practice.

Prior to beginning the first cHnical nursing course, a medical
examination is required which documents the student's level of health
and immunization or immune status.

Professional Uabihty insurance (purchased on a group basis through
the College) and basic cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)
certification is required prior to beginning the first nursing course and
must be continued throughout all cUnical nursing courses.

Curriculum

Nursing courses are offered in a 4-1-4-semester sequence during the junior and
senior years of study. The total BSN curriculum can be completed in four
academic years (8 semesters) and includes 48 credit hours in the Common
Core, 25 credit hours in other required and elective courses, and 47 credit

193

hours in nursing courses. Included in these hours are three elective interim
courses which compose 9 hours of required interim hours. Selected courses
required for the BSN degree may fulfill certain Common Core Requirements;
these and other required non-nursing courses are:

BIOL 1148 and BIOL 1149

MATH 1101

CORE 1110

PSYCllOl

PSYC 3302

ENGL 1101, 1102

BIOL 2320

MGMT 3371

RLGN2310

Human Anatomy and Physiology*
College Algebra*
Quantitative Reasoning
Introduction to Psychology*
Human Growth and Development*
Rhetoric and Composition*
Microbiology *
One directed course
Bioethics

*These courses are prerequisite to entering the nursing courses.
Nursing courses completed by beginning (non-RN) students are:

Junior Year

Nutrition and Health* (may be completed in advance)
Health Promotion I, Aging

FaU: NURS 3305
NURS3310
NURS 3311
NURS 3312

Health Assessment
Seminar: Transitions

Spring: NURS 3330
NURS 3331
NURS 3350

FaU: NURS 4400
NURS 4430
NURS 4431

Spring: NURS 4432
NURS 4440
NURS 4450
NURS 4451

Health Promotion 11, Mother, Child, Family

Pharmacology*

Health Restoration I, Life Span

Senior Year

Health Restoration II, Psych/Mental Health
Health Restoration III, Complex Problems
Research in Nursing *

Nursing Senior Capstone*

Concepts in Health Promotion EI: A Community Focus*
Role Transition: A CHnical Praticum
Leadership in Nursing*

Nursing courses designated above by an asterisk are required of RN students
enrolled in the BSN-completion option. RN students also complete two RN-
only courses.

Junior Level NURS 33 1 3 RN Seminar, Transitions (Fall)
Senior Level NURS 4460 RN Practicum (Spring)

194

f

Information regarding the program length and costs is provided to the National
League for Nursing Accrediting Conmiission and is available from that
organization at 61 Broadway - 33''^ Floor, NY 10006, 800-669-1656 Ext. 153.

Progression

1 . A grade of C (75%) of higher is required for successful completion
of all nursing courses. Course syllabi detail requirements for
achieving a passing grade of C or better. A grade of D, F, or WF is a
faiUng grade.

2. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 must be maintained throughout
the period of enrollment in nursing courses. A nursing major whose
GPA falls below 2.0 will be placed on departmental probation and
has one semester in which to raise the GPA to 2.0 or higher. Failure
to achieve a 2.0 in one semester will result in withdrawal from the
nursing program. A 2.0 GPA is required for entrance into senior
level courses.

I 3. A student may repeat a failed chnical nursing course only once. If a

second faiUng grade is earned in any cUnical nursing course, the
student will not be eUgible to continue in the nursing program. A 2.0
GPA is required for entrance into senior level courses.

4. All Common Core and other required non-nursing courses, with the
exception of Bioethics and an interim elective must be completed
prior to beginning the senior level nursing courses.

5. A smdent who for any reason is not enrolled in a clinical nursing
course for a period of more than twelve (12) months must apply for
readmission and meet all standards for continuation in the nursing
program. Readmission is subject to available clinical space.

Progression in BSN Completion Option

In addition to the guideUnes above, the following pohcies apply to progression
in the BSN Completion Option:

1 . A vaUd Georgia RN Ucense must be maintained throughout
enrollment in chnical nursing courses.

2. All previously earned ADN or Diploma nursing credits will be
placed in escrow when the RN student enters the nursing program.
Upon satisfactory completion of 6 credit hours of BSN nursing
courses, the escrowed credits will be transferred to the student's
permanent academic record. Should the RN student not be
successful in the initial 6 hours of nursing course's), the previously
earned nursing credits will not be appUed toward the BSN degree.

195

Assessment in the Major

NLN (National League for Nursing) achievement tests are administered at
intervals throughout the nursing program. These tests are included within
specific nursing courses.

During the final semester of nursing studies, all students will complete a
comprehensive assessment of learning in the major: Non-RN students will
complete a standardized comprehensive examination in nursing. RN students
will complete an essay-type examination. A description of these assessment
processes will be provided to students during the first semester nursing studies.

Course Descriptions (NURS)

Course credit hours and corresponding clock hours are shown in parentheses.
One class clock hour/week equals one credit hour; three laboratory or practice
clock hours/week equal one credit hour.

NURS 3305 Nutrition and Health (1) Fall

An introduction to nutrition concepts and current dietary trends, focusing on
health promotion. Nutrients are explored with regard to sources, dietary
requirements, and health impUcations. Student interests are incorporated.
Prerequisite: None.

NURS 3310 Concepts in Health Promotion I: Focus on Aging.
(2 hrs. class 6 hrs. lah/clinical per week) (4) Fall
A foundation course to introduce and develop concepts, practices and
processes of health promotion in professional nursing, emphasizing the needs
of the elderly. The skills of communication, problem solving, and critical
analysis in nursing are included.

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program.

Co-requisite: NURS 3311, NURS 3312

NURS 3311 Health Assessment Across the Life-span.

(2 hr. class, 3 hrs. lab per week) (3) Fall
A study of the health assessment process appUed to persons of all ages, with
emphasis on building knowledge and skill in data acquisition, organization,
and interpretation.

Prerequisite: RN status or Co-requisite: NURS 3310.

NURS 3312 Transitions: A beginning Nursing Seminar. (2) Fall
An introduction to professional nursing practice and the varied roles of the
nurse in multiple practice settings. The significance of research in nursing
practice and inquiry as a means of defining the nursing role is included.
Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program.

196

NURS3313 Transitions: A Seminar for Registered Nurses. (2) Fall
A study of varied perspectives and conceptual bases of the professional nursing role.
The research process and research significance in nursing practice is introduced.
Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program, RN status.

NURS 3330 Concepts in Health Promotion 11, Mother, Child, Family.

(4 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (6) Spring
A study of nursing care of mother, child, and family, including selected
women's health care issues. The nursing role in health promotion is
emphasized, with examination of physical, developmental, and psychosocial
challenges to health.

Prerequisites: NURS 3305, NURS 3310, NURS 3311, NURS 3312

NURS 3331 Pharmacology in Nursing. (2 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab per

week) (3) FaU

Pharmacologic concepts and skill essential for nursing practice, including the
basic science of drugs, determination of dosage, and medication administration
techniques.

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program or RN status.

NURS 3350 Concepts in Health Restoration I: A Life-span Focus.

(2 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Spring
The foundation course in nursing care of individuals and families who are
experiencing challenges to health, emphasizing understanding and skill in
health restoration.

Prerequisites: NURS 3310, NURS 3311, NURS 3312

NURS 4400 Concepts m Health Restoration H: A Psych/Mental
Health Focus.

(2 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (3) Fall
A course directed toward the knowledge and skills necessary to the practice of
community health nursing. Emphasis is placed on the promotion and
protection of the health of individuals and groups within the context of
conmiunity.

Prerequisites: NURS 3330, NURS 3350

NURS 4430 Concepts m Health Restoration HI: Complex Problems
Across the Life-span.

(3 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (S) Fall
A study of advanced nursing care relevant to acutely ill patients with complex
health problems. Learning experiences emphasize collaboration and critical
analysis necessary in providing and coordinating care.
Prerequisites: NURS 3330, NURS 3350

NURS 4431 Research in Nursmg. (3) Fall

A course designed to assist students in developing a sense of inquiry, including
research designs, samphng strategies, data analysis methods, and the use of
research in chnical nursing practice.

Prerequisites: NURS 3312 or NURS 3313

197

NURS 4432 Nursing Senior Capstone. (3) Spring
A seminar to assist students in synthesizing learning related to the roles and
practices of professional nurses, exploring the health care system and the legal-
ethical, sociopolitical, cultural, and professional issues influencing
contemporary nursing.

Prerequisites: NURS 4400, NURS 4430, NURS 4431

Co requisite: NURS 4450, NURS 4460

NURS 4440 Concepts in Health Promotion HI: A Community Focus.

(2 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (3) Spring
A course directed toward the knowledge and skills necessary to the practice of
community health nursing. Emphasis is placed on the promotion and
protection of the health of individuals and groups within the context of
community. A research project is completed focusing on a problem or issue in
community health.

Prerequisites: NURS 4400, NURS 4430, NURS 4431

NURS 4450 Role Transition: A Clinical Practicum. (2 hrs. class per

week, 180 total hours clinical practice) (6) Spring
A course to faciUtate the transition to professional practice. Leadership and
management roles assumed in chnical practice and increasing autonomy in
patient care are guided through preceptorial experiences.

Prerequisites: NURS 4440, NURS 4430, NURS 4431, NURS 4432

NURS 4451 Leadership in Nursing. (1) Spring
A study of the principles of leadership appUcable in professional nursing
practice, building upon prior courses in nursing, management, and the liberal
arts and emphasizing the student's personal goals.

Prerequisites: MGMT 3371, NURS 4430, NURS 4400, NURS 4431,

NURS 4432

NURS 4460 Practicum for Registered Nurses. (2 hrs. class per week,

80 total hours clinical practice) (4) Spring
A cUnical practicum to facihtate RN transition to professional practice.

Prerequisites: Ail nursing courses except Co-requisite NURS 4440,

NURS 4451

NURS 4495 Independent Study in Nursing (Variable) On demand
For students meeting requirements, the opportunity to pursue special interests
beyond those in the formal course of study.

Prerequisite: Completion of 2/3 nursing major, 3.0 GPA, and

permission.

198

PHYSICS

Introduction

The physics curriculum at LaGrange College serves two basic purposes:

1 ) An introduction to the physical sciences, oriented towards developing
problem solving and reasoning skills suitable for the core
requirements of the college.

2) Support courses for programs in mathematics, chemistry, biology,
computer science, dual-degree in engineering, pre-medicine, pre-
pharmacy, and education.

Course Descriptions (PHYS)

PHYS 1101 Introductory Physics I.

(3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A noncalculus-based introduction to elementary kinematics, dynamics, energy,
momentum, fluids, mechanical waves, and thermodynamics.
Prerequisite: MATH 2105

PHYS 1102 Introductory Physics H.

(3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of Physics 1101 and an introduction to thermodynamics,
electric charge. Coulomb's Law, electric and magnetic fields, optics, special
relativity and quantum mechanics.
Prerequisite: PHYS 1101

PHYS 1121 General Physics I.

(3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A calculus-based introduction to particle dynamics, energy and momentum
conservation, rotational dynamics, hydrostatics, and thermodynamics.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

PHYS 1122 General Physics H.

(3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of Physics 1121 covering thermodynamics, electricity and
magnetism, simple circuits, optics, special relativity and quantum physics. The
laboratory introduces students to electronics.

Prerequisites: PHYS 1121, MATH 2223 or permission of instructor

199

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Introduction

The political science program is designed to provide students with the
knowledge and skills they will need to become active, useful citizens in
modem democratic polities. For students who concentrate in poUtical science
or those who take only occasional courses, this means that the pohtical science
program will develop their capacity to understand pohtical organizations and
pohtical processes, to analyze the forces affecting pohtical decisions, and to
form judgments about their obhgations and rights as citizens. It also means
that the pohtical science program will provide students with the skills
necessary to begin a career in business, pubhc service, consulting, or
joumahsm or to continue their training in graduate studies or law school.

Objectives

Students majoring in pohtical science at LaGrange College will acquire basic
knowledge of these areas:

The values, processes, and institutions that affect collective decision-
making and contemporary pohtics in the United States.

The comparative analysis of the values, processes, and institutions
that affect collective decision-making and contemporary pohtics in
other countries.

The relations between and among states, especially those affecting
international confhct and international cooperation.

The ethical dimensions of pubhc pohcy issues, pohtical practices, and
constitutional and legal questions.

Students majoring in pohtical science at LaGrange College will also acquire
the basic skills necessary to comprehend and perform modem pohtical
analysis. These include:

Abihty to analyze the foundations of and differences between
normative and empirical inquiry.

Knowledge of the basic elements of research design and methods in
normative, empirical, and historical studies of pohtics.

Knowledge of basic data management and analysis and of the use of
computers in pohtical research.

Abihty to convey findings in both written and oral presentations.

200

Course of Study

The program in political science offers both a major and minor course of study
in pohtical science.

For a Major in Political Science

Demand Sequence for the Program in Political Science (POLS)

POLS 1 101 U.S. Government

POLS 1 102 Introduction to Pohtical Science

POLS 22 1 Comparative Pohtics

POLS 2220 International Relations

POLS 3300 Research Methods in Pohtical Science

POLS 4430 Senior Seminar in Pohtical Science

Students majoring in pohtical science must also complete an additional 18
semester hours of elective courses chosen from among the three and four
thousand level courses Usted for the program in this catalog. At lease one of
these courses must be in the field of American pohtics and pubhc pohcy
(POLS 3310, 3311, 3312, 3313) and one in the fields of international relations
(POLS 3320, 3321, 3322) or comparative pohtics (POLS 3350, 3351).
Pohtical science internships (POLS 4400) can earn a full semester (12 hours)
of credit toward graduation, but only six (6) hours can be credited toward
completion of the major course.

For a Minor in Political Science

Demand Sequence for the Program in Pohtical Science (POLS)

POLS 1 101 U.S. Government

POLS 1 102 Introduction to Pohtical Science

POLS 2210 Comparative Pohtics

POLS 2220 International Relations

Students minoring in pohtical science must also complete an additional 6
semester hours of elective courses chosen from among the three and four
thousand level courses hsted for the program in this catalog. In the minor
course of study, pohtical science internships cannot substitute for elective
course credit.

Assessment of Objectives

Assessment of the objectives of the program in pohtical science is based on
successful completion of each major course with a grade of C or better and
successful completion of POLS 4430: Senior Seminar in Pohtical Science. To
enroll in POLS 4430 students must have completed POLS 1101, 1102, 2210,

201

2220, and an additional nine (9) semester hours of elective courses in the
political science program. In special circumstances, these requirements may be
waived by permission of the faculty of the program.

Special Opportunities

The program in poUtical science supervises a variety of internships in local,
state, and national government and in the local legal community. Students
interested in pursing one of these opportunities should consult with the
program faculty. The program also includes service learning opportunities in
several of its courses. Again, students should consult with program faculty
concerning these courses prior to registration.

Course Descriptions (POLS)

POLS 1101 United States Government (3)

An introduction to pohtical science through an analysis of the poUtical system
of the United States. Topics considered include: basic concepts of poUtical
science, federaUsm, civil Uberties and civil rights, basic governmental
institutions, elections and pubUc opinion, poUtical parties and groups, and
domestic and foreign pubUc poUcy.

POLS 1102 Introduction to Political Science. (3)

An introductory course which focuses on the nature of the discipUne of
poUtical science and which deals with the way poUtical scientists study poUtics
through an overview of the major topics of the discipUne.

POLS 2210 Comparative Politics. (3)

An introduction to comparative analysis of poUtical systems. Topics
considered include: basic concepts of comparative theory, modem poUtical
history in developed and developing areas, the interaction of political and
economic factors in developed and developing areas, poUtics and state
institutions in selected countries, and comparative aspects of domestic and
foreign pubUc poUcy.

POLS 2220 International Politics. (3)

An introduction to the interaction of nation-states in the global system. Topics
considered include: war and power, economic and social interdependence, and
problems specifically associated with developing nations.

POLS 3300 Research Methods in Political Science. (3)

A study of basic social science research methods as appUed in poUtical science.
Topics considered include: research design and data coUection, measurement
and causaUty, fitting models to data with various methods, graphic analysis,
and the use of statistical software.

202

POLS 3311 Congress and the Presidency (3)

A study of the institutional interactions of the executive and legislative
branches of the United States government. Topics considered include: the
President and poUcymaking,

Congress and poUcymaking, institutional constraints on executive and
legislative poUcymaking; foreign poUcy, civil rights poUcy, economic poUcy
and budgeting, and social welfare poUcy.

POLS 3312 Public Administration and Public Policy. (3)

An introduction to the study of pubUc administration and pubUc poUcy. Topics
considered include: theoretical approaches to the study of pubUc
administration, the historical and constitutional basis for pubUc administration
in the United States, the organization and management of pubUc institutions,
the social, poUtical, and legal environments of public institutions, the role of
poUtical processes in pubUc administration, the analysis and evaluation of
pubUc poUcy, and the ethical basis of pubUc administration.

POLS 3313 American Judicial Institutions. (3)

A study of judicial institutions in the United States. Topics considered include:
the functions of legal and judicial institutions, the structure and powers of
national and state court systems, the legal profession, judicial selection,
judicial procedure, court administration, and poUcy formation by judicial
institutions.

POLS 3314 American Constitutional Law. (3)

An introduction to the study of constitutional law. Topics considered include:
basic concepts of constitutional analysis, historical development of present
legal institutions and regimes, judicial poUcy decisions in different areas of
law, and the social, poUtical, and economic factors affecting those decisions.

POLS 3315 American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties and
Civil Rights (3)

An introduction to the constitutional Uberties and rights accorded American
citizens. Topics considered include: basic concepts of constitutional analysis,
historical development of present legal interpretations and regimes, judicial
decisions in different areas of law, the social, poUtical, and economic factors
affecting those decisions, and their effect on governing in the United States.

POLS 3320 Analysis of Foreign Policy. (3)

An introduction to how structures, institutions, outside actors, and poUtical
culture produce American foreign poUcy. Topics covered include: recent
history of U.S. foreign relations, the roles played by both the President and the
Congress, the roles, functions and structures of U.S. State Department, the
Defense Department, intelUgence agencies and the National Security Council,
the poUcy making process and the measurement of outcomes, roles played by
the pubUc, interest groups, and other actors. Current major foreign poUcy
issues will be discussed and examined as case studies.

203

POLS 3321 International PoUtical Economy (3)

A study of international economics and trade through the analysis of the factors
influencing past and present changes. Topics covered include: current and past
international finance systems and mechanisms of exchange, the role of the state
and other actors, an examination of comparative advantage, various strategies
states employ such as import substitution or export promotion, the nature and
impact of formal and informal barriers to trade, the GATT and WTO, the
problems, failures, successes and prospects of the international economic
system and its impact on domestic poUtics.

POLS 3322 International Organizations. (3)

A study of the current international system. Topics covered include: the nature
of "systems", the recent history of global affairs and the evolution of the
international system to its present state, selected theoretical analyses of
international systems, the nature, roles and functions of the various actors in
the system, how advances in technology have fundamentally changed the
world, and the evolving roles of both states and supranational institutions.

POLS 3340 Themes in Political Philosophy. (3)

An introduction to the basic ideas of pohtical philosophy. Topics considered
include: the social and historical context of political theory; the development of
major ideas in political philosophy; critical analysis of theoretical arguments;
and the relation of pohtical theory to contemporary pohtics.

POLS 3341 Modem PoUtical Theory. (3)

An overview of liberahsm, communism, and fascism, the three primary
pohtical ideologies that have shaped the twentieth century.

POLS 3350 States and Politics in Developing Areas. (3)

A comparative study of the pohtical systems of developing societies. Topics
considered include: basic comparative theory, modem history of developing
societies, pohtical systems of selected states, and the interaction of pohtical
and economic factors in developing societies.

POLS 3351 States and Politics in Developed Areas. (3)

A comparative study of the pohtical systems of developed societies. Topics
considered include: basic comparative theory, modem history of developed
societies, political systems of selected states, and the interaction of pohtical
and economic factors in developed societies.

POLS 4400 Political Science Internship, (credit may vary)

A supervised internship opportunity for students to work for approved pubhc
or private organizations.

POLS 4410 Selected Topics in Political Science. (3)

This course examines particular issues related to topics in pohtical science
selected by program faculty.

204

POLS 4420 Directed Study in Political Science. (3)

A supervised course of independent study available to selected students. The
course provides an opportunity for close cooperation between program faculty
and students on research projects and presentations.

POLS 4430 Senior Seminar in Political Science. (3)

A seminar course on a major subject of national or international concern based
on individual research and assigned readings.

205

PSYCHOLOGY

Introduction

The goal of this department is to acquaint the student with basic principles of
behavior and the research methods necessary to understand them.

Objectives

A student who graduates from LaGrange College with a major in psychology
will:

recognize the importance of an EMPIRICAL approach in attempting
to understand behavior.

be familiar with the concepts, terms, and explanatory principles
characteristic of major psychological theorists and be able to evaluate
them critically through appUcation of the principles of logico-
empirical science.

be able to identify and discuss examples of the major "types" of
learning, to wit: classical, operant, observational, information
processing.

be familiar with generaUzations regarding physiological correlates of
behavior.

be familiar with the major historical developments in psychology.

be familiar with the terminology of the current edition of the
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric
Association (DSM IV).

be famihar with the different theoretical approaches (including the
psychoanalytic, the humanistic, and social learning-behavioral) in the
description, etiology, and therapy of behavioral disorders hsted in
DSM IV.

be able to hst and discuss the various objective and projective
personaUty assessment techniques and various rating scales including
the Rorschach and Holtzman inkblots, the Thematic Apperception
Test, the MMP-H, and the 16-PF.

recognize the basic philosophical (e.g.. What is personahty?) and
methodological issues (e.g., how do we quantify and measure
personahty) in psychological research.

be familiar with the sections of a APA style research report including
the kinds of information typically found in each.

206

be familiar with the standard procedures for summarizing data,
including the construction of frequency tables, the calculation of
measures of central tendency (means, medians, and modes),
calculation of measures of dispersion (range, variance, and standard
deviation), and correlation coefficients.

be familiar with the logic of hypothesis testing including the statement
of research and statistical hypotheses, the notion of Type I and Type
II errors, the power and efficiency of a statistical test, and the major
inferential techniques used in psychology (especially t test, analysis of
variance, and chi-square).

recognize the concepts and principles of psychology as exempUfied in
everyday situations.

A major in psychology consists of 37 semester hours (12 courses) beyond the
introductory course (PSYC 1101). Twenty-five of these hours come from the
categories below.

Methods (Both Required - See Note 1 Below)

PSYC 2298, PSYC 2299

Experimental Content (Select Two)

PSYC 4455, PSYC 4465, PSYC 4470

Social/Personality/Development Content

(Select Three See Note 2 Below)

PSYC 3321, (PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358), PSYC 3350, PSYC 4460

Advanced Special Topics (Required - See Note 3 Below)
PSYC 4480

Notes:

1 . Since this department views psychology as a research-based discipline,
it is strongly recommended that the student complete PSYC 2298 and
PSYC 2299 as soon as possible after the major is declared.

2. Students may take either PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358 but not both to
satisfy this requirement. If a student takes both, one course counts
toward the 12 hours of major electives.

3. PSYC 4480 will be offered once per year during January term and will
involve advanced study of a specialized topic. Topics wiU vary from
year to year.

4. PSYC 1 101, Introduction to Psychology, is the prerequisite to all 2000
level and above psychology courses except PSYC 2298 and PSYC
3341. Some courses have other prerequisites.

207

Major Electives

An additional 12 hours of major courses will be selected by the student. A
student may select any 3000 or 4000 level psychology course beyond those
counted in the required areas. Up to three courses selected from HUSV 2247,
HUSV 2299, HUSV 3308, and BIO 1 148 may be appUed toward the major
with the approval of the advisor.

Assessment

The accomphshment of the psychology objectives will be demonstrated by
obtaining an acceptable score on the Area Concentration Achievement Test
(ACAT) in psychology. Normally, this test will be give during the student's
final semester at LaGrange College.

Career Options

Students who complete the major in psychology have a wide variety of career
options. Psychology is a very broad field which overlaps many different areas.
Some of the jobs taken by recent psychology graduates include management
and supervisory positions in business and industry and positions in community
and state service agencies. A psychology major also serves as good
preparation for advanced study in law, social science, counseling, and
psychology.

Miscellaneous

No course with a grade below C may be appUed toward a psychology major.

Course Descriptions (PSYC)

PSYC 1101 Introduction to Psychology. (3) Fall, Spring.

A survey of major topics in psychology including research methods, basic

neuroanatomy, learning, perception, personaUty and abnormal behavior.

Prerequisite to all other psychology courses except PSYC 2298 and

PSYC 3341.

PSYC 2298 Behavioral Statistics. (3) Fall.

Introduction to the measurement of behavior and quantitative methods of data
analysis. An emphasis on parametric statistics and their apphcation to the
behavioral sciences.

PSYC 2299 Research Methods. (4) Spring.

A survey of various types of research design, including the strengths and
weaknesses of each. The laboratory includes practice in designing and
conducting experiments, as well as analysis and reporting of results.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 1101

208

PSYC3302 Human Growth and Development. (3) Fall, Spring.

A study of normal life beginning with conception. Important developmental
phenomena are considered in the Ught of major theories of development.

PSYC 3304 Educational Psychology. (3) Fall.

AppUcation of psychological principles and research to the teaching/learning
process. Major topics include behavioral and cognitive approaches to learning,
classroom management, and test construction and interpretation.

PSYC 3321 Social Psychology. (3) FaU.

A course deaUng with behavior as affected by social influences. Major topics
include social perception, social communication (verbal and nonverbal),
altruism, attitudes, aggression, and prejudice. Also, appUed areas such as
forensic psychology are considered.

PSYC 3330 History and Systems of Psychology. (3) On demand.

A study of the historical background of psychology, with emphasis upon the
major schools of thought.

PSYC 3341 Human Sexuality. (3) On Demand.

This course involves a multidiscipHnary examination of human sexual
behavior and intimate relationships. Typical topics considered include male
and female sexual response, gender roles, sexual disorders and dysfunctions,
gender identity, legal and cross-cultural aspects of human sexuality, sexual
orientation, contraception, and relationship issues related to sexuality.

PSYC 3350 Abnormal Psychology. (3) Fall, Spring.

A survey of the causes, characteristics, current theories, and treatments of

deviant behavior.

PSYC 3351 Introduction to Counseling. (3) Spring.

An introduction to counseUng approaches, methods, and assessment

techniques. Emphasis is placed on individual counseUng.

PSYC 3356 Microcomputer Applications in the Behavioral Sciences.

(3) On Demand.
A study of the use of microcomputers with special emphasis on specific
software programs including database management, spread-sheets, word-
processing, and statistical packages for the behavioral scientist.

PSYC 3357 Psychology of Religion. (3) On demand.

Psychological interpretation of reUgious experience and growth.

PSYC 3358 Psychology of Agmg. (3) Fall.

Human aging is examined from physiological (e.g. sensory and cardiovascular
changes), psychological (e.g. memory and intellectual changes) and
sociological (e.g. adjusting to retirement) perspectives. Also, death and
disorders associated with aging such as Alzheimer's Disease are explored.

209

PSYC 3380 Special Topics in Psychology. (3) On Demand.

A course offered at the sophomore/junior level focusing on a specialized topic

from the field of psychology.

PSYC 4400 Individual Research. (3) On demand.

The student will conduct a research project on a topic which is psychological
in nature. The work will proceed from a literature review through research
design, data collection and analysis. The result will be a research report
written in APA style.

PSYC 4455 Cognitive Psychology. (3) Spring 2003.

An information processing analysis of topics in perception, thinking, learning,

and memory.

PSYC 4460 Psychology of Personality. (3) On Demand.

A critical study of major personaUty theories, principles and instruments of

assessment, and relevant empirical research.

Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299

PSYC 4465 Physiological Psychology. (3) Spring 2002.

Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology will be explored and will provide a
foundation for examining biological aspects of various behaviors (e.g. sensory
processes, sleep, sexual behavior). Also, the psychopharmacology of selected
drugs and genetic influences on behavior will be considered.

PSYC 4470 Behavior Analysis and Its Applications. (3) Spring.

A survey of principles, research findings, and applications of classical, operant,

and observational learning.

Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor.

PSYC 4480 Special Topics m Psychology. Interim.

A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a speciahzed topic from

the field of psychology. A prerequisite may be required.

210

RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY

Introduction

As a field of inquiry within the liberal arts, the study of religion affords all
students an opportunity to hone the critical thinking and communication skills
that are an asset to any profession. Students who are considering church-
related vocations also may tailor their courses either to prepare for such careers
directly after completion of the degree or to provide a foundation for graduate
study in reUgion or theology.

The Religion and Philosophy Department offers two major plans of study: the
religion and philosophy major, and the religion major with a concentration in
church leadership. The department also offers three minor programs: rehgion,
church leadership, and philosophy.

The Religion and Philosophy Major

The major consists of 33 hours of course work with one of the exploratory core
requirements (RLGN 1 101-05) as the prerequisite: 36 hours in total. The
ReUgion major must include at least 6 hours each from the areas of Biblical
Studies, Historical Studies, and Ethics and Theological Studies. In addition,
the major requires at least 3 hours in the area of Philosophy. Thus, of the 36
hours required for a Religion major, at least 21 hours must conform to the
foUowing guideUnes:

1. BibUcal Studies (6 hours). Minimum requirement is one course in
Old Testament and one course in New Testament at the 2000-level
or above. Courses: 2110, 2111, 2120, 2121, 3110-3160.

2. Historical Studies (6 hours). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the
core), 2210-2230, 3210-3220.

3. Ethics and Theological Studies (6 hours). Courses: 1105 (if not
taken for the core), 2310, 3310-3350.

4. Philosophy (3 hours). Courses: any of the philosophy courses,
which are listed under Area IV in the course listing below.

Students are free to choose any other reUgion or philosophy department
courses for the remaining 15 hours. Internships may be taken for up to 6 hours
of credit, with permission of the department chair. At least 1 8 total hours in the
major must be numbered at the 2000-level or above.

211

The Religion Major with a Concentration in
Church Leadership

A Church Leadership concentration within the Religion Major is designed to
prepare graduates for educational and youth ministry in the church. The
program meets all of the educational requirements necessary for certification in
Christian education by the United Methodist Church. The major consists of
33 hours of course work, with one of the exploratory core requirements (REL
1 101-05) as the prerequisite: 36 hours in total. The Christian Education
concentration requires the following course distributions:

1 . BibUcal Studies (3 hours). Courses: 1 102 or 1 103 (if not taken
for the core requirement), 2110, 2111, 2120, 2121, 3110-3160.

2. Historical Studies (3 hours). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the
core), 2210-2230, 3210-3220.

3. Ethics and Theological Studies (3 hours). Courses: 1105 (if not
taken for the core), 2310, 3310-3350.

4. Philosophy (3 hours). Courses: any of the philosophy courses,
which are Usted under Area IV in the course hsting below.

5. Church Leadership and Youth Ministry (18 hours). Courses:
3510-3550. The internship (3550) normally is repeated for a total
of 6 hours, with 3 hours taken in each of two consecutive
semesters. Other arrangements, such as intensive summer
internships, are possible with the permission of the Church
Leadership Program Director.

In addition, students seeking certification in Christian education by the United
Methodist Church must complete United Methodist Studies (3210). Students
who do not seek United Methodist certification may choose any reUgion
department course for the remaining 3 hours in the major.

The Religion Major with Honors

The honors program in reUgion requires the completion of an honors thesis or
honors project under the direction of one of the professors in the ReUgion
Department. Students who choose this option will enroll in RLGN 4620 in the
fall of their senior year and RLGN 4621 in the Spring of their senior year.
Minimum requirements to enter the program are a 3.5 grade point average in
ReUgion Department courses and the permission of the ReUgion Department
chair. Students wishing to apply for honors work must apply to the department
chair during the spring term of their junior year.

212

The Religion Minor

A minor in religion consists of 9 hours in addition to the religion core
requirement: 12 hours in total. At least 6 hours must be from courses at the
2000-level or above.

The Church Leadership Minor

A minor in Church Leadership consists of 12 hours in addition to the rehgion
core requirement: 15 hours in total. The minor includes one course taken at the
2000-level or above in Area I, II, in, IV, or VI. In addition, minor students
must take Christian Education in the Local Church (3510) and should choose
one (1) of the following: RLGN 3520, 3530, or 3540. The minor is completed
with 3 hours of Internship (RLGN 3550).

The Philosophy Minor

No major program currently is offered in philosophy. A minor consists of 12
hours of course work in Area IV, of which at least 6 hours must be taken at the
2000-level or above.

The Church Music Program

The church music program is administered through the music department in
cooperation with the Rehgion and Philosophy department. See the Music
Department section of the catalogue for a program description.

Course Descriptions

Core Exploratory Courses: Explorations of the Christian
Faith (RLGN)

RLGN 1101 Introduction to Christianity (3) Spring 2003

An introduction to the Christian tradition of faith through a study of its central
symbols, sacred texts, and practices.

RLGN 1102 Jewish Origins in Context (3) Fall 2002, Spring 2003
A study of the Hebrew bible, commonly called by Christians the Old
Testament, in the context of the ancient near eastern world. The course also
will ask students to reflect on the impact of the Hebrew bible on Western
civihzation and its impUcations for the contemporary world.

RLGN 1103 New Testament Writings in Context (3) FaU 2002, Spring 2003
A study of the New Testament writings in the context of Greco-Roman
civihzation. The course also will ask students to reflect on the impact of
Christian scriptures on Western civihzation and consider their impUcations for
the contemporary world.

213

RLGN 1104 Dialogue with World Faith Traditions (3) Spring 2003
The course will place the insights of the Christian faith in dialogue with those

of major living worid religions. ;

RLGN 1105 Moral Traditions and Contemporary Social Problems

(3) Fall 2002
A study of contemporary ethical issues in the light of the moral traditions
central to the Christian faith. The course will examine such issues as marriage
and family, war and peace, racism, abortion, and the environment. Servant
leadership component.
Religion and Philosophy Departmental Courses |

Area I: Biblical Studies (RLGN) \

RLGN 2110 Introduction to Biblical Hebrew I. (3)

A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Bibhcal Hebrew.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2111 Introduction to BibUcal Hebrew H. (3)

A continuation of RLGN 2110.

Prerequisite: RLGN 2110

RLGN 2120 Introduction to Hellenistic Greek I. (3)

A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Hellenistic or Koine
Greek, which includes the language of the New Testament.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2121 Introduction to HeUenistic Greek H. (3)

A continuation of RLGN 2120.

Prerequisite: RLGN 2120

RLGN 2130 Readings in New Testament Greek. (3)

Selected readings from New Testament texts with some attention to developing
intermediate Greek grammar.

Prerequisite: RLGN 2120 and 2121

RLGN 3110 The Law. (3)

A detailed study of the first five books of the Old Testament.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1102, or permission of professor

RLGN 3120 The Prophets. (3)

A detailed study of prophetic movements in Israel and of the individual
prophets, their historical background, Uves, messages, and contributions to the
rehgious life of Israel.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

RLGN 3130 The Writings. (3) Spring 2003

An examination of wisdom, apocalyptic and poetic hterature of the Old
Testament.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

214

RLGN 3140 The Life and Teachings of Jesus. (3)

A study of the message of Jesus within the context of the synoptic gospels and
its apphcation to contemporary society.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor

RLGN 3150 The Apostolic Age. (3)

An examination of the origin and expansion of the early Christian Church, with
studies in the Epistles and the Acts of the Apostles.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor

RLGN 3160 The Gospels. (3) FaU 2002

An examination of one of the four canonical gospels with emphasis on the
historical context, history of interpretation, and modem appropriations of the text.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1103, or permission of professor

Area H: Historical Studies (RLGN)

RLGN 2210 Church History I.

A survey of the history of the Christian Church from the close of the ApostoUc
age to the end of the Middle Ages.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2220 Church History H.

A history of the Christian Church from the reformation era to the modem period.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2230 Race and Religion in America.

This course will examine the role that rehgion played and continues to play in
American race relations and racial identities. The course will emphasize the
history and the theorists of the civil rights contemporary era.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 3210 United Methodist Studies.

A survey of the history, theology, and pohty of the United Methodist Church.
Prerequisite: A rehgion core course

RLGN 3220 A History of Christian Political Thought.

A study of the impact of the Christian theorists and the institutions of the
Church on the development of political theory in the West.
Prerequisite: A rehgion core course

Area IH: Theology, Ethics, and the Social Scientific Study of
Religion (RLGN)

RLGN 2310 Bioethics. (3) Fall 2002

A study of the ethical issues raised by the practice of nursing, medicine, and

biomedical research.

Prerequisite: None

215

RLGN3310 Contemporary Christian Thought. (3) Spring 2003

A survey of the development of Christian thought, with particular attention to

the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

Prerequisite: A rehgion core course

RLGN 3320 The Ethics of Sexuality, Marriage, and Gender. (3)

A study of the moral issues related to sexuaUty, gender roles, and family hfe.
Topics will vary per offering, but may include ethical reflection on such topics
as the meaning and purpose of sexuality, gender roles, pre-marital and extra-
marital sexuaUty, homosexuality, and family structure. The course also is
cross-listed in the Women's Studies Program as WMST 3320
Prerequisite: A rehgion core course

RLGN 3340 Sociology of Religion. (3)

A sociological analysis of the interplay between rehgion and culture.
Prerequisite: A rehgion core course

RLGN 3350 Psychology of Religion. (3)

Psychological interpretation of reUgious experience and growth. .
Prerequisite: A rehgion core course

Area IV: Philosophy (PHIL)

PHIL 1410 Introduction to Philosophy. (3)

A survey of major philosophical themes and figures that were formative in
Western civihzation.

Prerequisite: None

PHIL 2410 Moral Philosophy. (3)

A study of the major philosophical understandings of morahty and the good hfe.
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 2420 History of Philosophy L (3) FaU 2002

A historical survey of classical and medieval philosophy.
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 2430 History of Philosophy H. (3) Spring 2003

A historical survey of the philosophies of the Renaissance, the Enhghtenment,

and modem times.

Prerequisite: None

PHIL 2440 Elementary Logic. (3)

An introduction to the logic of propositions with attention to the structure and
evaluation of informal arguments. The rhetoric of persuasion and its use of
logic and emotions also will be discussed.
Prerequisite: None

216

PHIL 3410 Philosophy of Religion. (3)

An investigation of problems related to philosophical reflection on rehgious
thought and experience.

Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy at the 1000-2000

level, or permission of professor

PHIL 4410 Selected Topics in Philosophy. (3) Fall 2001

A seminar course on a major subject of concern in philosophy based on

individual research and assigned readings.

Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy at the 1000-2000

level, or permission of professor

Area V: Church Leadership Courses (RLGN)

RLGN 3510 Christian Education in the Local Church. (3)

A study of issues confronting those participating in a local church setting.
Required of all students in the Internship.

Prerequisite: A rehgion core course

RLGN 3520 Christian Worship. (3) Spring 2003
The study and practice of Christian worship in its historical and contemporary
contexts. Topics will include the theology of worship, sacraments, liturgy, and
the place of music in worship.

Prerequisite: A reUgion core course

RLGN 3530 Christian Formation. (3)

The study of spiritual formation through the hfespan, in conversation with
theories of human maturation from the social sciences.
Prerequisite: A rehgion core course

RLGN 3540 Youth Mmistry. (3) Fall 2002

The study and practice of ministry to persons from adolescence through young

adulthood.

Prerequisite: A rehgion core course

RLGN 3550 Internship. (3-6) As scheduled

Supervised participation in the local church setting. May be repeated for credit

up to 6 hours.

Prerequisite: Two courses from Area V

Area VI: Capstone Courses (RLGN)

RLGN 4610 Selected Topics m Religion. (3) FaU 2002

A seminar course on a major subject of concern based on individual research
and assigned readings.

Prerequisite: Permission of professor

217

RLGN 4620 Honors Thesis. (3) As scheduled

Prerequisite: Application to Church Leadership Program Director

RLGN 4621 Honors Thesis. (3) As scheduled

Prerequisite: Application to Church Leadership Program Director

SPEECH

Course Description (SPCH)

SPCH1105 Speech Fundamentals. (3)

A course emphasizing development of organizational and deUvery skills
through individual speaking exercises in a variety of formats including
informative and persuasive.

Only offered to students who have not completed basic requirements

prior to Fall of 2000.

218

THEATRE ARTS

Introduction

The Department of Theatre Arts offers a pre-professional training program
emphasizing the practical aspects of theatre and the importance of process. It
is the behef of the faculty that the training process must prepare students for
the real world of theatre. Faculty teaching in the Theatre Arts program are
experienced, working professionals. We offer professional summer theatre
opportunities in both New York and New Hampshire. With the behef that
theatre is both an art form and a business the curriculum provides a strong
undergraduate foundation in theatre performance, design/production and
literature.

Offering a B.A. in Theatre Arts, majors are required to complete a 30-hour
core curriculum in theatre arts designed to foster an appreciation for, and an
understanding of, each area of theatre. In addition, 9 specific track courses and
6 practicum hours are required to complete the theatre arts degree composed of
45 total major hours.

Objectives

The following objectives are estabhshed as a basis for the training program in
Theatre Arts. Upon appUcation for graduation, the Theatre Arts major wiU be
expected to:

understand the basic theoretical concepts behind each of the three
major areas within the discipUne: performance, design/production
and Uterature.

have an extensive artistic vocabulary in their specific area of
concentration.

have the technical knowledge pertaining to the student's chosen area
of concentration, but not hmited to it.

demonstrate an understanding of auditioning and/or portfoUo
presentation.

be knowledgeable of viable avenues of employment and sources
noting such information.

have an understanding of opportunities for graduate studies and
employment in theatre and the performing arts.

219

Graduation Requirements for the Theatre Arts Major

A student graduating with a major in Theatre Arts must meet all of the
following criteria:

a. Satisfactory completion of all degree requirements as outlined in the
catalogue.

b. Participation in all departmental productions and activities, including
auditions, production crews, work calls and production strikes as
assigned by faculty.

c. Attendance at all scheduled departmental meetings and activities.
Admission to the Theatre Arts Major

In order to be admitted and to continue as a Theatre Arts major, a student must
meet the following criteria:

A. Overall grade point average of 2.25 or better. Scholarship recipients
must maintain a 3.0 grade point average or better.

B . Writing proficiency a grade of C or better in Enghsh 1 1 1 , 1 1 02

C. Theatrical Proficiency a grade of C or better in all Theatre Arts
courses

D. Prognosis for Success evaluation during Theatre courses
pertinent to:

1) attendance

2) attitude

3) cooperation

4) oral and written skills

5) enthusiasm and dedication to the Theatre Arts program

E. Transfer students wishing to continue as a Theatre Arts major must
provide evidence of all of the above plus the following:

1) past participation in departmental productions

2) recommendations of at least two theatre faculty from the
transferring institution

3) acceptance as a major is subject to approval by a majority of
the LaGrange College Theatre Arts faculty

A student that does not meet all of the above criteria each semester may be
placed on probation. After the probationary period, the student will be re-
evaluated by the Theatre Arts faculty. If it is determined that the student has
failed to meet the above criteria satisfactorily, the student may be removed as
major, and any theatre scholarships revoked.

220

Requirements for the Theatre Arts Major

A total of 45 semester hours are required for the Theatre Arts major.

Core Requirements (30 hours):

THEA 1 101 Drama Survey I

THE A 1 102 Drama Survey II

THEA 11 84 Acting I

THEA 2295 Movement for the Actor

THEA 2210 Voice and Diction

THEA 1180 Stagecraft

THEA 2110 Introduction to Design

THEA 2200 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV and Film I

THEA 2330 Script Analysis

THEA 4484 Senior Thesis

Track Courses 3 of the following (9 hours):
Performance Track

THEA 2201 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV and Film II

THEA 3370 Directing

THEA 3345 Musical Theatre

THEA 4451 Auditioning

THEA 2286 Makeup

THEA 3305 Period Styles

THEA 3310 Playwriting

THEA 2351 Acting II

THEA 3420 Stage Management

Design/Technical Track

THEA 3360 Scenic Design

THEA 3381 Lighting Design

THEA 3385 Costume Design

THEA 2283 Stage Management

THEA 2286 Makeup

THEA 3420 Theatre Management

Practicum

Requirements for the Theatre Arts Minor

THEA 1 101 Drama Survey I
THEA 1184 Acting I
THEA 11 80 Stagecraft
THEA 2110 Intro to Design
THEA 2330 Script Analysis
Practicum

18hrs.

221

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

6hrs.

45hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

3hrs.

Course Descriptions (THEA)

THEAllOl Drama Survey I. (3)*

A survey of the discovery of theatre beginning in ancient Greece continuing
through the rise of Realism. Students will study theatre as a developed art
form through the reading, viewing and discussion of plays representing diverse
eras of history.

Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I.

THEA 1102 Drama Survey n. (3)*

A survey of the discovery of theatre from the rise of ReaUsm through
contemporary drama. Students will study theatre as a developed art form
through the reading, viewing and discussion of plays representing diverse eras
of history.

Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I.

THEA 1180 Stagecraft (3)*

A course designed to provide the student with theoretical and working

knowledge of technical theatre. Course may include basic building

components, tools and materials, equipment and shop layouts supporting all

areas of design. Students will participate in the mounting of a departmental

production.

THEA 1184 Acting I. (3) *

A course designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of acting for the
stage. Course will include achievement of a simple objective, self and sensory
awareness, relaxation, concentration and beginning scene and text analysis.

THEA 2110 Introduction to Design. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to the fundamental elements of all
areas of design and technical production and the importance of collaboration
between each area.

THEA 2200 Stunts /Fights for Stage, TV and Film I. (3) *

Performance course covering basic stage movement, acrobatics, faints, falls,
slapstick comedy, hand-to-hand combat, and weapons when appUcable.

THEA 2201 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV and Film H. (3) *

A continuation of THEA 2200, adding period weaponry such as, but not Umited
to quarterstaff, broadsword, rapier, dagger, food fights, etc. for the stage.

THEA 2205 Movement for the Actor. (3) *

A course designed to develop body awareness by exploring movement
connected to impulse and instinct, focusing on integration of the mind, body
and spirit.

THEA 2210 Voice and Diction. (3)

To introduce students to the process of voice production, methods of freeing
the voice with emphasis on relaxation and breathing, and appUcable techniques
for working with text.

222

THEA2283 Stage Management (3)

A course designed to provide student with introduction to, and basic training
in, the area of stage management.

THEA2285 Theatre Practicum. (1)

A course designed for participation in various aspects of dramatic production
including acting, scenery, costume construction, hghting, box office,
promotion, house management and run-crews.

Prerequisite: Roles/responsibilities for credit must be approved by

faculty. (May be repeated 6 times for credit.)

THEA2286 Makeup for the Stage. (3)*

A study in the theories and application of stage makeup. Topics may include

corrective, old age and character makeup, as well as prosthetics.

THEA2330 Script Analysis. (3)

A study of major genres of dramatic literature designed to provide the director,
actor, designer, dramaturge and/or technician with basic guideUnes for text
analysis. Student will develop and utiUze skills to thoroughly analyze text.
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor

THEA2351 Acting H. (3)

A continuation of THEA 1 184 which explores further character development
through advanced scene work and improvisational exercises, to encourage
students to take risks and to broaden their vocabulary and knowledge of current
trends and opportunities in the theatre.
Prerequisite: THEA 1184

THEA 3272 Creative Dramatics. (3) On Demand

A course which introduces methods of creating, designing and utilizing drama

to enhance teaching skills and foster the educational development of students.

Highly recommended for early childhood and secondary education

majors.

THEA 3305 Period Styles of Acting. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to period styles of acting and
movement which may include: Greek, Elizabethan, Comedy of Manners, Farce,
Realism and the Theatre of the Absurd. Course also may include mask work.
Prerequisites: THEA 1 184, THEA 2351

THEA 3310 Playwriting/Screenwriting. (3)

A course designed to stimulate critical and creative thinking through the
creation of original material. Students will be guided in the completion of
writing a play/screenplay.

Prerequisite: THEA 2330 or consent of instructor.

THEA 3345 Musical Theatre. (3)

A practical study of techniques and styles of musical theatre which may include:
beginning audition, acting and staging, performing musical theatre selections.
Prerequisite: THEA 1184

223

i

THEA3360 Scenic Design. (3)

A course that introduces the student to drawing and drafting skills in
preparation for the task of design. These skills include perspective drawing
with highhght and shadow, use of color and selected rendering materials and
techniques.

Prerequisite: THEA2110

THEA3370 Directing. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to the director's role in interpreting,
choosing, rehearsing and staging a play. Course includes direction for
performance of a short play.

Prerequisites: THEA 1 184, THEA 21 10, THEA 2330

THEA3381 Ligliting Design. (3)

A course that introduces the student to stage Ughting with a series of practical
design projects.

Prerequisite: THEA 21 10

THEA 3385 Costume Design. (3)

A course that acquaints the student with the basic skills needed to design
theatrical costumes, which includes patterning and cutting/draping.
Prerequisite: THEA 21 10

THEA 3420 Theatre Management (3)

A course which introduces the fundamentals of management as they apply to
Theatre Arts. Course will investigate and navigate through the conflicting
issues, strategies and opportunities in management in the Arts.

THEA 4451 Auditioning. (3)

A course designed for developing audition techniques and examining guidehnes
for audition procedures with emphasis on practical auditions, resume, headshots,
audition selection material and compilation of an audition portfoUo.
Prerequisite: THEA 1184

THEA 4470-2 Special Topics. (1-3)

A series of courses designed to provide students with advanced material/study
in either performance or design tracks.

Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor

THEA 4484 Senior Thesis. (3)

A course in which senior Theatre Arts majors bring their training and emphasis
into focus. Senior thesis projects may be track-specific special projects in
acting, design, directing, stage-managing or playwriting.

All proposals must be approved by the Department Chair and are
subject to scheduling and faculty supervisory commitments.

Denotes courses in Theatre Arts that may satisfy Fine Arts
requirement in Core Curriculum.

224

WOMEN'S STUDIES

Introduction

Women's Studies is an interdisciplinary field of study which complements a
liberal arts education by drawing upon a variety of discipUnes to gain a critical
awareness of the female experience. In developing this awareness and in
presenting its diversity, courses explore gender as well as race, ethnicity,
culture, age and social class as categories of analysis. While exploring these
issues, the courses also promote the development of skills in critical thinking,
speaking, and writing. Courses focus on women's past and present roles in
culture, poHtics, the family, the arts and sciences, health care business, and
religion.

Objectives

A minor in Women's Studies consists of twelve semester hours: Three of
which must be WMST 1101: Introduction to Women's Smdies. Of the
remaining nine hours, six must be taken at the 3000 level. This flexibiUty
coupled with the interdiscipUnary nature of the field, permits students to design
a minor which best reflects their academic and future career interests. (Only
cross-Usted courses taken during or after the fall of 2000 may be appUed to the
minor in Women's Studies.)

Course Descriptions (WMST)

WMST 1101 Introduction to Women's Studies (3) Fall 2002
This course will provide a better understanding of the female experience and
the evolution of women's roles within one's own culture and that of others. In
developing this understanding emphasis will be placed on the great diversity of
women's individual hves by considering such factors as race, age, marital, and
class status.

Cross-listed Courses

WMST 3247/HUSV 2247: The Family (3) Fall 2001

WMST 3312/ENG 3345:The rise of the English Novel (3)

WMST/3320/RLGN 3320: The Ethics of SexuaUty, Marriage, and Gender (3)

WMST 3340/ENG 3340:Restoration and Eighteenth Century English
Literature (3) Spring 2002

WMST 4500/LlBR 4500: Advanced Library Research in the Sciences (2)

WMST 4400/LIBR 4400: Advanced Library Research in the Social
Sciences and Humanities (2)

(Under current study and development is the possibiUty of cross listing: HUSV
2243: Social Problems. Also, interim term courses are currently being
designed.)

225

FACULTY, TRUSTEES AND
ADMINISTRATION

Faculty

David Oki Aheam (1995)

Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy; Chair, Division of

Humanities

B. A. Austin College; M.Div., Southern Methodist University; Ph.D.,

Emory University

Nancy Thomas Alford (1969)

Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S. Georgia College; M.S., University of Tennessee

Toni P. Anderson (1999)

Associate Professor of Music

B.M., Lamar University; M.M., New England Conservatory of Music;

Ph.D., Georgia State University

Kim Barber (1995)

Associate Professor of Theatre Arts

B.S., University of Tennessee; M.F.A., University of California at Los

Angeles

Charlene Baxter (1976)

Assistant Professor; Librarian for Pubhc and Technical Services
A.B., West Georgia College; M.L.S., George Peabody College for
Teachers

CindiBearden(2001)

Assistant Professor of Business

B.S., Jacksonville State University; Master of Accountancy,

University of Alabama, Certified Public Accountant

Jon Birkeh (1987)

Ely R. Callaway, Sr. Professor in International Business; Chair,

Division of Business

A.B., Lenoir-Rhyne College; Ph.D., University of South Carohna

Sandra Blair (2000)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

B.S.N. LaGrange College; M.S.N. Georgia State University

226

Marcia Langham Brown (1996)

Associate Professor of Art and Design

B.F.A., Guilford College; M.F.A., University of Georgia

Linda R. Buchanan ( 1997)

Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention

B.S., George Williams College; M.S., Eastern Kentucky University;

Ph.D. Georgia State

Joseph LCafaro (1984)

Professor of History

A. A., Manatee Junior College; B.A., Florida Atlantic University;

M.A., Ph.D., Florida State University

Susan R. Cody (2002)

Assistant Professor of Human Services

B.A., Jacksonville University, M.A., University of Florida

John Granger Cook (1994)

Associate Professor of Religion

B.A., Davidson College; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D.,

Emory University

Roland B. Cousins (1990)

Professor of Management

B.S., M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; D.B.A., Indiana University

Mary Lou Dabbs (1999)

Assistant Professor; Electronic Resources Librarian

B.A., Florida Presbyterian College; M. Ln., Emory University

Lynn L. Deibler (2002)

Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S. Georgia Institute of

Technology, Ph.D., University of Alabama

Nina DuUn-Mallory (1989)

Associate Professor of EngUsh

B.A., Clemson University; M.Ed., LaGrange College; Ph.D., Auburn

University

Steven Earl Edwards (1992)

Associate Professor of Theatre Arts

B.A., Texas Wesleyan University; M.A., University of Arkansas;

Ph.D., Texas Tech University

Charles H.Evans (1981)

Professor of Psychology

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

227

Anton Rores (1999)

Assistant Professor of Human Services

B.S.W., Georgia State University; M.S.W., University of Georgia

Carlie Frederick (1999)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

B.S.N., M.S.N., Wayne State University

Gordon Jeffrey Geeter (1990)

Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education

A.S., Andrew College; B.S., Tennessee Wesley an College; M.S.S.,

United States Sports Academy

Luke K.Gill, Jr. (1971)

Professor of Human Services

B.B.A., University of Georgia; J.D., John Marshall Law School;

M.S.W., University of Georgia

AleciaC.Glaize(2001)

Assistant Professor of Church Leadership:

Director of Church Leadership

B.A., Huntingdon College; Claremont School of Theology M.Re.

F. Stuart Gulley( 1996)

Assistant Professor of Rehgion; President

B. A., Vanderbilt University; M.Div., Emory University;

Ph.D., Georgia State University

Alexander L. Gungov (2002)

Associate Professor of Philosophy

M.A. Sofia University St. KUment Ohridski; Ph.D. Sofia University

St. Kliment Ohridski.

Heather A. Haas (2001)

Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.S. Rocky Mountain College; M.S. University of St. Andrews; Ph.D.

University of Minnesota

Melvin H. Hall (2002)

Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S. Cuttington University College; M.A., University of California at

Berkeley; Ph.D. Auburn University

Jenny Hampton (2000)

Assistant Professor of Business

B.S. University of Georgia; MTx Georgia State University;

J.D. University of Chicago

228

Jennifer S. Harrison (1995)

Associate Professor of Education, Chair, Division of Education
Baccalaureate, University of Warwick; M.Ed., University of
Colorado; Ph.D., University of Florida

Celiac. Hay (1996)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

Diploma, Piedmont Hospital School of Nursing;

M.S., Georgia State University

Bryan A. Heam (2000)

Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D. University of Florida

B. Joyce Hillyer (1995)

Associate Professor of Education

A.S.. Southern Union State Junior College; B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.

Auburn University

S. G. Homsby (1966)

Professor of EngUsh

B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Georgia; Ph.D., Auburn University

John C.Hurd (1974)

Professor of Biology

B.S., Alabama College; M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University

Lee E.Johnson (1990)

Fuller E. Callaway Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Auburn University; M. M., Indiana University

Marvin D. Johnson (1996)
Assistant Professor
B.A. Concoridat College; M.A. American University in Cairo

Sandra K. Johnson (1983)

Professor of Health and Physical Education; Director of the CORE
Program and Interim Term

B.A., Concordia College; M.Ed., University of Arizona; Ed.D.,
University of North Carohna-Greensboro

Dorothy M. Joiner (2001)

Lovick Com Professor of Art History

B.A. St. Mary's Dominican College; M.A. Emory University; Ph.D.

Emory University

Donald JoUy (1961)

Professor of Mathematics

B.S. University of Southern Mississippi; M.S. University of Illinois;

Ph.D. Auburn University

(Retired from full-time teaching in 1995)

229

Charles P. Kraemer (1978)

Professor of Psychology; Chair,

Division of Social and Behavioral Sciences

B.A., LaGrange College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

John D. Lawrence (1970)

Fuller E. Callaway Professor of Art and Design Chair, Fine Arts

Division; Director, Lamar Dodd Art Center

B.F.A., Atlanta College of Art; M.F.A., Tulane University

Tracy L. R. Lightcap (1991)

Associate Professor of History and PoUtical Science

A.B., University of the South; M.A., University of South Carolina;

Ph.D., Emory University

Donald R. Livingston (2001)

Assistant Professor of Education

B.S. Drexel University; M.Ed. West Chester University; Ed. D.

Georgia Southern University

Sarah Beth MaUory (1993)

Assistant Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., University of Georgia

Lynn Massenzio (2002)

Assistant Professor of Education

B.A. Rutgers University; M.S. Georgia Institute of Technology; Ph.D.

Georgia State University

Greg A. McClanahan (1988)

Professor of Mathematics

B.S., M.S., Auburn University; Ph.D., Clemson University

WilUam J. McCoy, IV (1991)

Associate Professor of Chemistry/Physics; Director of Institutional

Research and Planning

B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina

Lisa D.McNary (1999)

Assistant Professor of Business

B.A. Louisiana State University; M.S. Lamar University; Ph.D.

University of New Mexico,

Post Doctoral Study, The Ohio State University

Matthew B. Miller (2002)

Assistant Professor of Theatre

B.A. Francis Marion University; M. Ed., The University of North

Carohna; M.F.A., The University of North Carolina

230

*

Frederick V.Mills (1967)

Professor of History

A.B., Houghton College; S.T.B., Temple University;

M.Th., Princeton University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

Francis A. O'Connor (1997)

Assistant Professor of Latin American Studies

B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Idaho State University;

Ph.D., University of Iowa

William G. Paschal (1994)

Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., Saint Joseph's College; Ph.D., Indiana University School of

Medicine

Loren L. Pinkerman ( 1 998)
Assistant Professor;

Director of the William and Evelyn Banks Library
B.A., Westmar College; M.A.T., Colorado State University;
M.L.S., Indiana University

Amanda R. Plumlee (1996)

Associate Professor of Latin American Studies and Modem

Languages

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Tennessee

Margaret Reneke (1999)

Assistant Professor of Art and Design

B.F.A., University of Georgia; M.F.A., Virginia Commonwealth

University

Fay A. Riddle (1980)

Professor of Computer Science

B.S., H. Sophie Newcomb College of Tulane University; M.S.,

Ph.D., University of Florida

Arthur Robinson (1998)

Assistant Professor; PubUc Services Librarian

B.A., Trinity College; M.L.S., Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington

Lydia W. Rosencrants (1999)

Assistant Professor of Accountancy

B. S., University of Richmond; Ph.D., Michigan State University

Edgard Sankara, (2002)

Assistant Professor of Spanish and French

Duel-I in Lettres Modemes, Universite D' Abidjan

Bachelor of Arts, Universite de Ouagadougou

Masters of Arts Universite de Ouagadougou

Ph.D., University of Texas: French and Francophone Literatures

231

Maranah A. Sauter (1983)

Professor of Nursing; Chair, Division of Nursing

A.A., B.S., Georgia Southwestern College; M.S., Georgia State

University; Ph.D., Medical College of Georgia

Laine Allison Scott (1998)

Assistant Professor of EngUsh

B.A., The College of William & Mary; M.A., Middlebury College;

M.A., SaUsbury State University; Ph.D., University of Alabama

George Michael Searcy (1966)

Associate Professor of Mathematics

A.B., LaGrange College; M.S., Auburn University

Bailey Brooks Shelhorse, Jr. (1968)

Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science
A.B., LaGrange College; M.A., Louisiana State University; M.Ed.,
Washington State University; M.S., University of Evans ville;
Ph.D. Georgia State University

Kevin L.Shirley (1998)

Assistant Professor of History

B.A., M.A. (history), M.A. (religion), Ph.D., Florida State University

Jay K.Sinmions( 1997)

Associate Professor of PoUtical Science; Vice President for Academic

Affairs and Dean

B.A., Birmingham-Southern College; M.A.,

Ph.D., University of Alabama

JackC. Slay, Jr. (1992)

Associate Professor of Enghsh

B.A., M.A., Mississippi State University;

Ph.D., University of Tennessee

JuUeZ. Sneath(1999)

Associate Professor of Marketing
B.S., The University of Arkansas; M.S.,
Ph.D., Georgia State University

Timothy N. Taunton (1984)

Professor of Art and Design

B.A., University of Arkansas-Little Rock;

M.F.A., Louisiana State University

Brenda W. Thomas (1989)

Associate Professor of EngUsh

A.B., Samford University; M.A., Auburn University;

Ph.D., Georgia State University

232

JohnA.Tures(2001)

Assistant Professor of Political Science

B.A., Trinity University; M.S. Marquette University;

Ph.D., Florida State University

Mitchell Turner, (2002)

Assistant Professor of Music

Bachelor of Science, Georgia Southern University: Communications
Master of Music, University of Georgia: Composition and Theory
Ph.D., University of Georgia: Theory and Composition

John M. WilUams (1989)

Associate Professor of EngUsh

B.A., M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., Georgia State University

PhilUp R. WiUiamson (1969)

Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education;

Director of Athletics

B.S., M.S., Troy State University

Carol M. Yin (1991-1994, 1996)

Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.A.M., Ph.D., Auburn University

Kuo-chuan Yin (1994)

Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., National Chung Hsing University; M.S., Ph.D., Auburn

University

Adjunct Faculty

Ethyl L. Ault

Instructor of Education

M.Ed., Georgia State University

James Anthony Criswell

Instructor of Music

B. Med., Columbus State University; M.M., Samford University

Jerean C. Grau

Instructor of Nursing

B.S. University Medical College of Virginia; Ph.D. University of

Florida

Eric Jones

Instructor of Music

B.F.A. Music, CaUfomia Institute of the Arts; M.F.A. Music,

Cahfomia State University, Northridge

233

Katherine Langham

Instructor of Math

B.A. Lipscomb University; M.A.M. Auburn

Shawn H. Lieth

Instructor of General Science

B.S. and M.S. University of Georgia

Alvin B. Ligenfelter

Instructor of Rehgion

B.M., Mississippi College; Masters of Divinity, Duke Divinity School

Debbie Ogle

Instructor of Music

B.S. University Montevallo; M.M. University of Alabama

Allison Orr

Instructor of English

B.A., M.Ed., Auburn University

Christiane B. Price

Instructor of Modem Foreign Language

M.A., Freie Universitat; Ph.D., Emory University

Tracy Clahan Riggs

Instructor of Theatre Arts

B.F.A., CathoUc University; M.F.A., Rorida Atlantic University

Levis J. Spradhn, Jr.

Instructor of Human Services

B.A., LaGrange College; M.S. Columbus College

Thomas P. Steele

Instructor of Rehgion

B.A., Newberry College; M. Div., Lutheran School of Theology; D,

Min., McCormick Theological Seminary

Matthew Woods

Instructor of Music

B.M., Birmingham-Southern College; M.M., The University of

Alabama

Writer in Residence

Michael Bishop

M.A., University of Georgia; L.H.D. LaGrange College

President Emeritus

Walter Y. Murphy

A.B., Emory University; M.Div., Emory University; LL.D., Bethune-
Cookman College; D.D., LaGrange College (1980-1996)

234

Retired Faculty Members

Professors Emeritus

Sybil L. Allen, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1976-1994)

Sue M. Duttera, Ph.D. (1986-2002)

Santiago A. Garcia, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (1977-1995)

Richard Donald Jolly, B.A., M.S., Ed.D. (1961-1995)

Evelyn B. Jordan, A.A, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1977-2001)

Walter Dickinson Jones, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. (1962-1982)

Frank R. Lewis, A.B., M.L.S. (1973-1996)

Charles FrankUn McCook, A.B., S.T.B., S.T.M., Ph.D. (1961-1994)

Maynard L. Reid, B.S.E., M.S.E., Ed.D (1973-1995)

John L. Shibley, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (1950-1986)

Associate Professors Emeritus

Julia B. Burdett, A.A., B.A., M.P.E., M.S.W. (1974-1997)
Patrick M. Hicks, B.S., M.S. (1958-1998)

Assistant Professors Emeritus

Martha M. Estes, B.A., M.A. (1982-1991)

Board of Trustees
Officers

Chairman George "Buddy" Darden

Vice Chairman Ray C. Anderson

Second Vice Chairman F. Stuart Gulley

Secretary Nancy N. Durand

Treasurer Phyllis D. Whitney

Members

Ray C. Anderson, Atlanta, Georgia 2003

* George W. Baker, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2006
A. Michael Barber, Newnan, Georgia Alumni Trustee
Carolyn M. Bernard, Greensboro, Georgia 2004

* J. Kennerly Boatwright III, LaGrange, Georgia 2006
David E. Boyd, Atlanta, Georgia 2004
Hal N. Brady III, Columbus, Georgia 2004

* H. Speer Burdette III, LaGrange, Georgia 2003
Samuel G. Candler, Atlanta, Georgia 2005

* Robert L. Carmichael, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2004

* Toni M. Cauble, LaGrange, Georgia 2005

* Robert B. Copeland, LaGrange, Georgia 2005

235

* George "Buddy" Darden, Marietta, Georgia 2005
G. Lindsey Davis (Bishop), Atlanta, Georgia Ex Officio
E. Malone Dodson, Alpharetta, Georgia 2003

* Nancy N. Durand, LaGrange, Georgia 2006

* Charles L. Foster, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2005

* Gamett J. Giesler, LaGrange, Georgia 2005

* Edmund C. Glover, LaGrange, Georgia 2006
William G. Griffin, Jr., Rome, Georgia Ex Officio
Elizabeth C. Harris, Cartersville, Georgia 2003

* Ellen Hudson Harris, Franklin, Georgia 2004
Scott D. Hawkins, Atlanta, Georgia Ex Officio
Wilham M. Hodges, Atlanta, Georgia 2006

* Pat H. Holder, LaGrange, Georgia 2003

* John S. Holle, LaGrange, Georgia 2003

* Charles D. Hudson, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2003
Wayne Hunter, LaGrange, Georgia 2006
L. Bevel Jones III, Decatur, Georgia 2004

* Frank R. Lewis, LaGrange, Georgia 2004
C. Stephen Lynn, Nashville, Tennessee 2005
Charles M. Miller, Comeha, Georgia 2004

* Polly C. Miller, Columbus, Georgia 2003

* David S. Naglee, LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio

* Gregory T. Porterfield, LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio
President, Student Government Association Ex Officio

* S. Chff Rainey, LaGrange, Georgia 2003
Peggy Cobb Schug, Charlotte, North Carohna 2006

* Charles W. Smith, LaGrange, Georgia 2005

* John W. Stewart, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2006
James L. Waits, Atlanta, Georgia 2004

* Almonese Brown CUfton Williams, Atlanta, Georgia 2006

* Member Executive Committee

Alumni Representatives

Carolyn D. Burgess, LaGrange, Georgia
David C. Hancock, Decatur, Georgia

Consultants

Linda R. Buchanan, Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention

F. Stuart Gulley, President

Greg A. McClanahan, Faculty Representative

Walter Y. Murphy, President Emeritus

B. David Rowe, Vice President for Advancement

Jay K. Simmons, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean

Phyllis D. Whitney, Executive Vice President for Administration

236

Legal Counsel

Daniel W. Lee, LaGrange, Georgia

President's Advisory Council

J. Philip Cleaveland, LaGrange, Georgia

Lovick P. Com, Columbus, Georgia

William B. Fackler, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia

John J. Flynt, Jr., Griffm, Georgia

Chfford C. Glover, West Point, Georgia

Edwin M. Gore, LaGrange, Georgia

G. Sanders Griffith HI, Columbus, Georgia

Charles D. Hudson, LaGrange, Georgia

J. Smith Lanier II, West Point, Georgia

J. Gardner Newman, LaGrange, Georgia

Howard R. Park, LaGrange, Georgia

L. Henderson Traylor, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia

D. Randall Williamson, Avondale Estates, Georgia

Administrative Officers and Staff
President's Cabinet

Frank Stuart Gulley (1996) - President

B.A., Vanderbilt University; M.Div., Emory University; Ph.D.,
Georgia State University

Quincy D. Brown (1997) - The Elizabeth Walker Lanier Campus Minister
B.S., DeVry Institute of Technology; M.Div., Emory University

Linda R. Buchanan (1997) - Vice President and Dean for Student Life and
Retention

B.S., George Wilhams College; M.S., Eastern Kentucky University;
Ph.D., Georgia State University

B. David Rowe (2000) - Vice President for Advancement

B.S., Southwestern University; M.Div., Emory University

Jay K. Simmons (1997) -Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean

B.A., Birmingham-Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., The University of
Alabama

Phyllis D. Whitney (1998) -Executive Vice President for Administration
B.S., M.A., Murray State University

237

Administrative Staff

Lisa Adams (2000)

Teresa AUen (1994)

Charles Anderson (2000)

Rebecca Anderson (2000)

Charlene Baxter (1976)

Sande Beavers (2000)

Dana Becker (2000)

Jackie Belcher (2000)

James Blackwood (1997)

Dee Bradley (1992)

KeUy Britsky (1997)

Quincy D. Brown

(1997)

Susan Brown (1999)

Linda R. Buchanan (1997)

Bryan Burgess (1999)

Becky Carter (1999)

Diane Celorio 2001)

Jennifer Claybrook (1999)

Austin P. Cook, III (1981)

Diane Cooper (1998)

Erin Corcoran (2001)

Mary Lou Dabbs (1999)

Ashley Davis (1999)

Sandra Dennis (1972)

Rob Dicks (2001)

Director, Career Counseling and Placement

Administrative Assistant-Financial Aid Office

Director of Development

Secretary, Social and Behavioral Sciences

Librarian for Public and Technical
Services, Library

Facihties/Events Coordinator

Director of Student Activities

Financial Aid Counselor

Director of Information Systems

Secretary, Education Division

Women's Basketball and Volleyball
Coach, Senior Women's Administrator

The EUzabeth Walker Lanier Campus
Minister

Swimming Coach

Vice President and Dean for Student Life
and Retention

Women's Basketball Assistant Coach,
Cross Country Coach, Sports Information
Director

Accounts Receivable SpeciaHst, Business
Office

Placement Coordinator

Women's Basketball Graduate Assist. Coach,
Volleyball Graduate Assistant Coach,
Sports Information Assistant

Postmaster

Coordinator of Administrative Services

Graduate Assistant Women's Soccer

Electronic Resources Librarian, Library

Counselor, Admission

Human Resources SpeciaUst

Assistant Athletic Trainer

238

i Peter

Doig

(1999:

, Drew

Dorsey

(2001]

I Matt

1

East

(2001]

Vicky

ElUs

(1995]

' Valerie D

. Enenbach

(1996]

UsaK.

i

Farrow

(1991]

Renee

Ferguson

(2001)

! Brandon

Fetner

(1999]

! Michael

Fonts

(2000]

Delaine

Gay

(2000]

Andy

Geeter

(1997)

G. Jeffrey

Geeter

(1990)

Joseph

Goodmann

(2001)

Jason

Goodner

(2001)

Stacy

Gorman

(2000)

F. Stuart GuUey (1996

Katie Hall (2001

Susan A. Hancock (1975

Shirley Harrington (1997

Dean

Hartman

(2000)

Warren

Haynes

(1998]

Wylene

Hemdon

(1979)

Jimmy G.

Herring

(1974)

Ryan

Horn

(2001)

Melissa

Home

(2001)

Kevin

Howard

(1999)

Patti

Hoxsie

(2000)

Robin

Hurst

(1999)

Vickie

Jacks

(2002)

Dedtria

Jackson

(2001)

Suzanne

Jackson

(2001)

Swinmiing Coach

Graduate Assistant Basketball Coach

Counselor, Admission

Resident Director of Boatwright Dorm

Director of Aquatics

Circulation Manager and Assistant to the
Director of the Library

Assist, to Vice President for Advancement

Database Administrator, Information Systems

Network Manager, Information Systems

Administrative Assistant, Evening College

Director of Admission

Men's Soccer and Tennis Coach

Graduate Assistant Baseball Coach

Asst. Director LC Albany

Assistant Director of PubUcations and Web
Development, Director of Pitts Dorm

President

Administrative Assistant, Music

Secretary, Alunmi and Parent Relations

Assistant to the Director of Institutional
Research and Planning

Director of Communications and Marketing

Men's Basketball Coach

Parking

Registrar

Graduate Assistant Soccer Coach, Tennis

Administrative Assistant, LC at Albany

Baseball Coach

Assistant Controller, Business Office

Secretary, Division of Humanities

Textbook Manager, Bookstore

Administrative Assistant, Evening College

Manager, LC Connection

239

Marvin D.
Sandra

Lori

Catherine
Susan A.

Anita
Todd
Dawn
KirbyH.

William

Laurel
Melissa

Linda
Patricia A.

Linda H.
Carolyn

Cynthia L.

Yvonne

Tiffany

Brandon

Jackie L.

Sharon

Debbie

Meredith

William

Johnson
Johnson

(1996)
(1983)

Knopp

(1998)

Kostilnik

(1993)

Laforet

(1994)

Laney

(1974)

Levens

(2000)

Marrin

(2000)

McCartney

(1983)

McCoy

(1991)

McDaniel

(2001)

McDonald

(1983)

McGill

(2000)

McKay

(1998)

McMuUen

(1999)

McNeamey

(2000)

Miles

(1996)

MiUs

(1986)

Mixon

(1999)

Mobley

(2000)

Morman, Sr.

(1992)

Newton

(2000)

Ogle

(1997)

Parker

(2001)

Paschal

(1994)

Assistant to the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean

Director of Core Program and Interim
Term

Secretary, Division of Nursing

Director for Community Studies

Secretary, Division of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics and Institutional
Research and Planning

Bookstore Director

Counselor, Admission

Secretary, Development

Administrative Assistant, Student
Development Office; Resident Director of
Turner Dorm

Executive Director of Instructional &
Information Technology

Copy/Mail Center Operator

Administrative Assistant, Registrar's
Office

Switchboard Operator/Receptionist

Administrative Assistant, Registrar's
Office

Director, Evening CoUege

Administrative Assistant, Academic
Affairs and Dean's Office

Assistant Director of Admission

Acquisitions Assistant, Library

Trainer, Information Systems

Systems Analyst, Information Systems

Pool Operations Manager

Administrative Assistant, Career
Counsehng and Placement

Choral Director

Counselor, Admission

Assistant Tennis Coach

240

Loren

Martha W.

Kathy

Marty

David

Michelle

Lee

Brenda T.

Arthur

Tammy

David

Laine A.

Pamela

JayK.

Lori

Sylvia

Nancy

Barbara

Stan

Charles

EmmaS.
Glenda
Darlene R.
Lydia E.
Shelly
Phyllis D.
PhilUp R.
Sandra
Mary
Paul

Pinkerman

(1998)

Pirkle

(1994)

Pirrman

(2000)

Pirrman

(1999)

Pugh

(2001)

Reeves

(1998)

Richter

[1993)

Riley

[1989)

Robinson

[1998)

Rogers

[1992)

Rowe

[2000)

Scott (

[1998)

Scotto (

;1998)

Simmons (

[1997)

Slay (

[1997)

Smith (

1985)

Spradlin (

:2001)

Storie (

:1992)

Thangaraj (

7001)

Thompson (

2001)

Trammell (

1992)

Turner (

1993)

Weathers (

^988)

Wheitsel (

1996)

Whitaker (

1999)

Whitney (

1998)

Williamson (

1969)

WiUiamson (

1999)

Wilson (

1994)

Wolkoff (

1997)

Director, WiUiam and Evelyn Banks Library

Director of Alumni and Parent Relations

AppUcation Coordinator, Admission

Controller, Business Office

Dean of Students

Financial Aid Assistant

Golf Coach

Secretary, Division of Business

PubUc Services Librarian, Library

Director of Donor Relations

Vice President for Advancement

Director of Writing Center

Director of Counsehng

Vice President for Academic Aifairs and Dean

Cataloging and General Assistant, Library

Director, Financial Aid

Accounting Assistant, Business Office

Secretary, Health and Physical Education

Director of Community Service

Associate Dean and Director of LaGrange
College at Albany

Information Specialist, Admission Office

Resident Director of Hawkes Dorm

Assistant Manager of Bookstore

Executive Secretary to the President

Softball Coach

Executive Vice President for Administration

Athletic Director

Accounts Payable Specialist, Business Office

Resident Director of Henry Dorm

Athletic Trainer

241

INDEX

A

Associate Degree 11

Abbreviations 93

Academic Calendar 5

Academic Divisions 92

Academic Forgiveness 78

Academic Honors 76

Academic Load 79

Academic Programs 63

Academic Petition 82

Academic Regs. & Procs 71

Academic Standing 31, 74

Acceleration 75

Accreditation 1 1

ACT 18

Administration 237

Admission 18

Advanced Placement Tests 69, 75

Advisers 66

Albany Campus 12

Appeals 33, 53, 81

Assessment 65, 70

Athletics 46

Attendance, Regulations 75

Attendance, Class 75

Auditing Courses 23

Awards and Recognition 83

B

Baccalaureate Degree

Requirements 79

Building Descriptions 13

C

Calendar, Academic 5

Career Planning 52

Change of Regulation 4

Conmiunications Directory 2

Conduct 49

Cooperative Programs 86

Core Program, Liberal Arts 67

CounseUng 52

Courses of Instruction

Art and Design 95

Biology 101

Business 104

Accountancy 106

Economics 107

Finance 107

Management 109

Marketing 107

Chemistry 119

Computer Science 128

Core Courses 136

Education 138

EngUsh 145

French 171

General Science 152

German 172

Health & Physical Ed 153

History 159

Human Services 164

Latin American Studies 168

Library Science 173

Mathematics 174

Modem Language 171

Music 181

Nursing 191

Philosophy 211

Physics 199

PoUtical Science 200

Psychology 206

Rehgion 211

Spanish 169

Speech 218

Theatre Arts 219

Women's Studies 225

Course Repetition 75

Credit-By Examination and

Exemption 69

Advanced Placement 75

College Level Examination

Program (CLEP) 75

Credit through USAFI and
Service Schools 77

242

C (cont.)

Curriculum (See Courses)

D

Day Clinic 17, 52

Dean's List 76

Declaration of Major 66

Degree Requirements 79

Degree Offered 63

Divisions, Academic 92

E

Early Admission 20

Endowed Lectureships 82

Evening College 11

F

Faculty 226

Federal Tax Credits 24

Fees 24

Financial Aid 28, 41

Financial Information... 23, 28, 41

Financial Planning 23

Foreign Language (See Latin
American Studies)

Fraternities 45

G

Grade Points 74, 79

Grades and Credits 77

Graduation Petitions 77, 81, 82

Graduation Requirements 82

Grants-in-Aid 39

H

Health Care 17, 52

History of the College 9

HoHdays (See Academic
Calendar)

Home Schooled Students 20

Honor Code 71

Honor Societies 45

Honors, Prizes and Awards 76

HOPE Scholarship 41

Housing Requirements 44

I

Incomplete Grade 77

Independent Study 65

Infirmary (See Day Clinic)

I (cont.)

Information Systems 17

Information Technology and

Academic Support Systems 55

Intercollegiate Athletics 46

Intramural Sports 47

International Students and

Studies 22, 76

Internship (consult indv, depts.)

J

Joint Enrollment 20

L

Lectures 49, 82

Library 13, 55

Loans 37

Location of College 9

Majors 63

Medical Care 17, 52

Minors 70

Mission Statement 9

N

Non-degree student 21

Non-traditional student ( See
Evening College Bulletin)
O

Officers, Administration 237

Officers, Board of Trustees 235

Organizations:

Honorary 45

Rehgious 45

Service 45

Special Interests 46

Students 46

Orientation 73

Other Languages & Cultures .... 172

Overload 75

P

Petition, Academic 82

Placement (Course) 69

Placement Services 52

Philosophy of College 9

Pre-professional Programs 86

243

P (cont.)

President's Cabinet 237

Probation, Academic 74

Publications 45, 46

Q

Quality Points 79

R

Readmission 22

Refund Policy 25

Registration and Academic

Advisers 73

Religion-in-Life Lectures

Thompson Lectureship 83

Rehgious Life 48

Requirements:

Admission 19

Degree 79

Graduation 82

Residence Requirements 44

Retired Faculty Members 235

Room and Board 44

S

SAT 18

Satisfactory Academic Progress

31

Scholarships 34

Semester Hours 10

Session, Other 11

Sexual Harassment 50

Social Life 45, 49

Sororities, Social 45

Staff 238

Student Life 43

Student Conduct and

Honor Code 71

Student Government 45

Student:

Aid 28,30

Classification 44

Housing 15, 16, 44

Organizations 45

Pubhcations 45, 46

S (cont.)

Student:

Review of Decisions.... 50, 53, 81
Traditional Activities 49

Summer School 10

Summer Theatre Laboratory 219

Suspension 74

T

Teacher Education and

Certification 138

Testing 18,69

ACT 18

CEEB(SAT) 18

CLEP 69

Testing Fee 24

Time Restrictions:

Major 65

Core Program 69

Financial Aid 32

Transcripts 81

Transfer, Admission of 21

Transfer Credit 18, 21, 79

Transient Student to and

From LaGrange College 21

Trustees, Board of 235

Tuition and Fees:

General Summary 23

Tutoring Center 55

V

Vehicle Registration 53

W

Withdrawal 74

Work Opportunities 41, 42

Writing Center 55

244

..^>^^it^^"^' sA

245

247

248

?i^ss

r-

G>

Q)

O

ired as p
range, G
Congress
thIy exce
aGrange

CD

DO
5

o-S- g 50

(Q

Q)

is>H

_CD

Q.

lt|

G)

C/)

!^ .tk Q)

>

^

>'^B

GO

CD

5 - Q) ^

c_8a

o

K)

<D 2 =T

4^

ding

12.

and

O

fill

ice at
e act
ished
mber

CO -D

(D O

r-

=J 0)

Q)

o g

CD

^ S o)

IT (/)

^ 3 O

ter:
ang

<

OCQ -'^

g

3-^ ro

o

c5"

road S
Geon
880-8

*

o

>

<D

Q.
Q.

Q.

O Q)" CD

(D

W^

W

O

W

N)

c*

^

O

O

CD

m

"1

n^

TI

O^

TI

CO

Vjv

S

CD

o

Q)

Q)

^

M

=5

CQ

o'

!^CQ

(D

Q-

o

CD

TI

>

oi

-J